Microsoft Excel - Up to Speed

1. Introduction: Well, hello and welcome to the exciting world of Microsoft Excel. My name is larger Kitchen and I will be your instructor for this course Now. I've been using Excel since its early days, and before that was a Quattro Pro and Lotus 123 user, which were excels. Predecessors up way back when. Now, As for me, I've been a software trainer, entrepreneur and course were developer for the past 25 years on. I am so excited that you decided to take me along on your Microsoft Excel journey. So first off, what is except Microsoft Excel is a powerful and user friendly stretchy application that allows you to enter calculate organized on analyzed data so you can use Excel for a variety of tax. 10 is preparing a budget. Creating invoices are tracking inventory after Perry financial reports and forms just to name a few. With Excel, you can effectively manage, maintain on filter large amounts of information on quickly display your data in a variety of different formats. Exel is an all in one solution for your data management needs and using by yourself itself . You'll learn how to plan create modified on magic cell documents called worksheets or scratches. You learned all about the elements, and best practices make up reliable and robust stretch sheet systems using bite size, step by step tutorials on downloadable lesson files so you could work along with the you're gonna start out by learning how to create a New Excel workbook from scratch or by using temperance, you learn how to create formulas, perform calculations on data on work myself, excels built in functions on a pipe for amounting to your spreadsheets, to make them usually pleasing and easy to read. Well, then look how to present your data in Excel tables and charts. Walking all the different ways you can form out a customize your tables and charts on. Look at 20 few different chart types and tables tiles that you can use in your own documents. You'll learn how to use graphic tad a little bit of up possessed to your spreadsheets. He worked with the adding images from your own computer or from Microsoft's online images feature. We'll also have a variety of shapes and columns, touches our lines, arrows, text boxes of the life, toe our worksheets, as well as vector graphics called icons also looking at one of excels most recent newcomers . Three D models, additionally, will work with some interesting objects that you could add your six cells. Treacheries touches. Ah, word art. Smart art on organization charts. Now, if you have a mass based workflow, you may be especially interested in the sections of using hand or most drawing tools and how to create wolf simple and complex math equations in itself. We'll also be taking a deeper dive into some of the built in functions it excel. Such as the I s function of the I. F s function are the PM tear PV functions, as well as several common date and time functions. We'll also dive deep into the the look of function, which allows you to locate a data within a defined a table referred toe Red. Well, then take a fairly in depth look at importing data into excel from text files and even access databases. Likewise, you'll work with exporting data from Excel getting outside of Excel toe other formats. It is a Pdf file. Older Luger. Newer versions of itself toe a Web page, a XML spreadsheet or are taxed will then work a little bit more with Excel templates. You'll learn how to create workbooks from templates. Creature own custom templates on how to edit an existing template when necessary. And very importantly, you'll also learn how to back up your templates. Toe another computer or hard. Well, let me work with some of excels. Powerful data analysis tools. You learn how to create and customize pivot tables. Pivot charts had a filter pivot table data country used goal seek silver data tables and the flexible scenario manager. Leave it on a forecast future values Using the forecast sheet feature. We're also getting to some pretty interesting for batting techniques. For example, you learn how to create custom number formats. Change how data in your worksheets is displayed. Even apply conditional formatting to your data that is to say, applied a different font color of fill color, adding bolding etcetera, depending on the cell's value. Well, working with data, you also learn how to add and nest subtitles as well as vilify the validity of data by using itself Data validation. Feature Well, then take a look at how to automate tasks and increased functionality By using itself. Matthews. You learn how to assign a mackerel to the quick absence Toolbar on even edit the code of your mackerels after they have been created. Lastly, you learn how to manage shared workbooks. You discover how to protect a worksheet. How to project a workbook for doing Crypto Workbook as well as verify workbook compatibility on accessibility. We'll even learn how to share on co offer a workbook with others. Now in this cause, I'm going to be using the latest version of Excel, which at this time is Excel 2020. Now, if you're using an older version of Excel, that's fine. As a lot of features haven't changed all that much, though, you may find a few features missing from your version of the application on. If that's the case, you could just skip over those parts country ready to upgrade to the latest version of I will also be updating this course writerly as new features in the Excel application become available. And please don't hesitate to ask me any questions that come up about the application as you're going through this close. I'm here to support you all along the way. So are you ready? Well, let's get started 2. Before You Begin: So if you'd like to work along with me as we progress through the course, you'll need to download the class a lesson files. So in the projects and resources tab of this class, I've included a link to that file as well as instructions on how to set it up. Now the lesson files file is compressed in zip format. And with most modern computers, all you need to do is double-click on the file to expand its contents. So the top folder is named lesson files and you want to copy this and all of a sudden floors underneath it to your computer, just tap and all the sub-folders should be left as is, that is to say under that mini lesson titles, clothing. Hello also include the URL to the lesson files that in this video up on top here. So you can just copy it down and then inserted interior of roses average bar on later on if you so choose. So if you have any questions at all, Dr lesson files or gravity data difficulties extracted them, please let me know. And now let's dive into the class. 3. Creating an Excel Workbook: Welcome to Microsoft Excel in this class. We're gonna be working with the most recent version of Excel, which, as of now is Excel 2019. But I think Sella's updated will be updated. This class is well, so Microsoft sell what it is is a powerful and user friendly spreadsheet application that allows you to enter calculate organized on analyzed data. You can use itself for a variety of tasks, such as preparing a budget, creating invoices, tracking inventory on preparing financial forms just to name a few. Excel has quite powerful calculating and charting capabilities as well as out formatting features, which really allowing the jazz up your documents. So we have an example of a blanket style spreadsheet here on our screen, and the cell is a most basic part of excel, and this is considered a cell year. These little boxes that have strongly by borders, those are considered cells, and it is in the cell where data is entered in excel and it spread. She did is organized into rows, which are the horizontal divisions here. So we click and number six here we see that it selects that entire role in here. If I click a number 11 have now selected Row 11 and spirituals. They're also divided into columns, which are the vertical divisions. So if I click on year, we see that column E is now highlighted column. I is now highlighted. So it is sells rows and columns, which make up a worksheet, and work sheets are stored in an Excel file called a Workbook. So, in other words, a work sheet is a single Excel document, and the workbook is a container that can house one or more worksheets. Now, in Excel First launches, a blank worksheet appears, and then you can begin entry in your data and information and format in the look of your document. So let's begin by creating a brand new workbooks. I'm gonna close out of here so therefore legal. I want to click the start, but it here and that's the lower left button in the corner of your screen. And then you can scroll down until you see Excel, and that is that icon right here. Another way is to click in the search box here and just type Excel. I've been Excel pops up, just topped the enter key on your keyboard this launches the Excel application. So here we have what Microsoft refers to as backstage view. We're gonna work. There's a lot more in upcoming videos, but we want to create. Now is up a new blank workbooks. We're gonna click this icon here. This creates a blank new workbook with one work sheet on the sheet is named Sheet one. So in the next video, we'll look at examining the cell environment. 4. Examining the Excel Environment: When you first start Microsoft Excel, the application opens to a blank worksheet along with the parts of the Excel screen, as we see here now, if you've worked with versions of Excel Prior to Excel 2007 which is quite allow legal, actually you'll immediately notice that the user interface has been completely redesigned. The menu a toolbar system of older Excel versions are replaced by the ribbon on you see the Ribot and pretty much any Microsoft Office application. So the ribbon is designed to help you quickly find the commands you need in order to complete on task. So the ribbon, the menu bar has been replaced by command terms, and these air conduct command tabs here data page layout for blah, etcetera and actually these other full command tabs that you'll see any time you open up in Excel Document. So to switch from one command, tempt to another, just click on its name. So here is the draw Command tab, Data Command tab and click on the View Command tab on. Then, to get back to the Home command tab, we click home. No different command icons call command sets appear under each tab on the commands that appear depend on the command tab that selected So, for instance, on the home tab. Font is a command set. So all of the commands that appear on this command said are related to thought options. For example, we have bold italics underlying We have borders. We have Phil color font, color font, family fund size, etcetera. So this way, each command said, is grouped by its function. So, for example, if you look at the insert tab here, we see commands, Todd tables, charts, illustrations, links on text objects into your spreadsheet. So again you can find all commands related to out in tables right here, or adding charts from the charge group here. Now there are also contextual commands, which only appear when a specific object is selected this house and keeping this screen unclouded. So, for example, if I had our charter, this spreadsheet and I clicked on the chart, then the contextual chart tools ribbon would display. But that is only visible with the chart is selected. So when you click the file tab here, this displays what is referred to as a backstage view. This view allows for quick access to permissions, metadata and common document management tasks such as opening, closing, printing and saving files on to switch to the different pains off backstage view. Just click the menu item in the left pane here. So here's printing options exporting options info, etcetera to exit backstage, you tap the escape key on your keyboard or click the left pointing arrow on top of the left pane here. So let's do that. Our back to remain spreadsheet. So let's take the home tab on the ribbon to switch back to home options. On the bottom of many of the command sets here of the ribbon is a dialogue launcher, and that's this little button right here on the lower right corner of the command set with the Dell log launcher is clicked. This displays a dialog box for that set of commands, so basically it's additional settings for that command sin. So let's click on the font to dialogue launcher. This displaced the format cells dialogue from which we can perform a number off tasks. So in the alignment, send in the fog style, size and effects all from one location, adding borders to ourselves, etcetera on. We're going to be working with the format cells dialogue in, well, quite in depth in upcoming videos. So let's cancel out of here some. Next. We're gonna take a look at the quick access toolbar. This is located on the upper left corner of the window, and this is the quick access to about right here. This toolbar contains the default save. Undo we do and touch mouse commands. And clicking on the downward pointing arrow to the right of the toolbar allows you to customize the quick access to a bar and add other tools that you use regularly. So, for example, if I use spelling after, they could click spelling, and now spelling is added to our quick access to a bar article list again on click spelling again to remove it. You can also add commands that are not in the quick access toolbar list by clicking more commands. And then here you have times of commands that you could add to the quick access to a bar. So choose all commands from the list. Here we can see all of the available commands we can add to the quick access toolbar. Who are you? And just click the commander you want to add and then click. The add button on that will be added to the quick access toolbar so we can see that we've out of the Web page preview command. So to remove a command, we click the remove button and our removes that command from the quick access toolbar. Let's remove the percent sign to so click that and remove that as well and to exit the Excel options were no look like. Okay, we're gonna be working with that along more and an upcoming video. So to the left of the quick access toolbar, here is the auto save icon. This is Onley available if your workbook is saved to SharePoint or one drive. What this does is save your changes every time you modify your spreadsheet. So they always said when I clicked on the bottom, this little message box appears telling us that the file is saved to my computer on that I need to save it, toe one driver to SharePoint drive and order for that to work. But we don't want to try on auto. Savor the moments or the tap the escape key on my keyboard to a get rid of that message. Now, if you're using Microsoft, excel on a touch device such as a tablet er smartphone. The handy touch display mode makes it easier to view your data located by default on the quick access to bar. That's just option rate here. This view displace extra space between commands, making it easier to select via touch. So if you want to display your Excel workbooks in touch mode, you click the icon here on the quick access to of our at anyone. Choose touch for the menu. So let's do that, Norris. Now we immediately see extra space between our icons of this makes it a lot easier for us to select those icons from a tablet or other touch device. Let's click the arrow again and let's go back to mouse bowed. Now, if you don't see the touch mouse icon here just takes the downward, particularly here on the end of the pickaxes toolbar and then choose Touch Mouse Boat from the menu Here. You can also customize the display of the ribbon by clicking the Ribbon Display Options button, which is located on the top right of your screen. That is this icon raid here. This is right next to your user name or avatar. Let me click that. So we see a couple of options here. The auto hide Ribbon Command completely hides the ribbon from view. However, when you move your mouse to the top of your screen, the ribbon would temporarily appear The show Tabs Command will display on the ribbon tabs. Not that commands themselves. So the quicker show tabs we can see that we only see the tabs that we don't see any of the commands. So this case, you have to actually click on a tab in order to display its commands. So I'm going to turn that off by clicking show tabs in commands. So that's high their entire ribbons from the click the Ribbon Display Options button and choose Ah, no hide ribbon north. A ribbon is now gone there. Document is full screen, so I'm gonna move my mouse part of the top of the screen and the ribbon temporarily re displays. So to read a spider web in a move, my balls partner in the top of the screen until a ribbon is displayed. Click the ribbon display options button on and shoes show tabs on commands. This professionally displays the ribbon along with its tabs on commands. So I briefly talked about this in the previous video. But as you can see on the work she window, our columns are labeled with the letters A B, C, D. Etcetera, while the rows are numbered 12345 etcetera. These numbers and letters are very important when working with formulas as they provide a means of referring to a particular cell on. This is called a cell reference. For example, if it wanted to refer to this cell in the first role, which is roll one. The first column, which is a cell reference, would be a one for wanted to refer to the cell C five. That would be column C roll five. We're gonna work much more with cell references in the later video. 5. Opening an Existing Workbook: file management commands in Excel a located under the file tab on the ribbon. If I click on the file tab, this displays backstage field and from backstage view before many file commands such as opening, closing, saving and printing files 12 but an existing document. We click the file, tempering the ribbon and then click open in the left pane. Here on this displays the open window. Now, if you've recently opened a workbook, it may be listed in the right pane under the recent area. So, for instance, if I click on recent here, this displays all of the recent workbooks that I have opened. Additionally, I could display recent folders that have accessed by clicking the folders. Lincoln, top of the window on this displays the recent folders that I have accessed. So if the workbook that you want to open is displayed in the recent swindle, Oh, I need to do is click on it toe. Open it in Excel. Now, if you access specific files or folders, often you can pin them to the top of the files or folders area of the recent pain. So to pin on Excel workbook, you click out of reason, moving most part over the workbook that you want a pin and then click the little pin icon when it appears here. So once I click the icon, we see that this workbook is now listed under the pinned area, and it will remain there until we physically remove it to paint a fuller you click. Fuller's on again. Same thing with the most purchase over the full of that you want to pin on, then click the pin icon. We can see that we have a couple of pinned folders here, so I'm gonna click the pin icon to remove those from the pinned area. So now there are no folders pinned making. Also save you and open files from your one drive account, which is formally called Sky Drive. In fact, but opening assembling a document. Your one drive account is typically the first option in the list, saving your items to you one Dr Cloud account sure that you can access them from multiple devices as well as from other computers now, because those of you who are watching this may not have yet set up by your one drive account, we're only gonna be working with files stored locally on your computer. Specifically the file story in the lesson files folder on your desktop, However, you might wish to explore one drive on your own, but to open a file from another fuller, such as on your local driver network drive or a struggle. Dr. Click the browse button here in the center pain and then navigate to the location off that file. Sunny Cancel over here. Let's do this together. So if you're falling along, you want to click the browse button here in the center. Paid on. We're going to navigate to the lesson files folder on our desktop, some no school way to the top until I see desktop. Looks like that The nipple DoubleClick. The lesson files fuller on the father Want to open is named Lesson one. So I'm gonna screw all the way down here until I see Lesson one. So click it and then click open. This opens the lesson one file in Excel. So let's click the file tab of the ribbon, and I want to add the lesson files folder to my Pin Fuller's area, and it should be listed in the recent Siri because we just opened up a file from that folder from Mexico. Open here and I'm gonna fallers. We can see the last files. Fuller is now listed under the Today is section of this pain. So I'm gonna move by most proto over it on Once the little pit icon appears, you look click it and now the lesson files folder has now been added to our pinned area. So we will be able to access it quickly throughout this course. So let's escape to exit backstage view. Now, as you'll quickly discover there are several ways to accomplish the same task in Microsoft . Excel and many commands under the file options menu have an equivalent keyboard command that will accomplish the same thing. For instance, toe open an existing workbook in Excel, you can use the keystroke commendation control Oh, to quickly jumped to the open pain backstage view Redtop control all the open pain and backstage view immediately displays. No top escaped to back out of here. Another way to jump to this view is by tapping that colt F Cousteau combination. This brings is to backstage, you know, is that all these commands now have a little letter above them s for save A for savers p for print. This means that instead of clicking with your mouths, you can use the compound on your keyboard. So, for instance, to print if I tap the P key on my keyboard, it would bring me right to the print dialog on. We have a list of all new commands with equivalent shortcuts. So I wanted his view printer properties, for instance, I would tap the R key and that displays printer properties. And that's just another way of accessing backstage view and executing various commands just by using your keyboard. So let me escape out of there. What we think I wanted to assure you. Let's click folly to go back in the backstage view. You can also quickly jump two fouls that you've recently opened or pinned by clicking home . When you're in backstage view here, we can see reason files that we've opened files that we've added to the pinned area and files that have been shared with me again. You can also create a blank workbook are worth you cynics cell tutorials. So let's top the escape key to go back to remain Excel Window 6. Navigating a Worksheet: Okay, so now that we have this bridge she'd open, let's learn how to navigate through it. So to move from one location to another in Excel, click in the cell that you want toe activate and that sell them. It comes the active cell. For instance, I'm gonna click in cell a eight. I know. I said that cell is now surrounded by a green border. This looks us know that that is the act of cell. That click could be three in the Selby three becomes the active cell knows that the cell references displayed in this little box on the left side of your screen. Now moving around in your work, she becomes a little more challenging as your worksheets become larger. But likely Excel contains scroll bars to help you move from one area of your worksheet to the other. So on the right set of risk, read is the vertical school bar. So if I click that and drag down, I can navigate vertically in my worksheet. Likewise, on the bottom of her window here is the horizontal school bar, which allows you to scroll horizontally through your worksheet, the end and beginning of both the horizontal and vertical scroll bar is a little Errol. This allows you to scroll through your work sheet a little at a time. You can see clicking the dollar pointing on the vertical scroll bar moves down one line at a time, like Where's the upward particular allows us to move up one row out of time. If you want to, just quickly jumped to an area of your screen. Just click directly in this crowbar and that moves you to that area of the screen. This works the same thing with the horizontal scroll bar. Clicking the right party Arrow moves us one column out of time. Now, in addition to changing the position in the work shed till by clicking with your mouse, there are also several methods for navigating a worksheet. Using your keyboard, for instance, let me click in Selby 57 here. I wanted to move left in my spreadsheet. I would just tap the left alky. Likewise, Move right. Tough. The right arrow key that moves right by one column out of time. I wanted to move one rolla time. Upper down would tap the up arrow key to move up for the down Arrow Key to move down if I wanted to quickly move to the beginning of my spreadsheet to the first road First Columnist spreadsheet, Hold on the control key and then tap home that moves to the first cell in your spreadsheet . Likewise, kept control. End to move to the last selling your spreadsheet that contains data. Now if I have a long spreadsheet here, I want to move to the beginning of the row that can tap the home key on my keyboard that moves to the beginning of the row should also move up or down an entire screen at a time by pressing the page upper page down keys on your keyboard sort of example. To move down by an entire screen. A tap page down page up moves up an entire screen. So if you look in the bottom of the screen here, we can see that we have three sheets here. She'd one she, too, and sheet three ascii three, which is empty. So if you want to switch to a different sheet in your workbook, you don't have to necessarily click. You can do it with your keyboard, so to move to the next Sheikh in your workbook. Press the control page down. He still combination from the hold on the control key and then tap page down that moose the she to in my workbook to do it again. Control page down. Who's to sheet? Three. If you want to move to the previous sheet in the workbook, which in this case would be she to tap control page up that booze is, too, she two. And then again, control pay job moves us to sheet one. I'll put these keystroke combinations on your screen, and so they composite video and copy them down, or take a screenshot of them if you like. 7. Create and Save a New Workbook: Okay, So various seen that when you first launch Microsoft Excel the welcome screen in backstage view, Displaced from where you can create a new workbook. You can also create a new workbook from within another workbook like we have here. We actually have that lesson one file open. The new document command is located under the file tab on the ribbon, so it click on file and then click new. This displays the new window, and then we can choose from a variety of templates or just create a blank workbook. Another option is to use the control and keystroke combination on this creates a brand new blank Excel workbook on Bypasses Backstage You completely. So let's create a new blank workbook from backstage views. I think the foul temper the ribbon. Then click new. I'm in the center pay. We want to click on blank workbook here someone click on that, and that creates a new blank workbook. So I'm gonna click in the first cell of the first roll. In other words, sell a one. I'm a type in title and then top enter. So what, You've credited workbook and enter some data into it. You'll then want to save it so you can access it again. The future you can see we work with file to one drive account toe. Ah, hard disk to removable this such as a USB flash drive or tow a network drive. Now, the first time you save a document, That is to say, if the document has never been saved before the save as dialogue, pain in backstage view appears, which prompts you for the name of the workbook on the location where you wish to save it. Now this Onley displays the first time after you save a new workbook. So to save a file, click the file tab of the ribbon, then click save from the left pain. You can also use the keystroke combination command s we can see that displays the save this file dialog because we haven't get saved it or it could also just click the save icon on the quick access to a bar and then see icon that looks like a little many, huh? 3.5 inch disk. For those of you, remember those before there were USB drives. Now, if you want to save an existing workbook with a different name. You would choose file save as from the menu, and then choose a location where you wish to save the workbook. Added the new name that you want to give to it. Now, whenever we save a workbook, the final remains open so you can continue to work on it. And you can save any subsequent changes quickly by clicking the save icon on the quick access to a bar or by tapping the control s keystroke combination. So here we have a new blank document that we have not yet saved. So I'm going to click the save I kind of the quick access to a bar. This displays the save this file dialog. Let's think more save options that displays the save as pain in backstage view. So I'm going to save this in the lesson files folder on my desktop. And if you remember, we pinned that folder toe a recent folders area. So I'm gonna click recent here, Andrea, under the pin. Very the right paid. We could see the lesson of files forward. I'm gonna click that. And now we need to provide our file with a name. So if they want to call this my workbook. So we'll type that in Seaver's type. Excel? Not sure why I defaulted to template here, So I'm gonna click this and choose Excel Workbook from the list. We don't want to see what is the tablet. We want to save it as a workbook and then I'll click to say but it. So now I'm gonna move to Selby One typing cost No top the intra cute My keyboard. Then I don't think the same. I come on the quick access to a bar to save our trainees a notice that the Dalek did not display this time because we had already saved this file previously. All this did was saved any subsequent changes that we made to the file. And again, you can also tap the control s keystroke combination on your keyboard. I'm a creative new document here from atop the control end keystroke combination. Then it taken cell a one and type finances top enter. So to say this, I'm gonna tap control as keystroke combination. This displays to save this file dialog. We saw this ah, moment ago so you can save a file using this dialogue rather than going to backstage view. So the file name. I'm just gonna type in my finances for my underscore finances, and then we choose a location, So I'm gonna click the choose a location area on it displays all the recent locations that we've been to. And I can say this in the lesson files folder. But if none of the location that you want are listed here, you can choose more locations and then that brings you into backstage view. And then you can browse that I kind of the navigate to the location that you want, but I want to save this. So let me go back to this. My finances. I'm just going to say this in my lesson Falls forward. So just click lesson files folder Norris and the file format is defaulted. Teoh x L t. Which is not. What we want is this is a template format trying to click that, and I want to choose Excel workbook from the list and then we'll click Save That's closes Workbooks publicly file clothes from backstage view. This brings us back to the my workbook filing recreated earlier 8. Changing the Save Format: notice that in the last video, every time we tried to save a document and excel document, it defaulted to excel template, which is not one most people. While most of time will be saving your documents and Excel format, not as a template files. This was apparently changed in a recent update. So here's how to fix that. If that's happening to you, Monica, we follow the ribbon, then choose options all the way down here on the bottom of the left pain. So then, in the left pane here, you want to click save, we're going to modify save options. So here, under the same workbooks area, there is an option entitled Save Fouls in this format on. But for some reason he began defaulting to Excel template, which is the XLT format. It's actually very rare that you'll save documents in template for amount. We're gonna talk about Temperance in a later video, but what we want is to save all new documents in an Excel workbook format, and that's the first option in top of the list here. So click excel workbook x, l s X, and then we'll click. OK, so now let me create a new document or tap control. And if I click the save icon nervous that it defaults to x l s X rather than the XLT format , which is the format that we want to be close over here. And then I will close this without saving. 9. Moving Between Workbooks: each do Workbook said you open is represented by a button on the Windows Task Bar. To move between open documents, click the appropriate budget on the task bar so we can see these three XL icons here. You can see every every move. My most cordial with them. This is Book one Lesson one on my workbook. So I wanted to spray the lesson one follower Click that in the task bar. Likewise, I could click the 1st 1 and jump to that document to jump to another Excel workbook. You can additionally click the view tab on the ribbon. Click the switch windows budget, then choose which document you want to switch to im. A new click on the switch windows. I can t will display all workbooks that you presently have open so I could quickly switch back to the lesson one file by clicking it from the window. Another option is by using the old tab keystroke combination. With this does it allows you to scroll through all open documents, including open applications. We're going to see a couple other and applications that I have open. And here are the three Excel workbooks that we've recently opened. So it's clicked my workbook document. So I still have my all turkey held down from atop Tab Tab tab until that work, because highlight that they were released my thumb off of the multi. Then we jump to that document. So that's a quick way of switching documents in working in windows as well. Let's go back to lesson once and go back to the year they released the altar key. 10. Setting Excel Options: in this video. I want to talk a little bit more about setting Excel options on, but that is a window that we worked with when we change the file format from a template to excel. So in older versions of Excel, you can set preferences for specific programs, settings from the options dialog In more reason, versions of Excel, The Options Command has been moved to the File Options menu in Backstage View, which just raised a new click the file tab. So let me click the file tough here in the ribbon, and then we click options. And again, that's on the bottom of the left pain here. So from the cell options window, in addition to setting the file format, you can specify such options as setting a default location to save the files. Ah, setting display options, something proofing options, choosing how the data is laid out, you consent formula options and more. So if you're falling along, that's kicking the general tab here, and I'm gonna scroll down to the creating when creating new workbooks area. I'm reflect the fund size drop down list, and I want to choose 14 from the list. What this does is sets a new default fund size for all New Excel workbooks that we create for think. OK, and then click OK again next time our restart Excel on default Fund size will then be 14 points for decide, and I wanted to be 12 not 14. Like it the way it Waas could go back to file options, click the General tab in the left pane and then change the font size back to 12. See him? I want to spend some time browsing through the Excel Options Dialog here and said, Any preferences that might help you work with less effort look like OK and OK to close out of there. 11. Switching beween Views: views. Control, haul your documents appears on the screen. She can quickly switch between views but clicking on one of the view buttons located on the lower right hand corner of the document window. These the three view but is raid here. The first is normal view, which is the view that we have right now. This is used for entering editing and formatting data. In normal view, headers, footers, backgrounds and other objects are not visible. The next is page layout of you. This view is used for entering entity and formatting text while displaying graphics, headers and footers, objects, margins, borders, etcetera. So, for instance, we can see the header on the footers area of our document. The third view is paid. Great preview. This displays the document with mark page breaks, allowing you to change their position. So if I scroll down, I can see this blue dotted line right below row 49. This child just started on America Page Break is out of here. We can actually add in our own page breaks, and they will display in this view as well. We're gonna talk about that all sort of later video. So let's get the first I can switch back to normal view. You can also access views from the view top of the ribbon when we see the same Icaza correspond to the view. But it is down here normal page break and page layout. There's also an additional button, which is custom views. This allows you to save your current display settings and quickly apply them in the future . So I'm gonna click the extra clothes out of here, and I want to switch the page Break preview now. So I'm gonna click the page break preview icon And now let's switch back to page layout of you and I could do that from the icon. Here are from the centre icon on the bottom of our screen, and I think I want to switch back to a normal used to look like the first icon in the bottom of our screen, which is normal 12. Using Tell Me to Obtain Help: So this video, we're going to alert work a little bit with the Tell Me feature, and this is a relatively new feature that was recently introduced in Excel 2016 and is designed to provide assistance and get two up and running as quickly as possible. On the ribbon is a text box with the words Searching it and the periods version of Excel. This this text actually read Tell me what you want to do, but now it simply shows search. So here you can entering keywords and phrases related to what tasks you want to accomplish to display the actions you're looking for. As you type each letter, Excel immediately begins suggesting relevant commands. And this comes in especially handy if you know that there's a command for what you want to do, but you're not quite sure where it's located. And don't worry if you don't know the exact wording for Commander Action. Excel uses what's called natural language for the search, similar to what you might use for a bing or Google search, for example, and if you need additional help, there's always a help lick of the bottom off the tell me window or you can type the words help in the search box to bring up the familiar help screen window falling along. You want to click in the search box here, and I'm gonna type in save workbook. So no has. All these are options that appeared as I type save Savers of formats. Save Asif Custom view on even themes. Barbara Click Savers of the Format. What this does is execute that command, so this displaces save as dialog box, allowing us to save the file in a different format. But I'm gonna click, Cancel together and I think, in the search box and type in format cell. And here we have before about command format cells, alignment settings, etcetera. So I wanted to form a particular Celica click for about cells that displays the format cells, dialogue and, again, just taken format here on the bottom. You can also choose get help on whatever text you typed in, and that will launch the familiar help screen. Another way to access the help screen is by clicking help on the menu and then clicking Help. This is place to help aid on the right side of your screen. So I clicked on getting started here because, see, there's some topics to help you get up to speed quickly, create a workbook in Excel Saver work with toe one dried, some common tasks that you might want to accomplish. The left eye country move back. And there's topics about rows, columns and cells here because he had a insert or delete roads called themselves Splitting rows. Columns themselves. Hiding is showing rows and columns, etcetera, so you can browse through here for some quick tutorials on working in itself. But if there's a specific command you're looking for that you want to use the search box here to the right off the help tab. 13. Closing a Workbook and Exiting Excel: when you're finished working on your Excel document can close it by choosing clothes from backstage view so you would choose file and then close or might tell you the close window budget that is represented by an X on the operate corner of your screen. This will close the current workbook on display the next open workbook. And don't worry for you. Think you've got to save your changes. Excel always ask you if you wish to save your recent changes before closing the workbook. Now I won't ask you five. All your changes have already been saved. But if you make changes to the workbook file on, didn't save it and then trying to close that, Excel would ask, you wish to save it before closing So north of the close window budget on Lee works for the active workbook. As we can see, we have three openwork books here, which means that you have to close each one of them individually. If you have many workbooks open, it can be a tag time consuming to close each workbook one at a time. In earlier versions of Excel, you could close all open workbooks at once on exit itself a backstage view. Well, that is no longer the case is that option has now been removed for backstage view, beginning with Excel 2013. You can, however, at the exit command to the quick access toolbar if you prefer this method of Close the Excel, and this could really come in handy. Philip Temper person who tends to open a lot of work books during an Excel session. No way of quickly close the workbooks. Just moving a mouse pointer over the icon on the task rabbit and then moving your mouth. Purge. Overreach. I kind of clicking the X and that will close that workbook. So that's another method of closing. I personally like to use the keyboard combination and control W to close board books, and that's really not that time consuming to press control. W Look at that. It closed it control W again closed it Control W again closed it. Now our at a blank Excel window. So a few different methods of closing an Excel workbook and to accept the Excel application could take the X in the upper right corner of the window or used the altar F four keystroke combination 14. Entering Text and Numbers: in this video, we're gonna look at entering text and numbers into excel, so we're falling along. Where you want to do is open, excel and then create a new blank worksheet. So I'm gonna click in the search box here on a type in Excel. Once Excel pops up in the top, enter on my keyboard to launch the cell application, and I want a new black workbooks from this slick. That and are workbook is created, so data that you enter into an Excel worksheet can be either text numbers or a formula. Tax that is entered into cells as referred to as a label on is not included in formulas, whereas numbers can be either labels or values. When entering numbers into a cell, Excel automatically preached them as values on allies dip to the right edge of the cell. So if I type in the number 25 year Netapp, under a cell immediately recognizes that as a number on it is right aligned, that is to say it's aligned for the right of border of the cell. Now, if you wish a numerical value to be treated as a label, that is to say, just take on the same formatting as labels, which are left a line you need to proceed the numerical value with an apostrophe. So that's if it wanted to enter the current year 2020 and atop the enter key on my keyboard could see living cell treated that has a number. But if I proceeded that with an apostrophe apostrophe 2020 it is now aligned to the left edges of this cell. So to be get entering values in Excel spreadsheet. I'm gonna believe 2020 here is clicking the sell you into which you want to enter values under begin typing. So I want to enter in a series of numbers. Air 25 i. Once they're finished typing, I tap the enter key on my keyboard to confirm the Andriy and then moves to the next cell in the next row. I don't have you wished to clear the contents of the cell into which you've begun typing. Let's say I started typing to 56 and this idea why didn't want to complete this entry like a tap the escape key on my keyboard that closes cell. Or it could also click the X to the left of the Formula bar here. As you can see, when I move, my house producer over at a little tank appears saying canceled. I think that on that clears the contents of this Sella's well, So what we're going to do now is interest sales information for a fake video store. And I know there aren't very many video stores left these days, so I'm gonna click and sell a one, which is the first roll first column I'm gonna type in, stores them atop the tab key on my keyboard. That moves to the next column in the same role type in Q one is gonna be for the first quarter. Press top again. Q. Two tab again Q. Three tab again 24 Now when I click and sell a two, So that's column a Row two. So that's his cell right here. I'm not type in New York. Top the Andrew Key on my keyboard, and that moves to the next row in the same column on the type in San Francisco Top Enter again and Dallas. So now I'm gonna type in Salbi to which is column B Row two directly under Q one here that we're gonna enter values for each of our stores. So the 1st 1 I'm a enter is one for 391 Press the tab key 115 to 4. Press the tab key 16979 per stick. Tacky 21075 Nominal Click in Cell B three, which is column B roll three and I'm gonna type in 22987 Tab to 54 to 4 Tab. 24552 Tab 29780 on for last stored Ellis. Look thinking to sell before and then type 15 feet for four Tab 170 for five 190 to 4 Ted 232 for two. Now we've entered the data for our stores. Now notice up in Cell A three. The end of our store location is cut off for San Francisco. That is because column A is not wide enough to accommodate that text. Soto. Why in the column we must be formed The following steps. We move our cursor over the column heading on the right border of the column. Who's with we wish to change This case is is calling a move almost cursor over the right to border of column A. I'm gonna click and then drink to the right to about here until all of the text in call of a is risible for the next video. We don't look at entering simple formulas. 15. Entering Simple Formulas: formulas perform calculations such as addition, subtraction, multiplication and division in your spreadsheet UTEP, The formula in the cell where you wish the result toe appear. The former itself doesn't appear this cell, but rather the result off the formula. The formula actually appears in the formula bar, which is right up here now to tell Excel that you're about to enter a firm law, you must precede it with an equal sign. For instance, if you wish to find the total for the numbers are eight and 12 we would enter equal eight plus 12 then tap the enter key. So notice the formalized now displayed in the cell, but rather the results of the formal up before my eyes actually displayed up here in the formula bar. So villain mathematical operators, you can use our tradition, which is the plus subtraction, which is a minus sign multiplication, which is the asterisk on division, which is the forward slash. Now, In addition to performing calculations on actual numbers such as equals 11 plus two plus five, you can perform calculations on the value of cells by using cell references in your formula . Now, I wanted to find the total love, let's say B to and to see to. For instance, I could type in equal be too plus C to let have to return key on my keyboard. And here we have the result off this. Some of these two cells now Excel calculates by hierarchy and order of operations. When Excel performs a calculation, it does so in the following order, one exponentially ation to multiplication on division and three subtraction and addition. So, for example, if I had a form of that, read a two plus the three Times B seven The Beast Me Tons B seven part of the formal. It is calculated first, because multiplication and division is performed before subtraction and addition. If the firm that contains both a multiplication and division operator egg salad, calculate them from left to right. The same applies for addition and subtraction. Now we can change the order in which Excel performs his calculations by closing the relative function in Prentice's. So let's say we have the formula equal five plus 10 times five, and the result would be 55. But if you change this formula to read equal five plus 10 and surrounded those values in Prentice is the result would be 75. And that's because items are surrounded and Prentice's will be calculated first. So it first calculates 10 plus five and then multiplies that by five. So what we're going to do now in our worksheet is to total the sales values across for each quarter from Italy's is firmer than I have in cell A seven year on, By the way for formula bar, is it expanded on? You know, I have seen all you form a kick this disclosure triangle here on the right side of the formula bar on that expands it. So if you're falling along, you want to click and sell F one, we're gonna type in total. They were taught the down arrow keys on my keyboard. So now we're gonna enter a formal that sums all for these values for the New York store. So type in equal be to plus C two plus D two plus e to. And then we top the enter key on a keyboard. I must do the same thing for roll three said This time I'm gonna type equal B three plus C three plus D three plus e three of the top return Kieron to key on a keyboard rather than typing in the firm. Allies who did for the last two rows we're going to do now is choose the formula. Sell references manually. So if you have a large worksheet, you wish you wish to create a formula. The uses several different cell references. It might be sometimes easier to select yourselves manually rather than try to remember the cell addresses for each value you want to include in your formula. It was easier this appreciate, because they're all listed right in front of us. On the formal only consisted of four values, so to choose South references biannual, you proceed the formal as normal, but by using any equal sign and then usually a mouse or astonished your finger for using a touch device, select the cells that you want to include in the formula. So with cell F four selected here are but a type of equal, I'm gonna click and sell before on the wrists. That references added right away to a from labarre here that I'm not typing, plus never select see for plus D four plus four, it will top theon tricky for now. If we click and sell f four and observe the firm LaBarre, you can verify the form. Not that we just entered, which is in the same format as of these formulas that we entered by typing the entire formula in. So let's save our documents or take the see if I can hear the quick access to a bar on the file name. I'm gonna name this lesson to under the location. Are we having to click the location area? Drop down list here and I'm gonna choose lesson files from the list. Now, if you don't see lesson files here from the West, what you'll dio is choose more save options, then under the pinned aerial, choose lesson files or there will be also under the recent file of the areas. Well, here, I'm gonna choose the lesson. Father of the pinned area. Verify that the name is lesson to and then click Save 16. Using AutoSum: If you wish to perform a common calculation, such as some on a continuous range of data, you can use the auto some button on this located on the energy group of the home ribbon, and that's his button. This icon right up here clicking on auto some automatically selects a range of cells, whether that be vertical or horizontal, and calculates the total of all the cells in that range. That is to say, when the cell that contains the sum function is at the end of a rower column, such as Raid here because of the end off column B, or if I clicked here, it would total everything across from B to two F two. Now, if any cell in the range contains a blank rower column, the range to be total stops there. Now. If Excel doesn't choose the range of cells that you wish to use, you can choose the Range Mandiri by clicking on the first cell that you want to include, then dragging to the last sell in the range. So let's click and sell a six. If you're falling along here when a type in total tap the enter key on my keyboard. So now let's click on and Selby. Six. So what I want to do here is some the values off B two through before. So I'm looking the auto someone in the editing room of the ribbon here. No setting still highlights the cells that I got to be included in the formula, and if they're correct, we just have the enter key. If they were now, we could just click Select the Cells Mandiri here. But I'm happy with that for but a top interim a keyboard. And if we click in Selby six, we can see the formula that it entered. So again you could also enter this for humanity. This by typing an equal sum and then surrounding the cell range. In Prentice. He's so that's click in Cell C six. I'll click the out of some bunching again and then tap in term. Look thick in cell D 6 50 out of some button again. Now notice that in this instance Excel chose cells B six through C six, which is not what we want. We want to some of these three values here, so I'm gonna top the escape key on my keyboard. What I'm gonna dio is Click and sell D to click and hold down my left moss but it and drink down to D six. Nah, animal. Release the house budget With that cell range selected, I'm gonna click the auto some button on the ribbon on. If we click in Cell D six to verify the formula, you can see that it's some the cell range D two through D five. So now let's click in Cell E to particular. Hold on the left mouse button on Drake from E two e six and then click the hours of But it on the ribbon, then topped the enter key again. We can verify the firm line. Some of you tube through E five, so let's save our changes from to click the Save icon on the next video. Look at changing and deleting data 17. Changing and Deleting Data: to delete the contents of a cell, you click in the cell toe, active it, then tap the delete key on your keyboard. For instance, if I typed in 25 in this cell here to delete it, I just click the cell tap. Really? In the cell contents are gone. No. If all you want to do is replace the contents of a cell, you don't need to press the delete key. All you have to do is begin typing on the contents are automatically replaced by whatever you type. So if I put the value are 25 again here. If I want to type another value in that cell, I don't need to press delete. Just select the sale and type in 45. Those contents are automatically over written with the new value that I type. Now. There may be times how everyone you don't want to delete the entire contents of a cell but rather only need to change part of the cells contents. For example, you may have discovered an error in former you entered on, wished to modify it on rather than retyped the entire formal again. It will be easier just to edit the existing formula. So let's say I had this long value here. 453287 And I realized all that should have been 3267 To do so I positioned the I beam pointer on your nausea. Most curse for changes to an ivy important to when you're the firm LaBarre a new position it off the location in the formula bar where you wish to change or insert text. So I'm gonna click after the aid here, half the backspace, keep a keyboard and then type in six and then hit. Enter now you can also double click the seller you want you added a notice of you. My insertion point is now in the cell itself. So in addition to changing values in the favela by can do so directly from within the cell . So I wanted to change the five into a nine attempt. They were left or right arrow keys on my keyboard until the position is where I wanted eso right after the five tough the backspace key and then tap night on my keyboard. Tap enter. You can also, Would you have a cell selected tap F two on that places the insertion point within the cell that you can use your arrow keys to set the location and then make your changes. Someone delete the contents of this cell here. What I want to do is click and sell a six. So sick of total, I want this to read Grand Total. So all they need to do is type that text in so typing grand total, and it automatically overwrites the contents of the cells on a top instrument keyboard. So now we want to select sell a two, which is New York, and I'm gonna changes to New York City. I think I'm gonna move my IBN printer after the K in New York, click to select Tough the Space Burma keyboard and then type in city. I once had finished all tap enter to confirm the entry. So now we want to click in cell C to which is which is quarter to for the New York City store on a position, the IBM pointer in front of the five and then click by the mouse budget from atop the backspace key, which deletes the character to the left of the insertion point type in to then tap enter on the keyboard on I think that's about it. So I'm gonna click the save. I cut it on my quick access toolbar to save our changes. 18. Using Undo and Redo: Excel contains a powerful feature called undo slash Redo that allows you to reverse any editing action, including formatting. By entering data, you may have accidentally activated the wrong sell on inadvertently replaced the data in that cell, luckily, could reverse this action with the undue command on the undue icon is located rate here in the quick access toolbar. That's the arrow pointing to the left. Each time you click, the undue I cut it will reverse the last action that you did. Thus, clicking the undo button 20 times will undo the last 20 actions as if they never occurred, rather than kicking the undo button 20 times to undo multiple actions. However, clicking the our next to the undo button so quickly the whole right down here allows you to quickly undo multiple past actions by navigated down in the history list. Here selected the number of actions you want to undo. I know that as a move my mouse cursor, the entries here becomes selected, so if I click this one right here, it would undo everything. Up to this point, I'm a top escaped key to escape out of there. There's also the redo combat which is this budget Here is a forward point ago those you to reverse the action oven a new command. So if you use the n do command to reverse an action, decided that you didn't want to do that After all, just click redo To reverse that action, you could also use keyboard shortcuts for the undoing. Redoute Command Control Z for undue and control. Why? For redo So you could sell a four year. I'm gonna tap the delete key on my keyboard, then type in total, then tap the enter key about keyboard. So now let's kick the undue I kind of the quick access to large again. That's a cycle rate here reverts to the previous action, which waas an empty cell that could undo again restores the cell to its original contents. So I remember the redo icon will reverse the action of a new command. So I click Redux reverses the last undo command. It's not. Let's just click undo. And that reverses the redo command. So right back to where we began originally 19. Using Find and Replace: you can find specific information in an Excel worksheet your workbook by using excels, find and replace feature. But once you find it Andrew, for which your social, you can then replace it with any desired value or text or numbers, or move on to find the next occurrence of the data. 12. To read the future to have the control after keystroke combination on your keyboard? Or could the finding select icon is over here on the editing group of the ribbon and then choose, find or replace. So if we took control F that launches a find and replace and dialogue. So by clicking on the options button here in the finding replaced dialogue, Excel present you with additional search options, such as the ability to search in the active worksheet or the entire workbook, as well as the choice to search by Rose by columns. Looking from last values, notes and comments. So only close early here, and we're gonna click and sell a one. And if you're falling along, you want to click the fighting Select. I cut over here on the editing group of the ribbon while we want to do is find specific data so I'm gonna choose Find So in a fight, what box we entered the values for which we want to search. So on a search for the number 24552 then I'm gonna click the fine next, but it So I think I want to replace this with the values. So I'm gonna top the place top here in the box. I think I want to replace this with 26552 I'll click the replace icon. You can see if the value has been adjusted in our worksheet. So I think that about demonstrable, physically closed the dialogue here know that you could also click the I kind of go directly to the replace option and then enter value and to search for the find one box on the value with which you want to replace it in the replace box, click on find next and then replace. You can also choose the replace all option. So let's say you have a salesman named Sam who left your company on. He was replaced by a person whose name was Valerie. So they wanted to replace all instances of Sam with Valerie over the edge of the values here in the box and then click replace all. So that's a quick way of replacing several values out once. So let's click close here, and I'm just click the save iconic quick access to a bar to save our changes. 20. Using the Go To Command: for this video. We're gonna look at the go to command on excels Go to command is located under the find and select command icon Here in the ribbon on that is raid here, or it can use the control G keystroke combination. So what this does is allows you to jump quickly, too. I select a specific cell or cell range. This includes any named Rages. You have a new worksheet. This could come in especially handy if you want to select a long range of cells in a large worksheet. So if I tap the control, G keystroke combination is displaced to go to box. Now, the special bunch in here allows you to select other areas of your worksheet such as, Ah, formulas, comments, bling cells within your debt. Arrange Constance, which are non formula entities and more so you can narrow down that what you want to select . So I'm gonna cancel out of here, and that's press the control home keystroke combination. If you remember, that moves to the very beginning of your work. She now we want top control G on our keyboard, and I'm gonna type in C one colon, C six and then I'm gonna click. OK, but this does. It selects the cell range C one to C six, sewn atop the control. Hold Cousteau combination again on my keyboard. And I'm gonna click the fight and select icon here this time and I want to choose. Go to from the list. I'm gonna click the special budget. I'm gonna click the radio button next to Formulas on Difficult. Okay, we can see that this highlights all the cells Aren't our work shed that contain formulas. So this could really come in handy if you're trying to find a specific cell with a formula . So that is using the go to command in Excel. 21. Inserting Symbols: Microsoft Excel supplies hundreds of special characters that do not appear on your keyboard they could use in your work sheets. For example, you could insert international symbols such as an ampersand or accidents simple, such as a trademark symbol. E M. Dash copyright symbol on many, many more for each fund set contains its own set of symbols or characters, and the wind digs and monotype sorts contain a nice variety of useful characters on you. Insert symbols from the symbol Dialogue on to activate that you click the insert tab on the ribbon here and then click the symbol like kind of That's way over here on the right side of the ribbon under the Symbols Group and that displays the symbol dialogue because he defaulted to a wig. Knicks here, as that is, a popular font set for symbols on the concert, a reason we use simple by taking the symbol in the recent symbols area. Now, the special characters tab here to space a list off common symbols such as the E M dash, copyright trademark symbols as well as ah, few others. So if you find yourself out of the em dash of copyright symbol often you can quickly jump to it from the special characters Tab off this symbols dialogue. So let's cancel out of here. I'm gonna click in cell a eight. And if you're following along, you want to take the insert tab in the ribbon and then click the symbol icon over here on the symbols group. I'm gonna take that special characters tab here on what I want to insert is the copyright symbol. So I'm gonna select that here and then click insert, and that about does it for the simple dialogue. So I'm gonna kick the close button on notice that my insertion point is set right in the cell directly after the copyright symbol. So I'm gonna take the space bar keyboard and type 2020 Rodney's Video Incorporated will tap the enter key on a keyboard on to save our changes. I'm gonna tap to control s keystroke combination. And that's just another way of saving our document. If you recall, he could either click the save icon, kept control ass or choose file save from backstage view 22. Spell Checking Your Worksheet: Excel has a built in spelling a grammar chucker, which allows you to automatically check your worksheets for misspelled words. Excel uses his built in dictionary toe offer suggestions for any errors that finds, and you can then choose the correct spelling of the word from the suggestions list. Or add the words in the dictionary so that excel, not flag it again in the future. The spelling icon is located on the review ribbon. So would click the review type of the ribbon, then click spelling on the Proving Group here, which is the first icon. You can also tap the F seven key on your keyboard. We can see that there are no misspelled words in my worksheet, so let's click. OK, so I want to do now is double click and sell A for that sets our insertion point within the cell along us to change the data. You want to make sure that your cursor is after the S in Dallas. Anyone atop the S key on your keyboard for that? What that does is at another s at the end of the word Dallas, and there will tempt the intra cuter keyboard. So it's tough to control home keystroke combination which moves us to the beginning of the document. We're going to click the review type of the ribbon How we want to check the spelling icon. And again, that's the first icon in the proofing group here now represented with this spelling dialogue. So tells us that the word d a l l A s s is not in our dictionary. Then it offers some suggestions in the suggestions window. We can see the other options that we have here we can ignore once ignore all. So perhaps somebody's last name was D A L L A assess. So I could choose to ignore all so it wouldn't be flagged again. Or I could add it to the dictionary so that I would not be flagged in any other workbooks that I create not to change a misspelled word. It was. Select it in the suggestions here and then click change. If I know that there's more than what instance of this misspelled word, let's say we had somebody do data entry for us, and every instant of Dallas they typed it in with two s is I could choose change all that would change all of those entries out once, but I know that only made this type of this one place here, So I'm gonna click change that changes that misspelled word to the suggestion. And then it tells us that the spell check is complete. There are no other errors. And that work shoots a look thick. Okay. And as is always good practice, would it take to save icon on the quick access to a bar to save our changes? 23. Using Smart Lookup: the smart look up feature in Excel is a handy reference that provides contextually relevant information for selected text In your worksheet. Smart look up uses bing search results, so you'll need to be connected to the Internet in order to use the future. So do you smart look up selected cell that contains the text so you want to look up right? Click and then choose smart. Look up from the contextual menu. The smart look. A pain will then display on the right side of your screen, and you can click any link in the pain to hear the Associated Al Web page in your browser. If you want to obtain a definition of a selected word, please a defined tap on top of the window here that provides more information about the selected item. So for following the law, you want to click cell a four. It's only a particular word in this cell. You wanna look up, you can select the word and then we're going to do now is click the Review tab of the ribbon and then click the smart look up icon that's located on the insides group. So there are two ways to activate Smart, look up right click and choose smart. Look up or use thes smart look up icon on the review weapons. So let's click the icon and again that displays a smart look up in the right side of your screen. I only have a couple of options for Dallas here. Wikipedia page Explore Barbara on Wikipedia. You have a Web search for Dallas Dellis City Hall, etcetera. Again, You can click any of these items to view that Web page in your default browser, and again we click defined to get a definition of our word. Once we're finished with the smart look up, we just click the little X here on top of this model, look up aid to close the pain, and I think that we're done with his workbook. So let's close it. So choose the file time in the ribbon and then click close on. If you're probably to save your changes, you want to click the save button that closes that Excel workbook 24. Working with Ranges: in this video, we could begin working with Ranges and Excel. Now Range is a related group off records. On previous videos, we look at the some function were sell totals a group of cells if you wanted to retrieve a total for the cells for B two to B five, for instance, you're type in equal some B two, which is the first cell of the range call ID before, which is the last solar range that if I tap the enter key on my keyboard, you can see the result off that formula. So here the Formula B two to B four designates all the cells in the B two to be four range . Ever change that to be nine, for instance? Then we would retrieve a total for all the sounds between B two on B nine. So that's this range here. So this is an example of a continuous range that is to say, ah Guba cells that are next to each other in the same rower column so that we delete this formula here. Now there are several reasons why you might want to select a range in itself. You may need to apply the same formatting quickly to a group of cells. You might want to use the range and a function such a summer average, which we just did a moment ago. I am. I want to apply the function or formula to several columns or rows out once you would use a range. If you need to designate a group of cells as a printing area, there is to say you want to print only a portion of your worksheet and not the entire work sheep or you want to designate a group of cells for sorting. So if you're falling along, you're gonna open up the lesson three files and that's the lesson. Falls folded your desktop so wanted. Shoes filed open from the menu. Created bras budget. They just happen. The left Pain Double Click The Lesson Files folder. But then we want to choose the lesson. Three. File this file here, so some ways to select Rangers are to click on a column. Heady this. Select all of the data in that column. So right now all of the data in column B is selected. Likewise, we can select an entire roll by clicking on the road heading so right now, all of the data it roll three is selected. So I wanted to apply formatting such as, Ah, bowl, for instance, to make that role stand out. I could do so. I'm going to undo that. So to select a continuous role of salad, you click in the first cell. That's gonna be the first power range. Hold on the most pundit Andre, to select the rest of the cells in the range. On you can choose more than one rower. One calm, for instance. If I wanted to include this cells, be too f four in a rage. I'll click in the B to sell whole in the most part it and then dragged down and across all the data that I want to select. A selected this because it is one of select be to t e four. Then they removed my mouth melting. Now I could apply any formatting to that If I want never need to select non continuous cells, that is to say, cells that are not next to each other. Hold on the control key as you select. So miss selectively were the white error to de select. That raid struck the first cell or the control key, then select the additional cells to be in that range. And as we can see on Lee, those cells that I clicked on are highlighted with grey. Not dozen years of these cells are selected. You can also select your entire worksheet. To do so. Click the select all button to the left of the A column and above roll while. So that's his bunting right here so you can see when I click it the entire work she is selected. This may be a quick way to copy a worksheet from one workbook to another, not just click and sell a one to de select the workbook. 25. Copying and Pasting Data: when you want to duplicate data in several locations, whether it be another word, shoot another workbook or another application entirely. You can save time by using excels Copy command rather than retyping the data you want to duplicate. When you copy data, it is placed on that clipboard, which is an area of memory that holds copied items. And you can then insert the selection into another location by using the pace command. So in our own a copy an item you need to first select its. That could just be a single cell, or it could be a range of cells. So I now have the range of cells e to t. Four selected and to copy and item you click the copy icon here on the ribbon, and that's on the whole ribbon, Nazi and kind with their two pieces of paper. You can also press the control. See keystroke commendation and things see for copy can also right. Click the selected text and then choose copy from the contextual menu. And to insert the common items, you click in the location where you want to insert the copied items and then click paste on the home ribbon should also pressed the control V keystroke combination or again, right click on, then choose paste. Now I know that when you pays the contents off the clip, but in your worksheet. So right now, if so, right off the top control V paste options button appears. And if I click on that, we can see some options we have here. So for the drop down box, you can choose how the information is to be pasted into your document. For instance, if pasting from another document, if you choose to change the formatting of the pasting text to match that of the current document here, could just pace formas only no borders. Keep the sores, formatting, paste, link, etcetera. Going to be looking at a lot of these options in future videos. But the first option is just a standard paste. So it looks like that and that pace those items. But I'm gonna delete that. So if you're falling along, that's taken cell. A one here I'm exist. Sell the active cell. Now you wanna hold on your left mouse button on Drake to Selby six. This Lexus cell a one to be six and we'll release her most budget. So let's take the copy icon on the home ribbon and this is I can't hear. So click that. So now that the data is placed in the windows clipboard in memory so you want to take on the Q one worksheet town here in the bottom of your screen on, we want to click and sell a one to make that the active cell. Now we'll click the paste icon on the whole ribbon here and again. He could also press control V if you wanted, we can see that column is kind of cut off. San Francisco is cut off here, so I'm gonna widen Colony. So again, I'm gonna double click the border between column A and column B to widen the column to accommodate the longest column of data. Now, in a click of the yearly total tab and notice of this, get a rage is still selected. So I'm gonna top the escape key on my keyboard to de select it. Next, we're gonna stuck the cell a one to a six. That's just sell range rate here. Now I want to select another cell rage. In addition to this cell range the whole Dhammika talkie. It's like C one to C six. Release my mouse button on the control key. I know why. Because the copy I can't on the clipboard group of the ribbon. They want to click the cue to work. She tap of the bottom of our screen. When I make sure that a one is the active cell, they wanna click the paste icon on. That pastes those values on every turn back to the yearly total of town. So I will click. The worksheet happened about of the screen, no tap escape to de select those two and then click of any white area off my spreadsheet, and that's copy and paste in Excel. 26. Using the Office Clipboard: the office clipboard allows you to assemble data from several locations in the same document or from different office documents, and then paste those items one at a time into any Microsoft offers document. Now, unlike the Windows clipboard, which only holds one item at a time, the office Clippard can store up to 24 items that you have caught or copied to use the office clipboard future. Ensure that the clipboard task pain is visible by clicking the clipboard dialogue launcher . That's his little icon rate here on the lower right corner off the tempore group of the ribbon. So if I click this displays on the left side of the screen on because he right now I don't have any items in this window. But now with that paid open I kidney, then use the standard copy or cup commands. Andi. Each item up to 24 that drew copier cut will then be individually place in the clipboard pain here for later use, and then you can quickly add them to your documents. So let's see how that works. And click out of here to a turn off the clipboard volley long. You want to click the clipboard. I can't here in the lower right corner of the clipboard group of the ribbon to display the clipboard. Taz pain then we want to do is click clear. All this ensures that there are no items in the clipboard. So now you want to select the cell rage D one to D sick. That's this range here and then I'm depressed. The control, see keystroke combination on, Noah said. Either has been added to our clipboard pain here. Next to want to select the cell range E won t. Six. His tunnel clicks the copy icon on the ribbon on again. That celebrate has been added to our clip work pain. So now you want to click the Q three. Worse, you tap in the bottom of this green here and then click and Selby one. So I want to do now is copy the Q three data into this worksheet. So with to Selby one active, I will click Q three in the kip. Would pain here on Ghaleb inserted that sell rage into this worksheet. Now let's do the same thing with quarter forced to look like you forward about of the worksheet, Click and Selby one nan click the first item in a clipboard pain, which is the q four data. So we'll click that and that inserts that so rage into this worksheet. So now let's go back to the yearly totals tab Solar click that were she kept in the bottom of the window. I'm atop the escape key on my keyboard, and that ensures that nothing is actively selected. Really want to do now is clearly items from our clipboard. So you want to think that clear all budget here and the removes all those items from our clipboard. And lastly, let's close a clipboard page. I'm gonna click the small little X here to close the pain, but now we want to save our changes so we'll click Save icon on the quick access to a bar. 27. Cutting and Pasting Data: we've already seen how to copy data from one location to another that is to say, to make a duplicate of a range of data. But when you wish to move data from one location to another rather than duplicated like we did in the previous lesson you want to use excels cut and paste commands using cut and paste. The data is deleted from its original location on moved to a new location on like the copy command. The data is stored temporarily in the windows. Clipboard using the cut and paste commands allows you to rearrange worksheet cells rose on columns with ease. And again, the cut command is located on the clipboard group of the home ribbon. And that's this icon raid here for cut. And then to insert it in his new location, you click. The pace budget should also use the keyboard Command control X to cut and control V to paste. So if you're falling along, you want to select the cell rage, a one two F six that selects the entire range of Danny in our worksheet. Now I'm gonna press the control X keystroke combination. This place is a barkeep border around the range, and that's is known that this is the range that will be cut. So now you want to click and sell be eight. This is to where we want to move our data. So once we're in this cell, I'm gonna press the control V keystroke combination. And there we go. The data has been moved from a want to have sex to be eight to G 13. And lastly, let's save our workbooks or click to see my kind of quick access to a bar. 28. Copying and Moving Cells using Drag and Drop: instead of using the cut, copy and paste commands, you could also move and copy sells or ranges of cells using the drake and drop method, that is to say, can manually move the contents of cells to another location by first elected the cell range and then dragging the cells with your mouth to the new location to copy sounds instead of moving. Simply hold on the control key as you drink. So let's give this a try. So we're gonna select the cell range B eight to G 13 that selects that cell range that we cut and pasted in the last video. So now you want to move the mouse approach over the top border off the range, and you'll see your most porter transforming toe a four way black arrow. So now click with your last most, but in keeping most but held down and then dragged all the way until the top left edge of the border isn't cell a one and then release the mouse button. This completes the move process, so now that the range still selected Hoover, most approach over the bottom border of the range and you can see again are most pointer transforming into a four way arrow. Now press and hold on the control key and then click Andrey into the top corner off the box Here is insane l. A 11 and release the control key in the most button. This completes the copy process, and we see that this time, rather than moving their data holding of the control key allowed us to duplicate that data . But I really didn't want to do that. So I'm gonna undo that so depressed that controls the keystroke combination or, if you prefer, you know, always click the undue icon of the quick access to bar. So Control Z and we've just reversed that last action on has always will detectives save iconic quick access to a bar to save our changes. 29. Changing Column Width: When typing data into a cell, we often find that the column is not wide enough to accommodate the text on. Sometimes the end of our tax will either be cut off or we'll continue into the next cell. In such a case, you'll want to adjust the call them with by clicking on the boundary of the right side of the column, heading and then dragging until the column is the desired With. So if I select column D, for instance, and click and drag, I could increase the with of column D. We've already worked with this a little bit in previous videos. Now, if you want to ensure that the width of your colleagues is consistent rather than changing the size manually, you can use Excels column with commands in which you enter in precise values for the column with So to do so, select the column. Who's with you? Want to change? Right? Click, Then choose Colin with from the contextual menu. You then enter the appropriate value in the pop up dialogue. Here. The value is expressed by the average number of digits, which the Roar cell can accommodate, using the default funk. So for example, a column with a 13 would be able to accommodate 13 digits in that cell changes. The 13 picnic okay will accommodate 13 digits in this cell using default font. Another way of intrigue in precise values is by selecting the column, then click in the former daikon on the Cells group of the ribbon here than choosing column with than changing the value in the column. With Fox clicking Okay, I know that you can change the with off multiple columns simultaneously by first selective insult. Click on the colon heading for column B, although my Left Most Button and Drake until the columns I want are selected. Then if I click any one of these borders here, I'll select the border between C and D and then drag. Every column in that group will be resized as well to the same with. So that's a quick way of, ah, re sizing multiple columns. But I'm gonna top control Z Teoh. Undo that. So if you're falling along, let's click on the column heading for our column A here so that selects the entire column. And then we're gonna click on the border between column and column B hold on a mosque much in and then drag to the right until the column is about two inches wide. Then we'll click the same I kind of the ribbon to save our changes. Now you can also use the auto fit feature. What this does is allows you to automatically change the width of a column on the height of a row to accommodate the widest er tallest entry on that. We've already worked with this a little bit of the previous video. For columns, you double click of the right border of the column, heading on the colored with will on a back. We adjust to accommodate the largest entry in that column to accommodate Rose. Let's say this role was cut off so that some of the data was invisible. I could just double click of the bottom one image of the row on a just a row to accommodate the tallest entry it's not to offer. You need to do this with Rose, however, because whatever you change, the font size, for instance, say a change. This to 26 knows that the row height automatically adjusted to accommodate the new size of the text. But let me undo that. So ever falling along. You want to click on the column heading for column B? What we're gonna do is resize column B, C, D, E and F off the same time. So let's take on the road heading for column B. Hold on almost budget andre across so that the entire range of columns is selected and then release the mouse button. So know what you want to do is double click on the border between column C and column D. So that's double click that what this did was auto fit everyone in the college to accommodate the whitest column of data. So now it's going to save that con on the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 30. Changing Row Height: At times, you may wish a particular road to stand out by increasing its height, such as in order to accommodate a graphic. This case you adjust the row height to accommodate the taller text or the dimensions of the graphic. The process for changing the width of columns that we worked with in the last video works the same way for changing the height of rose. Click of the boundary of the bottom of the row heading and then drag until the row is the desired height. And just as we saw with changing column with you can also change the size of a row by using excels Row Height Command, which you enter precise values for a row, hide rather than dragging manually. So again, with the roads selected, I will click for about budget here, then choose rawhide and then enter in a numerical value can also right click a selected row , choose row height and then a typing value want. So if you're foaming along, want to click of the roast heading for roll one, and that's the number one right here, and that selects that entire row. Now you want to click of the road selector. Hold on a mouse button and drank down until rows one through six has selected. Next click on the border between rows two and three on your cursor transforms into a black cross that you want to click and drag downward about 1/4 of an inch or so, and that increases the height of all those rows at the same time. And now it looks pretty good. I think I'm gonna click the same icon, the quick access to a bar. 31. Inserting and Removing Rows and Columns: to change the appearance of your worksheet, you can insert additional columns and rows or delete existing ones when you insert a new column into your worksheet. Existing college shift to the right. So, for example, if a selected column see year on inserted a new column Columns D and F would all shift to the right to accommodate the new column. When inserting new Rose, existing rose will shift doubt so there's a couple of different ways you can insert a column into a worksheet to start out. He select the column where you would like to insert a new column and you want to insert more than one column. You would select as many columns as you would like to insert. For instance, if a select Columns B through D on executed the insert column command, it would insert three new columns in my worksheet and then on the Cells group of the ribbon . Here you would click the insert punch in on it, automatically inserted three calls, but let me do that. Could also click the arrow of the insert budget and then shoes insert of sheet columns. Another way to the third column is to once you how your column selected right Click and then choose insert. If I wanted to insert his one column, I don't necessarily have to select the entire QALLAB. I can just select any cell in the column, right click, then choose insert, then choose entire column, then click. OK, but I was find it easier. Just a select a column if you want to insert a new one and then click the insert budget in the group of the ribbon, and that inserts it with just one click of the mouth. So if you're following along, let's click other row heading for row for here. That's the road for Adela Stork. I'm going to right click. Then she was insert from the contextual menu. So because we have a row, selected Excel knows to insert a row and not a column. So which was insert so you can see it move. This selected rode down on inserted our new row above it, so I'm gonna take a cell a foreign type of Milwaukee and then press the tab key. Then you want to type for 1 to 24 Pressed a tacky type 4 to 655 Krista Taki 3897 to press the tab key and type 45 to 68 there will top the enter key in our keyboard. So now let's like the road headings for rose one and two So you want to click on a roll on and then dragged down? So they wrote one and two are both selected that I'm gonna take the insert icon on the cells group of the ribbon that automatically inserted to new rose above a selected rose. So let me click in the row heading for row one. This selects Onley row one with a right click and choose row height from the contextual menu here. And I'm gonna change this to about 21. I think so. We'll type that in and then click. OK, that increases the row Height of roll one. So now that's clicking cell A one. You want to make sure that that's the active cell. I'm a type in quarterly sales for 2019. Never tap the enter key on my keyboard. So now let's take the road heading for a role for which is New York on I decided that I don't want this row, so I'm gonna click the delete button on the cells group of the ribbon. We can see that that row has been deleted, but I have changed my mind, sir. Press the control V keystroke commendation to undo that last action. So as we can see, you could delete Rose by selecting the row or column that you want to delete, then clicking the delete button in the cells group of a ribbon. You can also right click and then choose delete from the contextual menu. Note that if you select data in a row or even select a row an entire row, then tap the delete key on your keyboard. All that does is deletes the data within that rower column. It doesn't delete to the actual rower column itself. So in order to do that, you need to use the delete command on the cells group of the ribbon or from the contextual menu. Let me press control Z to restore that data that I just deleted. I will click to save Icon on the quick access to a bar 32. Copying Data and Formulas with Autofill: you can copy data and formulas toe adjacent cells using the auto fill feature to use auto fill. You select this cell whose data you wish to copy, and then movie balls perjured over the cells. Feel handle from the fill handle is a small little box in the lower right quarter of the cell. Once you do, your most printer transforms into a black cross, as we see here in my screen, and then click and drag to the adjacent cell, where you wish to copy the data. Once the action is completed, the out of Phil box displays allowing you to choose the option of copying just the data, comping the formatting only or copying the data out without formatting when you cancel. It can also use auto fill to create a Siri's or a sequence of values. For instance, let me type in five 10 15. So now if I select these three cells, then click the article, but it on the bottom most selling and Greg down, we can see that it completed the Siris for us. You actually only have to providing cell with a couple of entries to show Excel a pattern for the Siris for a serious such as a sequential date, you only need to provide one example. So if I did to 6 19 on Dregg downward, you can see that excel automatically increments the date by one day. Now, when you select a range of cells, you'll notice so small multicolor box that appears next to the sizing handle. And this isn't the Outer Phil options Botin. But rather this is what's called the quick analysis feature. So if you click on the button, you see could perform a number of tasks here, uh, adding data bars to the Selective Cells charts from the data in shooting totals, another Ingrid functions tables, spark lines, etcetera. We're gonna be talking about all of these options in future videos. So just know that the quick analysis box appears when you select the data. The auto fill box appears after you finished dragging tough the escape key to get out of here. And if you're falling along, you want to click and sell F five and we see that we have a formally in this cell but provides a sum of cells. Be five C five d 5 95 So what I want to do is copy that same formula to the Milwaukee role . So I'm a select cell F five with my mom's partner of the bottom right corner of that feel handle, then dragged down and then released Mamma's Button. Now we observe the formula. Bar knows that the formalist cell references automatically updates to reflect our new cell location. So the former now some of the values from B six t six. Here we have be five TV five. So, as you can see using the feel handle to copy dead and formulas can really be a time saver. So now click the column heading for roadways so the entire columnist selected right clank, then choose insert from the contextual menu. This inserts a new column to the left of selected column so you want to click and sell a 31 type in store number. I use the pound symbol to designate number. You want to click and sell a four and type one and then tap enter on your keyboard, type two and then tap enter. So now it's select sells a four and a five suitable selected. You want to move from office printer over the fill handle, then click a drink down to a seven and then release the mouse button and Excel automatically completed the Siris for us again. You can click the outer feel options button to see the available options. So one handy options that Phil Formatting only. So let's say that this was molded. I want the rest of these stores to be bold as well. I could copy down to for the care and see Phil Formatting only. So now there's Onley copied the formatting of Selby four to the other cells and not for data. So that's a quick way off, copying formatting toe adjacent cells. So I think I'm done with this spreadsheet. So first top to save I kind of the quick actions to a bar to see her changes. And they're in the top the control w keystroke combination to close the workbook 33. Filling in Cells using Flash Fill: Now, in this video, we're gonna work with a handy and time saving feature and excel called Flash Phil. So to do that, we're gonna open another worksheets or to click the file tab in the ribbon if you're falling along the bras budget. Actually, let's take Fuller's in the right pane, and we're just gonna access our file for my pin full of their repeated an earlier lesson on the follow Everyone is named Customers control until the customers excel, follows visible and then click it to open it. So, Flash Phil, What this does is as you began typing data, flash fill allows you to fill in empty cells based upon patterns that already exist in years. Brunch eat. So, for instance, if you have a feel that combines the first and last names of their customers in tow one field you could easily separate them into separate fields using Flash Phil. Likewise, you can combine separate feels into one using the same method. Now, even if you have a huge spreadsheet, you don't even have to click and drag to fill in the cells. Flash Phil will do it for you so as your type Excel begins filling an information for the rest of that field and additionally will display how subsequent rose will be filled in as well. Now, once you fill in the data flash feel options button appears, allowing you to undo the flash. Phil. If you're not happy with the results, you can also select all of the remaining cells in the Siris in order to change the formatting if you so desire. So let's see how this works. So I'm performing long. You want to click in cell, I won. That's his cell right here. We're gonna type in, log in and then tap the enter key on my keyboard. So I'm gonna do is create a log in field based upon the customer's first initial last name and customer, I. D. So whether cell I to selected on the Type D Paris to then tap enter, I'm a typing No. Three. I'm a type of J, and now the flash feature activates and displays how the remaining cells will be filled in so itself figured out to use the first initial last name, followed by the customers customer I D. So all I have to do is tap, enter and voila! excel filled in the rest of the values with the flood from the flash feel list. So this is a pretty cool future in Excel that can save ah lot of data entry time. So that's going to save. I come in the quick access to a bar, then tap the control W accused or combination to close the workbook. 34. Formatting Text: So the next several videos we're gonna be working with formatting. Ah, worksheet. So for that, we need to open up a different workbook. We're gonna be working with the lesson four workbook so carefully Long you want to click the file tab in the ribbon Fullers and top of the right paid. The far we want is located in our pinned a lesson files folder. I want to scroll down until we see lesson. For once we see it, we click it to open it. So one powerful feature in Microsoft Excel is the ability to four method text in your worksheets. For instance, you can modify the typeface for font of your tax change the size of your text or emphasised text by applying bold, italic or underlining. So some common text formatting features that you may use will be changing the font style, which is the typeface. So instead of times new Roman do you might want to change us to Ariel or calibri or aerial black etcetera, changing the font size to the size of the actual text. I didn't bold and italics for money, underlining text, adding borders and much more so the quickest and easiest way to apply and modify text formatting is to use the four batting tools on the font group here of the whole ribbon. So that's just clicking his last value here in South F for just a for example, Typically you will select the cell or sell rage that you want a form out and then make your traces from the front group of the ribbon. So how this range of cell selected here on E 4 37 So if I wanted to play both forbidding to this, I could click the bull. But him north of the Texas now bold ID I talaq. Now it's bold, and I tele sized to turn off either those futures. I just clicked the budget again. Now it's only bold ID, and now it is back for the way it was originally. One of you turns the font size. It just clicked the fund size drop down list, choose the desired size for the menu or could even just double click in the box here and then type in this size that I want. Let me undo that can also click the increased font size button, and that increases it by two points or decrease fun sized budget. And that decreases the fun by two points. So other options here include borders. I think I feel color to the cells. So, for instance, for what a yellow fill color, I could choose that I do that or change the color of the fonts. Right now. Font color is black, but I could change it to read for one of this group of cells to stand up. But again, I will undo that. And if you don't know what I Kandahar simply moving most porter over the icon and then a little tag displays telling you what that tool does. Another way to change the formatting of selective tax is by using the many toolbar there. Many toolbar displays. Whatever you right, click select a text. So I have this Rangers self selected here. If I right click, we see this many tool bar up here above. So this provides quick access to common formatting options such as bold italic font, color font type font size, fill, color. We have borders. Increase in decreased the number of decimals number four mounting on more no by default. The mini toolbar displays been text is selected. So notice that when I select this Rangers sells that many toolbar does not display, and that's because I have this feature turned off. Now, if you do want the minute to about and display any time you select a range, you could turn it back on from excels file options areas. So to do so, I think the file tab of the ribbon options and then we want to click the show. Many toolbar on selection, and now the money to buy will display whenever I select a Rangers cells, but only to close and reopen Excel for this feature toe take effect. But I'm gonna leave mine eyes is because I prefer the minute to barter all the display when I right click text, so we'll leave it at that. So if you're falling along, let's play with this a little bit so we wouldn't take the yearly totals tab here in the bottom of our worksheet window. That's Quick and Selby one, which is a title of our worksheet quarterly sales for fiscal year 2019 and we want this to be bullet. So let's take the bold icon on the front group of the ribbon and that's Thebe icon. And I want to change the font family of this is well, so I'm to click the arrow doctor list on the font family group. I'm a type in t. I know it's not typing in. The first few letters of the fund name will display matching names in the list. I'm sorry, Might. So we see times do Roman right here. They can also scroll down to a see other suggestions. So I'm gonna click times do Roman That changes the font typeface to times new Roman And I want this to be a little bit bigger. So I'm gonna click the size drop down arrow here, and I want to choose 14 from the list. Oh, and notice that from the font sizes as you move Ramaz parter over different font sizes, you'll see the text adjust to reflect what it would look like if you've chosen that font size. The same goes for the fun type as well. You can see our front is changing in our worksheet, so you could go through the list and explore different funds if you like, and then when you come across when you like simply click it, but I think that's all I want to do for this. She at the moment. So I'm gonna take the same icon on the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 35. Using the Format Cells Dialog: the Format cells dialog box allow you to apply multiple formatting to selected text once, such as bold italic font size fund type etcetera from one location. Additionally, you'll find formats here that are not available on the ribbon, so to apply multiple forbidding to selected texts, click the font of dialogue box launcher. Let me close out here on the Fontana Lockbox launcher is this little icon on the lower right corner of the font group of the ribbon. Once you do, that displays the format cells dialogue, and then it can make your changes know that can also modify the number format, the alignment, etcetera. Another way to display the format cells dialogue is by tapping the control one keystroke combination that quickly jumps to the font tab of the format cells dialogue. If you also think that our the format Munchen on the South Group of the ribbon and then choose format cells from the list so several different ways to display the dialogue. So if you're falling along, that's highlight. The cell range a three to G three. So this is a three here, I think, and drag to G three until the entire ranges selected Now let's take the thought dialogue launcher, and that's a little icon in the lower right corner of the fund group here. So I want all this text to be bold. So I'm gonna click bold for the font style area, and I think I wanted to be underlined as well. So from the underlying drop don't list here. I'm gonna click the arrow and then I'll choose single this as a single underlying to selected text. And that about does it solo click. OK, so it's taking any white area where work shoot. So he didn't have a look see at what are formatted text now looks like it. As we can see, the items in that cell range are now moulded with a single underlined. So let's, I have to say my kind of quick isis to bar to save our changes. 36. Formatting Values: the ribbon contains many options for applying number of formatting or, in other words, the way in which to miracle values are displayed. Buttons for the three most common number formats currency style percent and common style can be found on the number group of the home ribbon, and that's just rate here. Two additional buttons allow you to increase and decrease the number of decimal places. You can also take the drop down list on the number group of the ribbon here to choose value for money options such as a short date, long date, time fraction, etcetera, the number tab of the format. Sales dialogue. Remember, if you click the dialogue launcher here, the number group of the ribbon that displays a format cells dialogue contains many further options for number for mounting, and we're going to examine a lot of these options in upcoming videos. So if you're falling along, you want to select the cell range, see four to G seven and now on the number group of the ribbon, Let's click the comma style button, and that's this bunten rate here. What this does is applies a number format with a common on two decimal places. As we can see here we get the railroad tracks because the cell with is now wide enough to accommodate the data. But I'm actually decreased the decimal places, and I don't want any desperate paces at all. So I'm gonna click the decrease decimal places bunted twice, one to tsunami. A number, the number format with a comma and zero decimal places. So now tap the control one keystroke combination. But remember, they're just another way of displaying the format cells dialogue. You can also click the dialogue launcher on the lower right corner of the number group of the ribbon. So you want to make sure that you're under the number tabs You want to click the number tell dear Abby one a form of these cells as a numbers from the clique number in the category list. Now, if I didn't want to come in here, it could unchecked they use thousands separator that I think I'm gonna leave it as is something to keep this check? No. So you could also set the decimal places here if you wanted. So this type of the number of decimal places there used the arrows to increase or decrease the number of decimal places. So what I want to do is set the style for negative numbers. So in the negative numbers list box here, I'm gonna select the four style from the top. And that's this style raid here. So now negative numbers will be displayed in a red color and surrounded by Prentice's. So I think that doesn't someone to click. OK, but you know, upon second thought, I think I want these numbers to be formatted as currency something. Take the format cells, dialogue launcher here, the number group of the ribbon. This time I'm gonna select currency from the category list. And what that does is places the currency's symbol in front of the numbers a north. From this drop down list here, I can also choose which currency symbol to use. We want to stick with the dollar symbols from a leave that, as is for the negative numbers less box here. We want to make sure that the fourth option from the top is selected and then we'll click. Ok, now we have a currency symbol in front of each of our values. So now that's taking cell G one. So look like they're I'm gonna type in a day to my type in 12 31 2019 and then tap the enter key on my keyboard. And now I want to form at this particular cell as a date. So I'm gonna select cell G one and then click the number dialogue launcher here, this time in the category. Pain here. I'm gonna click on date, and I want to click Odd. The March 14th 2012 style date. This chooses the long month to Jews a day and four digit years style. And if you don't see that you need to scroll down until that is visible. I think I'm gonna change the font of this data as well. So I'm gonna click the fun tab on top of the dialogue box. I want to choose. Ah, bold italics style for that, Andi. I think that will do it. So think OK, notice because the railroad tracks to get indicating that the numerical value is longer than the cell can accommodate. So that's increased with his cubs. I'm just gonna double click on the border between G and H cells there, and that expands the with off the column to accommodate the widest value and will finish off by clicking the same I kind of the quick access to a bar. 37. Using the Format Painter Button: using the format painter budget on the whole ribbon. That's right over here on the clipboard group of the ribbon. This allows you to copy the formatting from one cell or cell range to another cell or cell range. This procedure copies all formats, including typeface number for murdering cell and fund color enlightment, etcetera to the new cell range. To copy the formatting to several cell ranges, you double click the format painter button and then click on the cells that are to receive . The formatting on this creature will then be continued to be activated until you click its icon to deactivate it. So let's see how this works. So if you're falling along, you want to slept the cell range C nine to G nine and then we're going to apply both formatting to that. Something clicked the bold icon here in the ribbon. So now I want activate the format pager features. I'm gonna click the format Pedro icon so make taken cell G for Holderman left pause button on drag down to G seven. Then there were released memos Button on. We can see that applied the four mounting from these cells to this cell range. But if I click any of these again because he's of the feature is turned off. So it's on Lee good for one application. If I want to apply the format page of future toe many different cells, a cell ranges. In that case, I would double click it. So what I wanted to do now is selects LG nine. This time we're gonna double click the format Pedro Icon again. This allows us to apply the formatting toe more than one location, So let's click the Q one work she tab in the bottom of our screen here. I'm gonna click in Selby six. Now let's take the cue to Worksheet Tab. We'll kick and still be six again. As we can see, the future is being applied each time I click, and I think that's all gonna do. Here is so let's click the format painter icon to de select it on. Now the feature is turned off 38. Alignment and Text Wrapping: when entering data into cells, the default alignment is left aligned along the bottom for text, as we can see here, left alliance along the bottom of the cell and write a line along the bottom for numbers. Now itself supplies many other alignment options from which to choose on the low care on the alignment group of the ribbon here. So the three most common options you'll use our line left, and that's his icon rate. Here this line cell contents along the left edge of the cell center, which centers a cell contents within the cell and then align right. Which alliance? Cell contents. Along the right edge of the cell for the top hair are three additional Lightman buttons. There's top the line, which aligns the text to the top of the cell middle line, which aligns textile that it centered between the top and the bottom edges off the cell, and then bottom line, which airlines text to the bottom of this cell. There was also the orientation button, which is kind of fun. You can add some interesting effects to your attacked, so let me click the orientation about in here. So if I angle is clockwise weaken see on the orientation of the text changes. So as many I interesting options counterclockwise text up. So depending on the kind of a factor trying to achieve here but that's some revert back to the way was originally there was two of the buttons here which is, ah, decrease in debt, an increase in debt. So the decrease in den decreases the margin between the border and the text in the cell on the increase in debt increases the margin between the border and their text in this cell. I wanted to increase the indent of this entry here. Increase Indian partner notice that moves towards the left or the cell. If I clicked it again, was it to the center. So you can play around with this until you get the effect that you which don't you like? It was also the wrap text budget here. This aligns the text within the cell so it does not cross adjoining cells or get cut off. So what's it gonna one of this cell whiff to be like? So presidency San Francisco is cut off with the wrap text future all of the tax for then fit in one cell and I will wrap words to the next line and I'll just expend a little bit. So Francisco fits all in one line on the mergers center will merge selected cells into one of the center of their contents. We're gonna look at that in an upcoming video. So if you're falling along, you want to take in the store sales top here in the bottom of your screen, I'm going to select the cell range C four F seven. That's the cell range here on. I think I want a center of this data, so I'm gonna click the center alignment button here on the alignment group of a ruin. Now let's select the cell range C three toe F three. So that's these four cells here. This time, instead of choosing a option from the alignment group of the ribbon, I'm gonna click the alignment to dialogue launcher. This brings us to the alignment tab of the format self dialogue. So what I want to do is change the orientation of this text on. I want it to be about 28 degrees, so I'm gonna double taking the degrees box here and then type in 28. So this will change the orientation off the selected text in these cells to 28 degrees. Let's click. OK, you can see their new orientation of our A text. Somalis clicked the yearly totals tab here in the bottom over screen. We're gonna align some more of these cells here, and this time I want to select the cell range before to be seven. That is the cells containing the name of the four stores. And now let's take the wrap text icon of the alignment of the ribbon here and that wraps all the text within this cell so it doesn't cross the Jordan cells or get cut off. We can see that it placed San Francisco on two lines here and now I want to select the cells a three to G three. So that's all of the headings of our worksheet. I think I want a central line, those from to click the center icon on the alignment group of the ribbon and the That looks good. So I'm gonna click to see my kind of the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 39. Merging Cells and Centering Text: with excels, merged cells and center text feature. Unless is icon right here of the alignment group of the ribbon. You can spread the contents of several cells into one merged cell merge. Sell is created by combining one or more cells into one new, larger cell. For instance, you may have a lengthy title that spans several cells, as we can see in this instance here, the merge cells and center text feature combines the extra cells into one large cell of that centers that text within the new cell. You can then change the text alignment by clicking the left line or write a line. But in here on the alignment group of the river or by choosing additional options from the format sounds dialogue. So once the cells have emerged, you can then return them to their original state by clicking the arrow on the emergency center dialogue here on choosing UN merged cells from the list. So if you're falling along, you want to suck the cell rage B one, and that is where our work she title is located. You wanna suck themselves be one to F one. So what we do here is selecting the text on the cells across which we wish to center. So now let's take the emergence center. I can't on the alignment group of the ribbon. So what that did is merged cells be one toe F one into one large cell. Then it's entered the text within that cell. If I wanted to go back to the original state again, we were Just click the air over here in emergency, under button and shoes unburned cells. But I want to leave this as this horrible escape out of here, and then click the save icon on our quick access to a bar. 40. Adding Cell Borders: you can separate or outline a cell or a group of cells by applying borders such as I left right top or bottom to the edges of the cells. Border options can be found under the borders budget on the font group of the river. That's his icon grade here. So we click the arrow on the I come you see all the various border styles available to us. Bottom top left right, no border. All borders are outside borders on Lee thick attack borders, etcetera. The format cells dialog box also contains additional border options that you can set. Do you think the border tab informants Odell I We can choose the lightest of the border of the color and then choose the location of the border. So it's working little bit with this. Cancel live here. Let's select the cell range B nine T g nine. So that's just range of cells here. And I want to display the format cells dialogues in an attempt to control one keystroke combination. We want to take the border tab here to switch to border options. So first off I'm gonna select the stele of my line, the style of the border. So I'm gonna choose the third stuff from the bottom in the second column here, and that's just now right here. So now I'm gonna set the location of my borders. So I want the borders to appear in the top of myself from the click the top border here, the little preview window here. So what this will do is apply a border using this line stele on Lee to the top border of the cells. So then I'm electric, Okay? I'm a click anywhere the white area, and here we can see the border applied to that range of cells. So now I'm gonna select Selby one here. This time, we're gonna use the borders about in their borders. I come to send our borders, so I'm detective, are on the borders. I kind of that displays all of our border options on what I want to do to this. Ray GIs Cells is out of bottom border. So I'm gonna select bottom border here, which is the first option in their list. So let's click that if I moved to wherever a cell, we can see that a bottom border has now been applied to our cell range so that we want to save our changes. Something the I kind of the quick access to a bar. 41. Applying Colors and Shading to Cells: to add some pizazz to your work she's or to make a particular cell or sell arranged, stunned out. You could apply patterns and backroom colors to this cells in your worksheet. Backroom car options are located on the Phil tab of the format Cells Dialog box. So if I launched the for missile dialog box, you click the fill tab here and we have backward color options. And here you would choose their backward color you wanted from the fill pelant here, or they're also looking on the front group of the ribbon. These are the fill color options here on the icon. Right next to it is actually the font color, which is the color of our text, so you will use the fill color or back room color toe. Add shading to your text on the font color to change the color of the text itself. So let's work with this a little bit, so let's click and Selby one here and then press the control. One keystroke combination on this displays that for myself. Dialogue. So if you're not here, you want to click the fill tab on top of the window, and I think I want to add a green background color to this range of cells, So I want to select green from the color palette here. I don't go with this shade of green right here, so I think that give us a sample of the color of the preview window. They looked like, Okay, and we can see that that color is but applied to that range of cells. So now let's click the cell range C nine to G nine. This time, I want to change the color of the text, so I'm gonna click the arrow on the font color icon and that is, plays a color palette. I think I'm going to apply a blue color to this text. I'm going to go with the blue in the first row fifth column. And that's the blue accent, one color from Click That, and the color has not been applied to a selected text. So yes, using the background color and foreground color, it's a good way of adding a little bit of ah, pizazz to your worksheet and making certain cells downed out from the others. So 60 save iconic quick access to a bar to savor changes 42. Applying Cell Styles: Another way to for About a Cell is to use one of Excel styles from the South Styles Gallery and thus located on the Styles group of the ribbon here. Nah, sell Stella's, a collection of formats such as a particular font type of size. Particular shading font color, backward color on more. The Cell Styles gallery in the Stones Group of the ribbon displays a variety of pre defined for Mastic. Quickly apply to yourselves to spray the entire styles. Gallery click the more icon, which is the icon rate here. As you can see, we have a variety of pre defined firma so you can quickly apply to yourselves. No, is that as you move your most printer over any of the steles in the gallery, the format of your worksheet or the selected cells change to reflect what yourselves would look like if you were to apply that style. And this is an example of excels, a live preview future. And if you don't see this, you need to turn it on and options also, if you don't see the Styles gallery. That may be because your screen isn't all the way expanded, and instead you'll see the South styles icon and clicking on the icon would display this same gallery as we see when our screen is maximized. So I'm gonna go back and maximizes Scream once again. It will also depend on the size of your monitor as well. So as you work more with Excel, almost like to develop your own preferred formats for particular word worksheets. Not want to keep the Euro style of worksheets consistent. So rather than setting these formats over and over in your work sheets, you get stories, formatting options and Excel style gallery here. So to do so, you would apply the for mounting that you wanted to sell a group of cells. Then click the more I counter spend the gallery, click new South style, provide a name for yourself and then choose what you want to include in the style so that could be borders, fills, protection, font alignment or the formatting of the cell. So what do you want to do here? Is uncheck any of the options that you don't want to include, and then when you take okay and new style will be displayed on top of the cell styles gallery of the be a new custom area that will be added here for that. So that's working a little bit with these styles. So if you're falling along, you want to take the store sales tap in the bottom of the window here, and I'm gonna select Cell C three. I'm in a place of formatting here to this, So let's get the or the fund color icon, and I'm gonna choose a dark red color on. Maybe we'll go with this one here that is in the 12346 draw. 123 4/5 column It's not changes the fund color off the text in the cell to dark red, so think about out of fill color to this cell as well. So I mean, click the drop down arrow next to fill color, and I'm gonna go with a 25% gray, I think, as my move, my most pointer over a car's watching tells us what it is. This is 15 so this one should be 25 it is. It will click on that that applies a grey shading to ourselves, and I think I want to I tele size that text as well. From the 60. I tell it, I count here. Okay, So what I want to do now is create a new style from this formatting. So if we're falling along, you want to click the more button on the tell styles gallery Or if your screen is compressed, click the South Styles Icona Styles, group of the Ribbon on. We want to create a new cell, Stelter with a click New cells town on the bottom of the list. So we want to name our new style. My heading. So with the text selected the style name box here, you want to type in my heading? I guess he would include the formatting, the alignment, the font border, the fill on the protection. Unhappy with all of these, I'm gonna click. OK, so now if I could more. But in here we can see the customary has been added to our gallery. And here is the style that we created so escape out of there. So now let's like the cell rage de three f three. What I want to do now is apply our new style to this range of cells. So I'm gonna take the more button on the stars with a ribbon and then click the my heading style on Gulab still has now been applied to that selected range of cells, So now we'll finish by taking the save icon the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 43. Hiding and Unhiding Rows and Columns: Sometimes you may wish to remove a roar column from view but not permanently deleted from your worksheet. For instance, you may want to print out on Lee relevant columns or rows. Excel allows you to temporarily hide AURORE Column from view Using the hide command When a roar called is hidden, know that the row heading your column disappears from view as well. Hidden objects can still perform and be included in calculations, so there are a couple of ways of hiding a roar column. Select the item you want to hide and then right click and then choose hide from the contextual menu. You can also click the format icona Cells Group of the Ribbon point to hide in a hide. And here he's. We see several options. Hydro's columns hide sheet, etcetera, toe unhygienic Roar column. You must first select the rows or columns adjacent to the hidden one before using the unhygienic command. And again, the unheard command is also located. When you right click on an item we have, ah, hiding on height. It's also a little kid under the format icon under the heart of unhygienic area. So it's working this a little bit So if you're falling along, you want to click the store sales tab here to ensure that that is the active worksheet we're going to select. Rose 45 and six. These are the roles that we want to hide. So now I'm in a right click and then choose hide from the contextual menu. So notice that even though the roads are hidden, the road numbering does not change. To go from 1 to 3 all the way to seven. Now let's just know that there are additional roles here that just aren't being displayed. So now, toe unhygienic. Remember, you need this select. The roles are called adjacent to the ones that are hidden. So this case we need to select role three and seven sameness. Select both of those Now that's right. Click and then choose Unhygienic the Contempt Stroh menu, and their brings those rows back into view. So let's click to see if I could of the quick access to a bar, and I think that we're done with this workbook. Actually, do you really think the file tab of the ribbon and then click close from the menu 44. Freezing and Unfreezing Rows and Columns: If you have a large worksheet, you may wish to keep the data labels of your rose and or columns in view as you scroll through the worksheet. To accomplish this, you can freeze Rose and or combs in place by using the freeze panes Command on the view ribbon. We take the view top of the ribbon here. The command is rage here on the window group of the rivers where we think the hour here could see options. Freeze panes freeze top row or freeze First column when school and downward any rows that are frozen will remain on top of the screen as you scroll. Likewise, as you scroll to the right, any columns that are frozen will remain on the left side of the screen as you scroll. So if you're falling along, you want to open the film's workbook, located in the lesson of files folded your desktop. So which is file open click. Browse in the centre pain and then navigate to the lesson files folder on your desktop Lesson files folder on We want the film's workbook here than you would click open, so let's click in Cell B two and now click the view tab on the ribbon if you're not already there the freeze panes but in the ribbon on we're gonna choose freeze panes. But this will do is keep column A to the left on row one on the top of ours worksheet as we scroll from to click that not scroll down and we can see that role one remains on our screen. If I scroll to the right, the first column remains frozen to the left side of our screen. Now, if you didn't want to freeze the column but only wanted to freeze the top row, you would think the freeze panes about it and then just choose freeze top roll. Likewise, you could choose to freeze only the first column as well. Soto unfreeze a row. You can pretty much click anywhere you want. I can click the freeze panes button again and then choose unfreeze panes and now is re scroll. You see them a role, and columns are back to the way they were originally 45. Inserting and Removing Page Breaks: with the data in your worksheet doesn't fit on one printable page. Excel automatically inserts a page breaks dependent on the page set up of the document such as margins, paper size, etcetera. The automatic page breaks appear as dashed lines on your worksheet. We can see this. If we click out page baked preview here, we could see the dash line after roll 50. So this example, any data after column E and Row 50 will print on a separate page, and you can adjust these page breaks manually by displaying your worksheet. I heard it here in page break preview and then drag the page brake line to the new desired location. So now if I let this go after roll, 35 XL would insert a page break after roll 35. This will override the automatic page breaks, so I'm gonna top that controls the keystroke combination. To undo that last change, I'm gonna go back to know of you here. You can also insert page breaks from the page layout tab of the ribbon. So to do so, you would click the page layout tab, then take it any cell below the role where you want to insert a Bandel page break have a lot of uncertainty. Mtel Page break After a row 15 I will click in Row 16 and then on the page, set up group of the ribbon. Well, you would think the brakes budget and then choose insert page break. The same process works for removing page breaks. That is to say, you click in the cell below the role where you insert a manual page break and then choose remove page breaks or can remove all page breaks out once by choosing reset all page breaks . So the fall in line that select Road 25 have been a click of the road selector here for Row 25 then you want to take the page layout tab of the ribbon, so that is the active ribbon. Then click the brakes budget here and then choose Insert a page break. This inserts a manual page break before Roe 25. So now let's select role. 15. Looks like the brakes, but it again and choose insert page break. This incidence amounted a page break below row 49 in front row 50. So now let's press the control home keystroke combination to move to the first Roland for a cell of a worksheet. We're gonna display this worship in page layout of you. So let's take the center button here on the lower right corner of your screen. You can also click page layout of you for the view tab of the ribbon. We're gonna use the icons here in the bottom of our screen. So I'm gonna take on the zoom percentage here, and then I'm gonna take the radio button next to 50% and then click. OK, this reduces the size of the worksheet by 50%. And as you can see, there's a manual page break after row 24 over scored on the next page. Page two contains row 25 to 49 then rolled. Three goes back to automatically set page breaks. You can also pitch. Press the page up and page down to move from one page to the next in your worksheet. So let's return to our normal views or click the normal icon here on the workbook views Group of the Ribbon. You can also click the first icon in the lower right time quarter of her screen. It's not gonna select wrote 25 again. And here we can see the light gray line designating the pains break. So we're select, wrote 25. We're going to remove the page break now. So again we want to click the page layout tab of the ribbon. I think the brakes, button and shoes remove paid break, and I'm gonna remove the next page break as well. But instead off manually selecting their oh, I'm just going to click the brakes button and choose reset all page breaks that removes all manual page breaks that we've set in the document. We could see there are no manual page breaks remaining, so let's cut the save. I contest sailor changes here, and I think I'm done with this workbook. So let's click the file tab of the ribbon and then click close 46. Adjusting Margins: in the next several videos, we're gonna be looking at page set up and printing in Excel On. For that, we will be working with the Lesson five workbook and that's located in the lesson files folder on your desktop. So for falling along, you want to click file open right click the Fullers tab here we're gonna think on the pinned A lesson falls fold that we added in the earlier video, and they were going to choose the Lesson five file that is right here. So we'll click that to open it. So I'm going to start out by looking at margins on margins. Refer to the amount of white space between the text of your worksheet on the left, right top and bottom edges of the page. Margins can also be thought of as paid boundaries that once the tax reaches the boundary of the margin, it wraps to either the next line of the next page. Now, keep in mind that changing the margins of your worksheet effects every page of the document , not just the active paragraph. For a page to modified margins. You click the page layout tab in the ribbon, then click the margins budget and then make your selections from the list. And there's that we have a couple of options here. 1.5 inch margins 0.751 on print, 75.25 etcetera. But you can enter your custom margins if you so choose by clicking custom margins in the bottom of the list here on by typing in the desired values in the left top right or bottom boxes from the castle of here. So for full legal on, you want to take the page layout tab of the ribbon there and take the margins, But in we're gonna choose custom margins just like we did a moment ago. So I'm gonna double pick in the top box here, and I'm gonna type in 1.5. This sets the top marginal 1.5 inches. So let's tap the tab key on their keyboard. This moves to the bottom margin box. I'm gonna type in 1.5 step tap key again on this moves to the left margin on the type of 1.5 on top key again to move to the right margin bars no type of 1.5 and I think I want to send to my data on the page horizontally from to click the horizontally check box here under the center on page area. Now let's kick the print preview button to see what our printed page will look like. And there we go so we can see we have 1.5 inch of margins in the left, right top and bottom on. The data is centered horizontally on the page. You take the next budget here, and there's right down here, the right pointing arrow on the bottom center of the screen here that moves to the next page on page three. So now let's take the back arrow here to exit backstage view and return to the page Nao TOB on their ribbon here, and that will take the same icon of the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 47. Setting Page Orientation: Microsoft Excel, allowing you to change the page orientation of your Excel documents, that is to say, the orientation of text, either wide or long. On the page. There are two traces of orientation portrait, which prints along the shortest with of the paper under landscape, which prints across the longest. With of the paper so important orientation the pages taller rather than longer. On landscape, the page is longer rather than taller. Onto set orientation, you click the page layout tab in the ribbon, click the orientation icon, then shoes have a portrait or landscape. So let's do that. So if you're falling along, you want to ensure that the page layout time is the active tab that we're gonna take the orientation icon. We're gonna choose landscape. This changes the page orientation of our entire document to print landscape. So let's see what it's gonna look like. So we're going to click the page layout icon, which is the centre icon on the bottom of your screen here. I don't drink the zoom slider down here. She left to about 58% or so, and as we can see the pages whiter that it is taller, it'll top the page down key to move to the next page of a document. And, as we can see, the orientation change affected the entire document. So let's click the zoom slider I can hear in the lower right corner of our screen. We're gonna click to read about it next to 100% to return us back to that zoom level. Look like Okay, to save our churches will take the same. I count on the quick access to a bar. 48. Setting Paper Size: you may not always be working with standard paper size. Which of the United States is 8.5 by 11. Luckily, Excel can print on many different paper sizes, such as legal, which is I am half my 14 on a four, etcetera. Nothing to Fourth paper says that Excel is 8.5 by 11. All night may be different if you are in a country other than the United States, but you could easily change the papers size from the page layout tab of the ribbon so you would think the paleo top here, you think the size icon and we have a variety of paper sizes that you can set. Legal Executive A for a five etcetera, traditional paper sizes. You can scroll all the way to the bottom and click more pepper sizes, and this launches that page some of dialogue from where you can choose a different paper size from the paper size drop down list. Here we see. See that you can also change the margins off your sheet as well be cancel out of here. This is You can click the page set up dialogue launcher here too, huh? Just another way of displaying the page set up dialogue box. So if you're falling along, that's together. Click the page set up, down like launcher. We want to ensure that the page tab busy active tab and I want to set this document back to portrait from Detective Portrait Radio Button. Here. I'm gonna be printing on legal size paper, which is 8.5 by 14. So when the papers eyes dropped, unless I'm gonna choose legal and I think that will do it, some to click OK, so let's click file and then print from the menu. This is stays. The Prince Dog knows that our document is. It's 8.5 by 14 now, and the orientation is set to portrait rather than landscape. So it's top the escape key, your keyboard to exit backstage view, and then we'll click to see if I can the quick access to a bar to save our changes 49. Defining a Print Area: left to its own devices, Excel will print all the data that is in the currently active worksheet. You can, however, force excel to use a defined print area for the worksheet. So you start by selecting the cell range that you wanna print like so but you want unsure of the page? Leo Tab in the ribbon is the active tab. Click the print area button and then choose set print area. So why don't you do that? Except Onley print of the cell range that you have selected And to delete a print area, click the print area about it and choose clear print area. Nothing could also set the print area from the sheet tab off the page. Set up dialogue here to make, like a sheet tab, clear the print area box. And then you could manually select the print area that will updated the print area box. Of course, you could go back and change that any time you want. I'm gonna cancel out of here. So what we want to do is select the cells a one a 80. So we only want to print the titles for the most part and scroll down to 80. Now you want to click the page Leo tied with a ribbon, then click the print area about it, then choose such print area from the menu on a print area is now set. So now let's press the control F to keystroke combination. They're just another way of displaying the work. She did print preview view in a backstage view. As we can see on the data from cells, a one to a A T will be printed detective left pointing arrow I can hear in the upper left corner of our screen to exit backstage view. So with a clear this print here is, we're gonna think the print area icon and choose Clear print area. Sanofi Tap Control F two. Again. You can see that Excel is back to printing the entire worksheet. Then we'll escape out of there to exit backstage. Few 50. Printing Worksheet Titles: if your work, she'd spend several pages, you may wish to repeat one or more rows or columns as titles in each page. For example, if you're working with an income expense statement, your first column might contain a category title. With each month's batting to the right of your worksheet, you consent rows and columns to repeat on each plage from the sheet. Top of the page set up dialogue box to display that you want to take the page layout tab so that becomes the active tab and then click the print titles button that brings you right to the sheet. Top of the page set up dialogue. Another out way to get there is just simply, click the page, set up dialogue launcher and then click the shoot tub from the dialogue. So once this is displayed, then you'll need to select the Rose to repeat a top. So to do so, click in the rose to repeat a top and then click the collapse dialogue icon. That's this icon raid here. So there you click that icon and then select the roles that you want to repeat our top and then click the display dialogue icon And that's again that down party girl. Their bigs is back. So let's do this together. So I'm gonna close over here, So you want to be sure of the page layout? Ribbit is the active ribbon. They're gonna take the print titles icon and you want to click of the road to repeat out top. So now let's collapses Dialogue. So a click the collapse down log icon Do you want to select the heading for Roland? So this selects roll one as the repeating row that is to say it will appear on the top of every printed page. So now let's kick the towered pointed blue arrow here and now is the roast. Repeat at top Box reads on a simple one corn dollar symbol once for this lets us know that role one is the repeating wrote. You can actually instead of, ah, selected this like we just did. You can actually just type in the rose manually, so I want in a row to to be repeating around. I would just type in dollar to colon dollar, too, but I want to leave this as ah ro one. Type that back in and dollar one and I think I want my printed copy to display grid lines as well. So I'm gonna click the gridlock check box out of the print area here on. I think this will do it, so I'm gonna click. OK, so now let's tap the control F to keystroke combination. We could see that Excel is now printing the grid lines should always think that that's page budget, and that's not right. Point again on the lower center of your screen that moves to page two of the document because see the role Juan is repeating on this page as well. With the click, the next page budget again continues to print on Page three. Know that you can have both in one repeating rows. So if I wanted to, I could have selected Rose one and two to repeat. Those rules would have repeated on each printed page. So let's tap the escape key and our keyboard. I finished by clicking the save icon in the quick axes toolbar 51. Forcing a Worksheet to Fit: If you want to reduce the size of data on a print out, you can use the scale to fridge tools on the page layout ribbon. And that's this group of the ribbon rate here. This is especially helpful if your data spends more than one page in with or a height and you wish to shrink its what fits on one page. Reducing the scale of your printout allows you to fit more rows, and columns on each printed page will be careful. Though reducing the scaling too much can result in a print out that is unreadable. So the force, the work. She defended a specified number of pages You want to make sure of the page. Leo Tab is the active tab and then in the scale box. Here it's killer down by specific percentage, such as that could scale this down to 80% are I could choose to scale it down to a specific number of pages. You can also said worksheets Caylee from the page tab of the piece set of dialogue. So if I click the pain instead of dialogue, launcher here and click the page tab, we can see the skinning options here so organic and typing a percentage in the adjust to box or fit to a specific number of pages. We cancel their. So if you're following along, you want ensure their page layout is the active ribbon, and then we're going to click the with Drop down a row here on the skill to fit group of the ribbon, and I want to choose one page from the list. This specifies that the with of the document is to be reduced. Sort fits on one page. So, for example, of a hot additional columns here on expanding to a second page, it would reduce the size of the print out. So it was squish it down so that the with fit on one page. So now let's click the height drop, Tonio. And from here we're gonna choose two pages. So this specified that the height of the document is to be reduced. So it fits on two pages we've seen in the previous videos. When we're doing a pretty cute with this document that actually took up three pages. So now the text will be shrunk to accommodate two pages. So let's take a look at how this is good as print, so click the file tab of the ribbon, one inches print in the left pane. I noticed that it says Page one of two on the bottom of the screen here rather than one of three. So the data has been shrunk, so it fits on two pages. If a lot of to record trick, it also would have fit on one page. But again, you risk the danger of your data becoming unreadable. So that's tap the escape key, tags it out of here and then click to save I kind of the quick access to a bar. 52. Inserting Headers and Footers: would you want to automatically print certain information on the top or bottom of every page? You can insert a header or footer into your document. The information in the header section appears of the top of every printed page, while the information in the Footer section appears at the bottom of every printed page. Now, if you work, she contains more than one page. It's a good idea to add ahead. A reporter to your document creating a header or footer is accomplished by using the header footer tab off the page, set up dialogue. So if you take the picks up dialogue launcher here and click the header footer tab here, we can add a header off order. So there's some pre built underfoot is that you can add usually would put the page numbers on the bottom, but you can put the name of the document location. A computer with a document is located, the sheet name etcetera, and we can see the various options we have here prepared by and then you use your name. Um, slight rise with the for you could add page numbers, page one off. Whatever she number. I'm pretty much the same options that we have for the header area. Now you can add your own custom header of for by clicking on the custom header or footer button. Hear clicking custom header. So here you can type in the data that you want to include as your header in this instance, and you could choose to place their left the center off the right area of the page archetype in Film guide, for instance, that would appear on the left area on top of every printed page. So there's some cold. So you can add here, for example, one of the page number to appear on top of every page of a click in the center section and click page number. I wanted to do like Page two of three, the taping page space off Space on then this. I can give us the number of pages in the document, and then there's a date. Even serve the time. Insert the file path for wanted. Teoh put the location filing every page would take the file path file name, sheet name. I can actually even answered a picture so he concert along or the top of every printed pages Well, or the bottom if you were using a footer. Now, another way toe outta Hever Footer is to switch to page layout view, which is a center I can hear on the lower right corner of your screen. Or I could click their view tab and then choose page layout view now removed by those partner over the document. Here we see the header. We've seen the left, center and right sections so I could click in the center section here, and I could either type in the data that I want. Or I could insert a code from the contextual header and footer tools ribbon on to access, not just click Header for their tools right up here And here we see a ribbon that only displays when a header or footer section is active. So again we see these same commands that we saw when we were in pig son of you. So page number of pages, date time, file path, etcetera. Then you could not just click in the area that you want to assert the code and then click the appropriate icon. So let's work with this a bit. Something about normal view here. We'll work of this together. So if you're following along, you want to click the page layout icon, and that's the center icon here in this group of three icons. When we see the ad header section, you want to move over the words add header until you see the three header section boxes. I'm a clicking the center box, Another type of Rodney's video. Well, it's kind of architectural design Tub that's right up here under header and footer tools. And here we see the header and footer ribbon. So what I want to do now is enter in some information in the footer section of a document, So I'm gonna take the go to footer icon. Once we're here, we can easily go back and forth from the header to the floater. I want to be the footer. I'm gonna click in the right section box here, and I'm gonna insert the page number here. So I'm gonna click the page number icon, and I think I'm gonna add the file path in the left section of the Footer. So I'm gonna click in the left footer box and then we want to click on the file path, an icon and I think I want to form out this file path code here, some selected, and then click the home tab of the ribbon. I want to make sure that that text isn't too big. I just wanted to be about eight point herself. So must select the font size drop down list and choose eight from the list. And I think about a bullet as well. So I'm gonna click the bull Daikon. So let's kick the contextual designed top again now because it's back to that header and footer ribbon, and I'm gonna go back to the headers from the kick to go to header icon. And I think it want to ferment the text that I have here in the center section from to select the text Robbie's Video. And I think I want to sit. This is our eight point texters Wells from the kick the home tab on the ribbon, click the font size drop down list and then choose eight on. I will bawl that as well. So now let's click anywhere in our worksheet, and that deactivates the inter area. Let's take a gang grow what this will look like when it's printed So you want to hold down the control F to keystroke combination. And in the lower right corner there, these two icons here, we're gonna click in the right most icon, which is the zoom to page icon. And that increases the zoom level, the documents so we can see her headers and footers better. So we see Rodney's video that we added in the center of the page on the please go down a bit to see her. Futter could see the page number in the right, most section, and here we have the file path of the location off the document on a computer. Small. It's topped the escape key to exit backstage view. I'm gonna finish by clicking the same icon on the quick access toolbar to save our changes . 53. Printing a Worksheet: before you're finally ready to print your worksheet, you may 1st want to set some printer options. For example, you may need to specify which printer to use the number of copies to be printed or even designated Excel to print on Lee a specific page rage of your document on the printer. Options that were available will very depending on the type of printer that you're using. So to set print options, you think the file tap on the ribbon and then click print. This is plays the printer paint a backstage view. You can also topped the control P keystroke combination, so the center pain here is where we sent our print options. So I wanted to choose a different printer. I would click the printer dot drop down list and choose the desired printer. But this is the printer that I want to use here. The brother HL. So here you can choose the range to be printed so you can print active sheets, print the entire workbook or print on Lee the current selection. So that's to say if I had a range of cells highlighted, I could choose to print just that which I have highlighted. So that's a handy little feature. I wanted to print a specific page rage just entering the pages in the from and to boxes. So, for example, if I wanted a print from Page 2 to 10 I'll click in the from box time to his tab and then type 10 So it's settled, then only print that range of pages. We had to leave that. I don't want to do that. So from this error, we have additional orientation and size options. You choose to print one sided or print on both sides. You can choose how it's to be collated if you're pretty multiple copies. Speaking of copies, you Andrew in the number of copies rate appear in the copies box. And as we can see, it could also change the paper size here as well as changed the margins. There's even a handy links. They could jump to the paint, set up dialogue and make some additional changes there before you print. So when you're finally ready to print your document, just click the print icon here and they will send the document to the printer. But we don't want to do that right now, so we're gonna escape out of there now, If you want to send the document directly to the printer without displaying the printed pain, that is to say, you know that you know of your production set and you're happy with them. If you wanna bypassed backstage view, you can use the print icon on the quick access toolbar at that icon. You want to click the drop down L here and choose quick pret so now that I can is added were quick access toolbar Anytime you click it, it was, said the document directly to the printer, without displaying backstage view. So I think I'm done with this workbook seven attempt to control W keystroke combination to close the workbook and that is printing an Excel. 54. Relative References: for the next several videos, we're gonna begin delving more deeply into formulas and functions. For that, we're gonna be working with a new workbook. That's gonna be the lesson six workbook. And if you're following along, that's located in the lesson for a folder on your desktop. So I'm gonna click the file top of the ribbon click open down to the full zero over here, the right pain. I'm going to click the pins. Lesson files folder. We want to scroll down until Lesson six is visible, and then we'll click that file toe. Open it so we're going to start out by looking at relative references. So as we've seen previously, when you copy a formula to a new location, the formula automatically adjust to the new location. For example, suppose you have the following form light and sell D three equal be three times C three. If you copy this formula down to sell D for Accel, a automatically change this formula to read equal before times. See for this is called a relative cell reference. So when are formally is copied to a new location, it will reference the new cells based on the relative location to the original cells containing the formula. Relative cell references off the default type of references and excel. So let's see how this works. So if you're falling along, you want to click on the incomes damage tab on the bottom of the worksheet, then click and sell H five. I'm gonna type in total. Then I'm gonna click and sell age six. I'm going to enter a formally here that sums all of these values. Some type of equal on this tells Excel that we're about to intro formula on the type ID be six plus C six plus de six plus e six plus F six plus G six Name atop the enter key on my keyboard. And so here we have the summer off these six values. So moving balls point over the lower right Carter of this cell over the fill handle. There, that's a little box in the corner. Once a cursor turns into a black cross, we'll click and drag down to sell h 10 then release the mouse button so that copies the formula from age six to age 789 and 10. So now let's click and sell age six and now is that the Fertile has automatically updated to its new location. So instead, off B six c 66 etcetera, that we had in Cell 86 here, the formula changed to be seven. Click in the next cell in this column, B eight b nine on Be Ted, so that is an example of a relative reference. 55. Absolute References: So the last video we looked at relative references in which the cells update to reflect the new location. There are times, however, when you do now want to sell reference to change when you copier move cells to a new location. In such a case, you would need to enter the cell reference as an absolute. A reference on absolute reference does not change when it is copied or moved to a new location. It always refers to the same cell address. Absolute song references are preceded by a dollar sign in front of both the column reference on the cell reference as an example. Suppose we have the following formula and sell D three equals B three times Dollar see dollar free. Now, if you copy this former down to sell D four to sell, would adjust to read equal. Be for a times Beller See dollar three. So the first part of this formula before is a relative cell reference, which automatically adjusts to its new location. And that's what we worked with in the past. Video. The second part of the formula the dollar see Dollar three is the absolute cell reference, and this does not change when being copied. It still refers to the original cell location of C three. So let's work with this event. So we want to click the time she tapped to switch to that worksheet. We want to click and sell C four. This is where we want to enter in a form lab. We're gonna type in the following formula equal before times dollar H dollar one they went atop enter from the formula. So what this does is multiplies the hours worked by the pay rate as the pay rate for this person doesn't change. It's always $15 per hour will make this reference for enough formula on absolute reference . So it's taking the lower right Phil handle here and drink down to see 12 sadaf. I click in cell C six, for example, to particular to the firm. You see that the first part of the form not adjusted to its new location. So there was before here b six here. But notice of the second part of the four month does not change. It remains as dollar h dollar one. That is to say that I was refers back to that same pay rate value and sell H one now a press the control ask you still combination to save her changes 56. Mixed References: you can also is a combination of absolute and relative cell references in your formulas. This is called a mixed reference, so you have the choice of making either the column or the row absolute, such as the reference a Dollar Sign D three. In this case, the column is absolute. In the row is relative r F dollar sign six, where this case the column is relative of the row is absolute. The Rower column, proceeded by the dollar symbol, designates. The absolute reference on will not change when copied removed, whereas the row or column reference not preceded by the dot currency symbol designates a relative reference, which automatically adjusts to its new location. So as an example, suppose you have the following four billion cell D three equal dollars symbol be three times C three. So every cop in this formula down to sell E four, which would be one column to the right and one road down the firm a would read equal dollar symbol be four times Defour. So the first part of the form of the dollar sign be four portion contains a big reference. So in this case, the role adjust automatically to the new location from Row 3 to 4, but the column address continues to reference column B. So let's see this in action. So if you're falling along, you want to click the estimate of Tab in the bottom of the work shoot window, we're gonna take itself. See? Seven. I'm gonna type of the following formula. Equal dollar symbol B seven times 12. It will tap the Enter KUNA keyboard on this multiplies a monthly estimate and Selby seven by 12 months. So now let's check in Selby seven. When I click the lower right Phil handle on my greatest to the right to sell E seven and then with that range, selected him to take the lower right Phil handle on Drink it down to sell E 11. So if you click and sell E nine, we could see that the first part of the formula dollar symbol B seven that we originally entered in cell C seven. The formula continues to reference column B, but Excel has adjusted their role reference to the new location, which in this case is Row nine for Click and Sell. D 10 we see continues to reference column B, but the role continues to reference Row 10. So that is how to use a mixed cell reference in Excel. I will take the save icon on the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 57. Copying Formulas: we have been working so far with copying formless toe. Adjacent cells can also copy firm Liston on adjacent cells using the copy and paste method . The cell references again will automatically update depending on the type of self reference , whether it be relative, absolute or missed. So if you're falling long, you want to click the income statement, tap in the bottom of your worksheet window here and then you want to select Cell H six. So that's the first cell that contains a formula in the H column, and I wanna press the control. See keystroke combination on that places the contents of Cell H six in the clipboard. Alternatively, you click the copy. I could Clippard as well. So now we want to select the range of cells 8 16 at age 19. So that's just range of cells rates here. The Age column off the cost of goods section and then when a press the control V keystroke combination that pastes those formulas in. So now we want to select the cell range age 28 to age 35 then we'll tap the control v keystroke combination because that formula, the last time the last item he copied is still on our clipboard. So if we collect the firm liken, see that that's the same formula. But it adjust to reflect its new position. So, yeah, Instead of drag and drop, you can just use the copy and paste method off, copying our formulas from one location to another. 58. Additional Aggregrate Functions: in an earlier lesson, you learned how to enter the some function using the auto some button, and that's right over here on the home tab of the ribbon in the editing group of the ribbon . In addition to the some function, there are also several other functions available from the out of some button that access to make lengthy hour on the Paterson button. So morality work of the some function, which totals the values in a selected range. The average function computes the average of the values in the selected rage count Numbers Function totals the number of cells with values in a selected range. The max function returns the highest value in the selected range, whereas the men function returns the lowest value in the selected rage. So if you're following along you want is click and Sell I five here, we're gonna type in average, and it's just the title for this group of data. You top the Andhra cute keyboard, so what I want to do is compute the average off cells B six through G six, so the first thing we need to do is select the range. So click and Selby six hold on my left most button and grey until sell G six is selected. So sorry, Monique. Lengthy hour to the right of the artists of button. And then I'm gonna choose average from the list and notice that it placed that for blight in the next blink cell in that row. So if I click it here, we could see the formula equals average be 60 g six. So I want accomplish this formula to the rest of the cells in the revenue area. So, dragon, we don't I love it on the release the mosque part. Now, in addition to using this some function for the above functions, you can also type in these functions manually, directly into the desire sell for that. The format is function name and then the cell range, surrounded by Prentice's. So if we take and sell I six here we see the function name, which is average. And of course, you always begin. Every function with E equals him both average and then the cell range be 60 g six, surrounded by Prentice's. So if I wanted to get the average off this cells be 16 to G 16 on, I wanted not value to appear here in Cell I 16 off a type of evil sign average, which is the function name and then the cell range. Strong of my pregnancies. That would be be 16 colon G 16 and then close pregnancies and then tap the enter key. And there's our formula that works to save with the other functions. So if you think there are the honest A button, you can see the founders or we were typing Max and then the cell range men and in the salvage. But for the counter numbers, you would type in count rather than counting numbers so equal count on then open close pregnancies. And then the salaries between the pregnancies not to include non contiguous sells enough formula. You separate each cell or cell range by a comma. For example, if you wanted to find the average for cells B three to B eight and then salary age D 32 d eight, and sell F five, the firm now would read equal average open parentheses. Be three colon, be eight comma D three, colon, D H comma and F five Close Prentice's So let's get the safe I kind of the quick access toolbar to save our changes 59. The Insert Function Button: in addition to the five functions disgusted the last section, there are many, many other pre defined functions available to you in Excel. Ah, financial functions, logical functions, date and time functions, statistical functions, just to name a few of the available categories. So there's a couple ways to access excels pre defined functions. One is by clicking the insert function button, which is located to the left of the formula bar. That is the F X icon here, So if I click it, it displays the insert function. Dialogue. Another way is to display the formulas ribbon, and then click the insert function button, which is the first icon in the function library, a group of the ribbon. Also, if you keep the whole button, we've already worked a little bit with the auto somebody in Well, if you click the drop down our here and choose more functions that will also display the insert function dialogue so several different ways to display that. So what? You're here. You can select a category of functions to browse through. So, for example, I would click the drop her error here and shoes statistical to obtain a list of all statistical functions in Excel. Here we see the familiar average function or date in time functions, which around we're gonna be working with a few of these in the upcoming videos. Now, if you know the name of the function, but you don't know what categories in, you can just click in the search for a function box here and delete any existing text in there the type the name of the function that you want. So if I wanted a friend, the men function ever type in men, then click the gold button on we could see the function is highlighted here. Also on the list are some recommended functions on most recently used functions, so every tender use particular functions often. Then they'll be listed in the most recently used functions. So once you find the function you want to use, for example, if I wanted to use the if statement here on a click, OK, so once you've chosen the desired function, the function arguments dialog opens, prompting you for each required or optional argument. You taping the value our cell range directly to the box, or you can click the collapse dialogue button and then select the arrange of cells. Then take the expanded. I look better. So let's cancel out of here on your for falling along. You want to press the control G keystroke combination. This is a quick way to jump to a particular cell or cell range in your workbook. We're gonna type in I 28 in the reference box and it looks like, Okay, that jumps us to sell I 28. So now let's cook the insert function budget, and that's to the left of the formula bar. The function that I want is the average function on that is located in the statistical category. So I'm gonna take the drop down list here and then click Statistical on the average is a second function. This list. Now, if you're not quite sure how this function works, you can click the help of this function link here that will begin to the Microsoft Office website. We can obtain more information about a particular function, the arguments and how it works. I was gonna cancel under there, so I have selected average friend functions for now, I click. OK, This displays the function, arguments, dialogue. So what I need to do is select the range of cells for which I want to obtain an average. So I think that clubs down like about in here, and I want to select the cell range B 28 on Drake to G 28. That's this range rate here and release the mouse button. We can verify our formula in the window here. They're perfectly expanded dialogue I wanted out of a whole range of cells that could do it . So by clicking in the number two box and then selecting the range. But I only wanted to find the average for this one range from take. Okay, Then we could verify are from a light clicking and sell I 28 times your average B 28 to G 28. And I think I want to copy this down to I 35 years from the click of the fill handle on the lower right corner off this cell and then dragged down to I 35. So I think I'm done with this. So I expect he see if I could have a quick access to a bar, and then I'm gonna press the control w keystroke combination to close that workbook 60. Adding and Deleting Worksheets: so they're not several videos were you? Look at modifying your Excel workbooks. For that, we're gonna be working with the Lesson seven document. That's low. Kerry in the lesson files folder on your desktop. So again, click the file tab in the ribbon. Choose open the browse button on the navigate to the lesson files folder on your desktop. I can see on right there, but if you're not there, you want to click on the desktop in the left pane on the double Click Lesson files about looking for the Lesson. Seven file. That's this documentary here on, then look like open. So good to start off by looking at how toe Add and delete worksheets when creating a new workbooks. If I top to control and keystroke combination here, we see that Excel provides us with one default worksheet named Sheet one toe. Insert additional worksheets. You click the new sheet icon at the end of the sheet. Tabs on. That's this little plus icon right here on the lower left corner of your screen. Once you do Excel inserts a new sheet, it provides it a default name of sheet when she to she three etcetera to specify where you want to insert a new sheet. You click on the worksheet tab to the left, of which you want to insert a new sheet right click on the tab and then choose insert from the contextual menu on and inserts a new sheet to the left of the active sheet. You can choose a template or just a blank worksheet. I'm in a council that they're gonna go back to the seven Document here, by the way. Also, if you want to delete a sheet just right, click on the worksheet tapped for the shoot you want to remove and then choose delete from the contempt. Tremendous. But we don't want to do that. So we are going to right click on the time sheet time here. What I want to do is insert a new blank worksheet to the left of the time sheet worksheet somewhere, right Click on that, and then when it shoes, insert from the contextual menu. This is crazy. Inserted Dialogue we want to do is just insert a blank Work. Sheets were to click on worksheet here and then click OK, we can see that it inserted a new work shoot to the left of time sheet and named it sheet one. Soon I wanna insert a new work sheet to the right of sheet one here and this time. Is that all right, thinking? I'm just didn't think the new sheet I can hear the end off our she lists will take that on it. Named it sheet for my name. Is she to see three etcetera. XLR provided a default name. So now let's delete the sheet. One Nash worksheet here, some of the right click and sheet one on. Then choose delete from the contextual menu. You could see that the sheep one work. She has now been removed from my workbook, starting a click of the estimate worksheet town. I'm gonna believe this one as well, but this time when it takes the arrow on the delete icon and that's what we hear in the cells group of the ribbon and I want to choose delete sheet and we receive a warning message telling us that Excel will permanently remove the sheet for my workbook. We do want to continue, so I'm gonna click the delete button on the estimate worksheet is now gone, and that's adding and deleting a worksheets in Excel 61. Copying Worksheets: You can copy an entire work sheet in Excel, including all of his data and formatting by using the move or copy sheet command from the menu. To do so, you would right click on the sheet that you want to move or copy and then choose mover copy from the contextual menu. Acceptable. Then provide a sequential number after the worksheet name to allow you to distinguish between the new sheet on the original sheet. For example, if you copy the time sheet worksheet here, the new copied work she will be named time sheet to the two thrown in my apprentices so you can copy it works you to any workbook that you have currently open or to the current workbook or to a new workbook file can also copy a worship manually by pressing and holding down the control key and then drag in the worksheet tab with your mouse to a new location. We see the little downward pointing Black Arrow. This lets us know where the new she will be if I release my mouse button. So if I released my mom's budget, we see that it created an exact duplicate of this sheet, renamed it provided their name off time sheets too. But I don't want this u turn to right. Click and choose dilly dilly it again to remove that copied sheet. So let's do this together. So if you're falling along, you want to click on the time sheet worksheet tab here, we're gonna use the right click commands over the right. Think of the tab and shoes mover. Copy for the contextual menu. This displays the mover Copy dialogue. So from the to drop down list here, you choose the location till where you want to copy the rug sheep. So I get copier to the lesson seven, which is the work that we have currently open. I was on another workbook. Open calls book one for a copy of their Or I could create a brand new workbook and copy the sheet there. But what I want is I want to make sure their lesson seven is selected in the two book drop down list. Now, in the before sheet window here we choose the position of the new sheet. That is to say, whatever she we have selected here, the copy she will be placed to the left of it. For example, if I chose income statement here, it will be placed to the left of the income statement sheet. But I want to place it actually to the left of the time sheet worksheet from the choose that now north of the television box is a move or copy by default Excel. Well, move the worksheet. That is to say, the worksheet will just be relocated to the new position. But what I want to do is create an exact duplicate of this worship. So you want to make sure that they create a copy check boxes checked on data, but doesn't so that look like okay, on our new copied work should have been placed to the left of the Tang sheet. And as we can see their exact duplicates And in the next video, we'll look at how to rename a worksheet. 62. Renaming Worksheets: We've already seen that by default. Excel provides the generic name of sheet Juan She to she three she for etcetera to new worksheets or of a copy over. She will use the name of the original worship on at a sequential number to the end of it to remember where shoot you double click on the tab and then type in the new name of the work shape and how we can see the text of the worksheet There were. She name here is highlighted on. I would just type in the new name. Now that method of renaming a worship is too right. Think of the worksheet tab to his rename on the get Misty that the worksheet title is highlighted, allowing us to type in a new name. So if you're falling along, the first you want to do is delete this blank worksheet that we out it. It might be named she to shed three etcetera in my case is named sheet for something right . Click it and I'm gonna choose delete. I noticed that we didn't receive a warning message when we deleted enough because there was no data out into the work. She tried to delete this sheet, for instance, right click into delete. We get a warning message telling us that Excel will probably delete the sheet. That's because this worksheet contains data by many accounts. A lot of here I don't want to leave that sheet. So what we want to do is double click on the time sheet to worship here so that the title is selected so we'll double click. That was the title was selected its type in John's time sheet. They will tap Enter. That confirms the entry because the worksheet has about now been renamed to John's time. She I'm going to rename this sheet as well. So this time we're gonna right click on the time sheet tab and shoes renamed for the contextual menu. We're gonna call this Melissa's time. She's type in this is time sheet and then tap the enter key on a keyboard. So now those times she works, you should be renamed John's Time Sheet and Melissa time sheet. So let's click the Save I kind of the quick access toolbar to savor changes 63. Repositioning Worksheets: After you begin creating the worksheets of your workbook, you may decide that the work she's are not in the order that you would like. We've already looked at how to reposition a worksheet by using the move a copy command here because the mover copy in selecting the location where you want position the worksheet, but another way, much easier way to do that. It's simply clicking on dragging, so to do so, you click on the tab off the worksheet that you want to move, click and then drag until the worksheet isn't the desired position. And again you see the little downward pointing Black Arrow, which lets us know the position of the work. She if you were to release the mouse button, so if you're fooling along, you want to click on the income statement top here. That's the first tab on the bottom of our tab sheet list. Where we want to do next is insert a new worksheet to the right off the income statement sheet. From the click of the new work She daikon here on the bottom of the worst she window, and that inserts a new worksheet. So now let's take in the tab in this new worksheet, Hold on enough malls, button. I mean, what a dragon until it's too located to the right of Melissa's time sheet. And again we see the little downward pointing Black Arrow. So once it's worry what that's released, the mouse button under sheet has not been repositioned to the end of our worksheet list. 64. Grouping Worksheets: Excel logic work on several works she's simultaneously by grouping them together. When worksheets are grouped, any formatting data into your changes that you make to the active shed are then made toe every sheet in the group. Goopy worksheets is a quick way to apply formatting to or to delete several worksheets at once onto group work sheets. You click on the first worksheet in the group, hold on the control key, then click the tabs for any other words sheets that you want to be part of the group. No, that would multiple worksheets a group Together, The word group appears on the title bar on top of the work she window. So this lets us know that the sheet we're looking at is part of a worksheet group on Toe I group Shoot you just right. Click any sheet in the group and shoes on group sheets. Or, alternatively, you could click on the worksheet tab off any sheet that is not part of the group, and that immediately removes the grouping. So for falling along, you want to click on the johns time she'd work she down here, I'm gonna double click and sell a one And then we want to highlight Melissa Edwards going to replace this with John Brown. So once Melissa Edwards is highlighted, if you want, you could also highlighted in the formula Bar. If that's easier for you. What type in John Browne J O H n the r o W N e. There will top the enter key on a keyboard. So now I want to group the johns time sheet on Melissa time sheet together. So with John's time sheets being the active sheet, I'm gonna hold down the control key and then click on the Melissa Time sheet Worksheet Town . And now we see that both the sheets are grouped together on again. The word group appears in the title bar of our workbook. So now I'm gonna click. And so J one type in today's date, which is March 25th 2020. Well, tough the enter key on my keyboard. So I'm gonna select the cell range a four to see 12. So a four to see 12 when I want to do is tricks the font size of this to 12 point. So I think the font size dropped on our here on shoes. 12 from the West. I'm with this range still selected. I'm not expect the central alignment button on the alignment group of the ribbon Teoh Central in the text, so that about does it for the formatting that I want to apply. So you want to now click on the income statement work. She tab on that on groups the sheets. So if we now click a Melissa's Time sheet tab here, we could see that the same for mounting that we applied to John's time. Sheikh was also applied to Melissa's time sheet because the two sheets were grouped together because he, John's time sheet Melissa time sheet on to Save Our changes will click the same icon of the quick access to a bar. 65. Changing Worksheet Tab Colors: Excel provides the option of applying colors to your worksheet tabs so this could be useful if you have a large workbook comprised of many, many work. She's so in this case, you might want to give each worksheet in a particular group a separate collar, but noted that the tab color Onley appears when the worksheet is not the active worksheet and to apply a color to a worship tab, right click on the tab printed tap color and then choose the color that you want from the color palette. Here. Another method of doing that is to select the where she tab or worship group to which you want to apply a color. Think they are on the format icon here and then pointed tab collar and choose the color you want again from the color palette. I noticed that on the format, but in menu are also options to rename the sheet or moving copy sheet with shall we worked with in previous videos. So if you're falling along, you want to ensure that John's time sheet is the active worksheet tab. We're gonna hold on our control key and then click on the Melissa's time sheet where she tab This groups Johns and Melissa's time sheet together, so next will kick the l on the format. I can hear it on the cells group of the ribbon been appointed tap color. We want to click on the red color swatch under this standard colors. Aristotle. Click on that. This applies. Read to the tab color. So if I click on the income statement tab here, we can see the color applied to those worksheets. But when the worship is the active tab, we just get a fainter version off the worksheet tab color. Now, if you wanted to remove a tap color from a word, she is right, right click in the worksheet tab point to tap color. This tubby would choose no color from the list that removes the color from that particular worksheet. So I think that we're done with his workbook. So let's press the control w keystroke combination. I looked like save when prompted to save our changes 66. Using 3 D Formulas and References: in this video we know. Look, a using three D formulas on references For that, we're gonna open up the income statement workbook located in the lesson files folder on your desktop. So when we take the file tab on the ribbon, take browsing centre pain. We want to take desktop of the left pane double take the lesson files folder on Choose the Income Statement workbook and then click open. So when you need a formula, which references data from several different worksheets, you do so by creating a three D formula. Ah three d for belie uses three D references, that is to say, references to cells in a different worksheet. So to create a three d reference, the format is, as we can see, the screen here she's name, which is surrounded by single quotes, exclamation point and then the cell reference. So, for example, suppose we have three sheets named 18 4019 on a yearly totals the yearly total sheet. We want to calculate the some of the values in cell C 18 from both to 2018 on 2019 worksheets. That is to say, we want to take values in C 18 from each of the worksheets and add them together. So thus our form, like in the yearly totals work shoot would be equals and then the worksheet name 2018 Strong to buy Single poets Estimation point on the cell reference. So now we want to add the second shoots without a plus 2019 sort of a single quality full about the exclamation symbol on then C 18 to sell reference in network sheep. Now, if you want to use a function such a some average etcetera in a three D form lump, the format would be equal the name of a good function. So much issue some in this instance, so equal. Some open Prentice Ease open. Single quote. Shed one colon sheets to close ago. Quote or whatever the name of the sheets are exclamation point on, then the cell range. So this case, will you see 12 corn to see 35 and then close pregnancies. Now you can create a three D firmly yourself by tapping it into the cell. Or you can manually select the appropriate worksheets and sells to include in your formula . So let's see how this works. So what we're going to do is first crear firma using the grouping method, and then we're going to create a form of manually selecting the cell range in each sheet to be included in the formula. Note that when we're using the grouping method, we need Onley. Select a cell range in one of the group sheets. So if you're following along one click the tap for the semi annual worksheet, we're going to click in Selby seven. That is the cell to the right of a video rentals. We're gonna use this some function here, so type equal some, then open parentheses. So now we want to click in the Q one work she tab. Hold on our shift key and click on the Q two words she tab that groups those two tabs. Together, we can see this reflected in our formula bar here. Now I want to highlight the cell rage be 62 d six. That's the cells January February March for video rentals. Released Her mouse button so we could see are from left. First the sheets, which is Q one and keep Q two explanation on the range of the cells that are to be part of the aggregate function. So I'm gonna click after d six year the from LaBarre, then type clothes pregnancies older, the shift key egg because pregnancies key and then top enter to confirm the firm HLA So now the clicking Selby several beacons here formula equals some to work shoots on his totaling b 62 d six for each of the work shades so we could see the tower in the q one worksheet is 41,295 que 2 49,000 which gives us a total of 90,000. 909.50. Okay, so this time we're gonna use the non grouping method where we select the cells manually. So we want to click and Selby eight types the equal Keep that's us. Uh, now let's excel know that we're about to enter a formula, So I'm gonna click the Q one work she tab here on the bottom of our screen. I'm gonna click and sell e seven. So this selects to sell in the first worksheet them right click in the firm LaBarre after he seven type plus. Now we click on the cue to work. She Ted with a click it sell east seven again. This as the East seven cell in the Q two works, you tour formula. Then we tell the Enter key on a keyboard to confirm the entry. And so it is adding those to sell together Celie seven in both the Q one on the Q two worksheets, for a total of 6188 prints. 75. So that is how to use three D references and formulas in Excel. So again it could be they use the grouping method or Matadi select the cells in the various worksheets. So I think that about does it. So let's click the save icon the Creek oxes to bar to savor changes I've actually done with this workbooks Onatopp the Control W keystroke combination to close the workbook. 67. Working with Tables: in the next several videos, we're gonna be working with tables in Excel, so we need to open up. A different workbooks were to click the file tab of the ribbon. I'm gonna click Fuller's Over Here The right pain. I'm to click on the lesson files folder, and that's the four that we pinned in. Ah, earlier video on I'm gonna choose the Lesson. Eight work. That's the work that we're gonna be working with in this section, so choose that. So in Excel and Organized related consecutive collection off data in Rows and columns is called a Table I. An older versions of Excel is referred to as lists. Now enter your data in table format allows you to easily soared, analyze format and manager data later. Wrong. So Excel uses column labels in the first row of your table. And if you don't designate the first rope as a column heading that Excel will insert a generic header role with the Titles column. JUAN COLUMN to etcetera, not to create a table. You click anywhere in the range off consecutive data. That's to make up your table, click the insert tab of the ribbon and then click the table icon. Another Beth, that is from the home ribbon cooked before, but as table icon as right here on the styles group of the ribbon. So what? Your data is converted to a table. You can then easily sort your table data anyway that you wish. You can filter your data to display only those records and meet specific criteria and quickly apply formatting to the entire table. Now, as soon as your data is converted to our table, which we're going to do in a moment, the potential table tools top displays on the top of your screen, under which you can access the design ribbon for their design driven. You can apply formatting without one click from the table Styles gallery. So some things to keep in mind do with creating Excel tables. Each column should contain the column heading. So here we would use Row one for table headings. We have title category. Price acquired a rating. Now. There should be no spaces between the column heading of the first row of data, so there is a blank row between the two. You want to make sure you delete it before creating your table. There should be no spaces between the rows or the columns in the data range. Other ways Excel may not designate the correct dinner range as your table on any other data . That is not to be part of the table. He was separated by a blank rows or columns. So let's create an Excel table here. So we want to make sure that Sheet one is the active sheet on top to control home. Kim, a keyboard on that moves to the first cell in this range. We can see that there are 100 28 rows all consecutive with headings in Roll one. So with a one selected, I want to click the four. But as Table I cut on the whole ribbon here, this displays the tables gallery from where you choose the format for your table. So I think I want a second style in the second roll under the light aerial year. So we'll click the Blue Star under Light area, which, as we could see his blue table style light nine. So we'll click that on. Now. Excel displays the format as table dialog. We could see here that it selected the rage, a won t e 1 28 as our table rage. Now that is incorrect. You can always click the crabs downward budget here, choose the correct range for a table and then click the expanded dialogue. I come here that Excel has chosen the correct range. So click okay on our table is now created north and four Matty's automatically applied to the table on the table range is surrounded by a border. So if I click anywhere in a white area of our work, she could see that the border surrounds our table. So the next video will begin entering data into our table. 68. Entering Data into a Table: Now there are a couple of ways to enter data into your table. You can search a new rose at any point anyplace in your table so I could insert new row here, and if you scroll down to the end, we can see that the table bone was automatically shifted to accommodate the new row. But I'm gonna do that. Another way of entering data into a table. It's simply clicking in the first blank row beneath the table on. Then type in your data. The table wage will automatically expand to accommodate the new role. Now, when working with a large table with many, many rows of data, it's not necessary to freeze the heading row. As you scroll through worksheet anytime a cell within your table is activated, the column headings A B, C D. Etcetera are replaced by your table headings. So if I scroll down a little bit, we can see the Tamil headings on top of our table. Price acquired way, etcetera. So that makes things a little bit easier when working with a table with a lot of rose. So if you're falling along, you want to top the control G keystroke combination on your keyboard. This displays that go to dialogue from where we can quickly jumped to a specific cell. So the reference boxing type in a 1 29 and then click OK, and as we can see, this moves us to the first blank roll beneath our table. So I'm gonna type in Sleepy Hollow and then press the tab key on my keyboard. This enters and name for the film and then moved to the next field and notice that after we moved to the new cell here, the table automatically expanded the border of the table, expanded to accommodate our new record from the category feel of a type of horror, Then tap the tab key on my keyboard. This is going to be a 69 99 Tough. The tab key did acquired him a type of 1 22 2003 Help! The tab key on the rating of This is going to be our There we go have just added a new record to our table on our table expands from a 12 e 1 29 So, lastly, let's click the same. I cut into quick access toolbar to save our changes 69. Deleting Rows and Columns: If you know I need a column or a row of data in your table, you can easily remove it by selecting the row or column that you wish to remove and then clicking the delete icon in the whole ribbon. That's his icon right here in the cells group of the ribbon. The typical wage will automatically adjust to reflect the deleted items. Maybe simply wish to clear the data from a Roar column and not to delete the Roar column itself selects the item that you want to clear than tap the delete key on your keyboard. So if I click on the road selector for Row 11 here, tell the delete key on my keyboard knows that the row is still in the table. It just removed the data from within the cells of the role. But I'm going to undo that some of the top control Z on my keyboard. So if you follow girl on, you want to top the control home keystroke combination that moves us to the first row and column off the table. Now an attempt to control F keystroke combination to display the final replace dialogue. We want to find him the movie entitled Cry Wolf. So the find white box type of cry wolf and then click the find next button. And that brings us to Rose 64 and highlights the cell containing the tax Never Cry Wolf. Something clicked the close button to close the dialog, and what I want to do is to delete this role. So click on the road selector Number 64 Year that selects the entire robe that I'm gonna click. Delete icon in the Cells group of the ribbon in the row is not gone, and we should have 128 records again, which we do. So lastly was quick to save I kind of the quick access toolbar to save our changes. 70. Formatting a Table: Excel provides several pre defined table styles, which were called quick styles, and older versions of Excel on You can use them to quickly and easily form at a table for table styles include professional looking combinations off Phil colors, fonts, borders, font colors and patterns. And if none of the pre defined table styles meet your needs, you could even create your own custom styles. So table styles are found in a contextual designed tab under table tools. She want to click in any cell in your table to activate your channel. Then we see table tools you on top of the screen. So we click on table tools and then click the design time. The tables towels are right over here on the table styles group of the ribbon and again, the conflict. The more button to expand the entire gallery and then choose the style that you want. You can further adjust the four body of a table by modifying options such as Heidinger displaying the herro there, right over here in the table Styles option group of the ribbon. You can add a total role at a remove banded columns, which display on and even columns with a different formatting like logic. In, UH, you get out and remove bandit rose, which display odd and even rose with different for mounting. If you want your table toe, have special formatting for the first or last calm of the table. Select the first column or last column check box to activate it. To remove a table style, click the more button here on the table Styles gallery and then choose clear from the menu to remove the active staff in the table. So for falling along when I click, it saw a one. So let's stop the control home keystroke combination. We want to click the contextual designed tab on that sort of the table tools area, so that's not active. Tabulated. Click that so that's a playa style to our table. So we'll click the more button here on the table Styles gallery, and I think I want to apply the blue style in the medium area in the first role here, which is blue table style. Medium to from a Select that and notice that because bandit roses selected, the odd and even rows of the table have different formatting, just like the older green by report Shoes toe. For those of you who remember those, you can also see a preview of all the styles tempted by moving your mouse pointer over any of the styles in the gallery and that temporarily applies that table style to the table so you could get an idea of what it looks like. But I would have stick with this blue years. So select that again. Now, if you bandit Rose checkbooks isn't checked. You want to make sure to click the check box here so that it's active and I think I want special four betting for the first column. So I'm gonna click the first column check box here. I notice that the first column over a table is now bold ID. So I think that was good. So I'm gonna, except to save icon the quick access toolbar to save our changes. 71. Totaling Data in a Table: you can quickly total data in a table using the total row feature on That's right here on the table style options group of the ribbon under the contextual design tab. And that's this option right here. Super falling along. Let's click their total row check box here that brings us to the end of the table. We could see the LeBron New Row insert of the very end with the label off total. So clicking any of the cells in the total row displays a drop down box. And if it clicked the hour here, he can choose and I get function toe apply to the data in the row, such a sum or average. So I want to total the price feel for all of our records in the table, segmented shoes, some here and that totals all of the data in the price field on duh gives us the some. It could also choose average to see what the average video prices, which is $43.6 sense of this case. Probably this has some no no start in the last feel over a table here north of it automatically added in a count field here, which is the count of the number of records. And I don't really want this. So I'm gonna click the drop down arrow and then she was none Ana. That about does it. So let's click the save. I kind of the quick access to a bar to save our changes. Oh, and of course, is easy to remove a total row. Just click the check box sticks to the total row toe. Uncheck it. So in the next video, we'll look at how to sort data in your table. 72. Sorting Data in a Table: Once you've entered data into a table, you can reorganize it in alphabetical or numerical order. For example, you might want to sort of list of customers alphabetically by last name or sort. The list, numerically by Sales Excel allow you to sort in either ascending order, which is a to Z for alphabetical data, our smallest to largest for numbers and for dates oldest to most recent could also sort in descending order, which is easy to a for alphabetical data, largest to smallest for numbers and most recent toe oldest for dates to quickly sort a single column of data clicking the column that you want to sort and then click the data type on the ribbon on, then choose the sort ascending or sort descending. I kinda that's over here on the sort and filter group of the ribbon so the A to Z is the ascending order on Zito. A is descending, so Excel will sort all the data in the selected column as well as the other column Junior table so that all your rose are sorted correctly. Another way to sort data in a table is by clicking the drop down arrow for the calmly want to sort than shoes sort a dizzy from the menu. So for formula, you want to click and sell a one because we want to sort the title. Colin here you would assert that in ascending order so that we want to click the data tab of the ribbon. I'm going to click the sort ascending icon on the sword in filter group of the Ribbon. So once I think that we could see that our list is now sorted in ascending order by title, so let's service in descending order instead. So I'm gonna click the descending order icon, and now we can see that it is now sorted alphabetically in descending orders of the W's. Our first Now Excel also allows you to sort by multiple Collins. To do so, click the sort icon on the assorted filter group of the ribbon here, and then choose which columns that you want to sort on the order that they are to be sorted because sort by up to 64 columns so ever fallen along. You want to make sure that cell a one is the active cell, and we want to click on the storage button And if you're not there, that's on the down a river. What sort? But in the certain filter group of the ribbon to display the sort box hauling A sources is first by category and then by the acquired date. So I'm gonna take the first drop. Don't list here in the sort by box, and I'm gonna choose category. I want to make sure that cell values is displayed in the sort on box on that eight Z is shown in the order. So because the drop down arrow in the order feel and choose a tizzy. So now, when? At another level of sorting from the lengthy added level button here. And as you mentioned, we want to sort this by category and then within category by the acquired date so I wouldn't choose acquired from the then by drop down list here and make sure that cell values is displayed in the sort on field. And I want this to be sorted from the oldest to the newest date. So that's not displayed here. You want to click the drop down our and choose oldest to newest, and actually that's sort by one more level. So let's think the ad level button again. The thing I'm gonna sort by raiding. Take a drop down there on the done by list. And then she was rating one insurer, Sal Values is displayed on then a to Z. So I think that about does it. So I looked like Okay, Sardinha is first sorted by category, Then it sorted by price on. Then within each price level, it's sorted by rating. So that is how to sort by more than one value in excel. So let's take the same I kind of the quick access toolbar to save our changes. 73. Filtering Data using AutoFilter: many times. Rather than working with an entire table, you might wish to work with only a subset of your data using the auto filter feature you can display on Lee those records with which you want to work and hide all others from view . For example, if you're working with their films work bunk, we could automatically filter our list to display on Lee films with a category of adventure . Now, whenever you create a new table in Excel, the auto filter options automatically enabled on a lap down arrow appears to the right of each column heading in the list because see these the layer was raid here. This lets us know that order filter is enabled. So to apply an out of filter, he would click on this arrow and then uncheck the boxes next to any entries that you don't want to display. So they wanted to turn off, actually uncheck action on comedy and then click. OK, there was that actually a comedy disappeared from our list so says we have a filter applied to this column. He dropped out our changes into a little filter icon. Now that's a snow. That filter is applied in this column throw to re display those hidden records or click on the icon and then click Select All never automatically select all of those entries. Or I could just select the ones that want to display rather than all of them click. OK, so it's working this together. So for fulling along, let's take the drop down arrow to the right of category. Here, you want to select the Trek box did to select all to de select it so that de select all records at once. So now we can choose Onley those that we want to display from to take the check box next to horror here. And I think that is the only one that I want to display. So I'm gonna click. OK, we see that all records are now headed, except for those in the horror category. So next let's get the arrow to the right of the acquired. Grabbed a list here and again, I'm gonna click the select all check box to de select it, so that removes the check mark from all the records in this category. Let's take a little plus symbol to the left of the check box for the 2003 check box. I think that they're gonna kick the plus symbol next to January on. I only want to show films that were acquired in the horror category on January 14th something. Check the check box 6 to 14 and then click. OK, so these are all the records in the horror category that we purchased on January 14th of 2003. So I think I'm done with these filters, so I'm going to restore all the hidden records. And to do so, you can click the clear icon in this sort and filter group of the ribbon. You can also click their filter icon and that will turn off the Otto Filter feature and restore all the records as well. What is going to use the clear? I can use a look like that. I can see that all of the honor filters have it removed from our table. So that is how to use on a fielder's that excel 74. Creating Custom Filters: So the last video we worked with the auto filter feature on that allows you to select only one specific value. However, you may at times wanna search for records that meet multiple criteria. For instance, you might wanna list products that are greater than $20 or displayed dates fall between a specific date range using the custom order, filter dialogue, get create complex criteria. Using comparison operators such as Equal, Does Not Equal is greater than is less than is greater than or equal to, is less than or equal to begins with Does not begin with end Swift is not and with or even contains and does not contain. She doesn't combined Motiva criteria for a cynical column by using a logical operators and or or, for example, you might wish to display products that are greater than $20 under less than $50. So let's see how this works. So we're going to click the arrow to the right of the acquired field here. Well appointed eight filters I'm gonna choose between from the comparison operator list here. So this chooses between is a comparison operator that we want to use and displays the custom honor filter dialogue and the comparison operators are automatically added to the combo boxes years. So we have is after Eagle two is before or equal to. We could bottle find out here from the list if we so choose. So I'm gonna click in the text box to the right of the first combo box. I'm gonna type in 10 1 2002 So this is the beginning date of arrange them to click in the box to the right of the second combo box here on a type in 11. 32,000 to 3. Only want to see movies that were required between October 1st of 2000 and two and November 30th of 2002. So let's kick okay on our list is filtered between those two comparison operators, so that's added another filter. So we click the drop down arrow next to tile here, apart to text filters, and from here, we're gonna choose custom filter from the list. This displays a custom filter dialogue. So this time I'm gonna choose our comparison operators from the combo boxes here. So I want to click on the first combo box under the title area on we wanted Choose begins with from the list. So let's go down until begins with displays and look. Click it a next that's kicking the box to the right of the combo box, and we're gonna type in the letter B. So now let's click the or operator. So this chooses or is a logical operator, allowing us to perform a multi criteria search. So now we're gonna click the second Drop down Arrow and I want to choose begins with We want to click in the second box here to the right of the begins with combo type in H. So we want to see any films and that begin with the letter B or begin with the letter H. So we click. OK, we could see that our list is filtered accordingly. I don't think I want to remove that filter. Sermon attacked the clear icon in a sort of filter group of the ribbon to restore all of our data. 75. Converting a Table to a Range: If you decide for whatever reason that you want to remove the Excel table from your worksheet converted toe a normal range, it could do so from the converged to range icon on that's located on the Tools group of the contextual design time Food. First Clickety cell within your table to activate it designed top of the ribbon and then click the confer to Range Command located the tools group here. Now this will keep this table style that you applied, but it will remove any table filters, and the contextual designed tab and table tools will no longer be accessible. So if you're following along, that's pressed the control Cousteau combination to jump to sell a one on If you're not there, you want to click in the contextual designed time under table tools here and then click convert to range on. We get a warning that were about cover to our table toward normal range on. If you want to continue, we click Yes, and we do so look like yes, So as you can see the table formatting, we made a Norris The table tools option on those contextual table ribbons are no longer available. Tow us, and that is how to convert a table back to arrange. So I think we're done with this worksheet. So click the Save I currently quick access toolbar. I don't think the foul tab of the ribbon and then click close. 76. Creating a Chart: in the next several lessons, we're gonna be working with charts, so I need to open the lesson. Nine. WORK PROFILE ENOUGH Located THE lesson files folder in your desktop. So our charges, a graphical representation of data on is an effective way to illustrate relationships on door trends in your data. So charts could be a powerful tool when used to provide data analysis and data comparisons . For example, you may wish to illustrate the change in sales trends from 1/4 to the next, or the productivity of one store compared toa another. Now Excel can create a wide variety of charts. BAR CHARTS LINE CHARTS PIE CHARTS COLUMN charts, etcetera as a numerous charting tools and Excel makes creating them quite easy. So to insert a charge, you select the date upon which you want your chart to be based. Then click the insert tab on the ribbon on the chart. Options are located here on the charts Group of the ribbon, So remove the most part over into the icons of little box displays. Let you know what kind of chart not icon is FOREST hierarchy chart. This is this would be a statistics chart column a bar chart, etcetera. So if you're not quite sure which chart is best for your data layout, click the recommended charts button and that's you again on the charts. Group of the Ribbon on Excel was displaced. Some suggested charts for your particular data layout, so we could see some examples here as well. So here we have a clustered column, the variety of different layers stacked area start column on so on. So let's create a chart from the castle of here. So you're falling along. You want to click the sheet one tab, the bottom of the window to ensure that that is the active worksheet. I want to select the cell range a 42 e seven. So we just want to include this store data we don't want include any of the totals or grand totals. Saddam to click the insert tab on the ribbon on. We're gonna insert ah column chart, and this is the column chart icon rate here in sort of color bar chart. So click that icon now it can choose which type of column we see some options here. Two D three D to do Bar three D bar on the one that we want is the two D clustered column chart. And as this one radio. That's the first option of the two D area. So look like that on Excelled that inserts an embedded clustered column chart in our active worksheet now. Not that when you insert a charge into the same worksheet as its underlying data rather than its old worksheet, the chart is embedded and could be moved and resized like any other graphical object. So most the time. I'm not going to be satisfied with the placement of the chart in the worksheet. On your most likely want to move it to a more desirable location. So in order to move a chart, you first need to activate it by clicking anywhere in the charts, white area or on the border of the chart object. You don't want to click on anything like a plot area because that selects that particular area of the trunk. She want to select a white area or the borders. Once the truck is activated, click inside the charter. You see your most point. It turns into a four way arrow click and then drag until the chart is in the desired location. Another option for moving a chart is using the cut and paste method, so to do it. So select the charges like we did hear clicking the white air the chart and click the cut button on the home ribbon, or can use the control X keystroke combination and then click on your worksheet where you wish to desert the chart and they click the pace button or press control V. But we're gonna do is move the charge by dragging. So if you're falling along, you want to click anywhere the white area in the chart lunch of most turned into a four way out. When you want to click and drag until the left corner of the chart is in cell a 12 just like so and then we release the mouse button. You can also change the size of a better chart, beholding the most part over any of the charts sizing handles once it selected, so that click the child here to activate it. You see that the charges surrounded by these sizing handles here north, and when I move, my mouse pointer over the sizing handles on cursor transforms into ah double white l So to resize a chart removing mouse porter over sizing, handle and click and drag in the desired direction so you can drink either Edwards or all words, depending on whether you want to decrease or increase the size of the chart. And as you drag, you'll see a dark bordered outline on. This represents the size of the chunk. So we conceive a release My mouse button. Right now, the right edge of the charge would be in the right edge Off column E. But I'm gonna cancel that. So if you're falling along, you want to click anywhere on the white area of the charge to activate the chart. I'm gonna move the House porter over the lower right sizing handle and then we want to drink outward and down into the lower right edge of the chart is flush with column G 34. So I'm gonna click on the size of how on dragged down. So g 34 we could see that dark border, though that's just no new size of the chart. You can see that it is now flush with G 34. Release my mouse button. So that's how to resize it shark. So let's finish by clicking the save icon on the quick access to a bar to save our changes . 77. Changing the Layout and Style: after creating your chart to contextual ribbons appear under chart tools with the Chargers selected. So let's select our chart here, these two contextual ribbons off the design on format ribbon. Both of these ribbons contain tools and commands that you could use toe for about your chart. Apply various styles and change the charge layer. So the tools under the architectural design ribbon along and apply various pre defined charted nails and chart styles, as well as changed the chart. Type on. Modify the existing chart data. There's a wide variety of chart styles in both two D and three d four message. You'd apply from this Johnstone's group of the ribbon until the spray the entire gallery. You click the more button here in the gallery window that displays all of the available chart types. Tell my escape key now. You can also play a preset layout by clicking on the quick layout bunting here than choosing the layout that you want from the list. Another way to apply a turnout is by clicking the chart styles button, which appears whenever the chart is selected. That's this center button right here on this group of three buttons appears whenever you have a chart selected. So the click on this button, you can see the available styles that we can use, as well as colors from a top escape. So if you're following along, you want to make sure that the Chargers selected. So let's click on the border of the chart. And you know what? Selected with the protection of ribbons, appear on deciding handles appear on the chart. So we take the design top of the ribbon, and then we want to take the quick lay out the icon here. We're gonna choose the third thumbnail in the first role North. And as we move our most Parcher over the thumbnails are, chart adjusts to reflect what it would look like with that effect applied. We want the top ones, though you have the 1st 1 in the first role, which is they out free from the click that option and that layout is applied to the chart. But I think I like the first layout better. Something to click fee quickly, what I can again and choose the first icon in the first row. So now let's take the more about it on the chart styles gallery here to view all of the available chart types on again. When you move your mouse partner over the various styles here, our chart adjust to reflect what it would look like without still applied. I think I'm a tickle Gander out the last style in the last row, which is still for a team. So let's click that not applies that chart style. So now let's click. The Chart styles icon here, which is the Centre icon in this little role of three icons I don't want to do is click on the style eight thumbnail. So if we move our bows printer over any of the styles, we see little box telling us which style learned to apply. You want to find this dark style, which is style eight. So we'll click that that still is that applied to the table. And I don't think the charts does ICANN again to de select it and to turn it off. So I think that is good. So let's click the same icon, the quick access toolbar, to savor changes 78. 0905 Labeling Chart Elements: After creating your chart, you may wish to customize its various elements. Depending on the chart. Leo, you've chosen so labelling a chart element. Insert a small text box on her near the chart element. For instance, you may wish to display a reposition our chart title access titles, for instance, or data labels or a down a table. So to add a modifier child element, you click the Chart Albums button, which appears whenever you have a chart selected. So it's taken the chart to activate it on the chart elements. But it is his first budget in the role of three buttons here. So if I click it, we see the various chart elements that we can add to our chart. Notice that as I moved by most pointer over a chart element, a right pointing arrow appears that disclosure triangle. So if we click on that provides us with other options. Circuit out down labels to the center inside end inside base North Asthma movement off Porter. Over the options are chart adjusts to display what it would look like with that option applied. So what, you see an element that you love you would just click it then to make a selection. You can then, for about the actual text of the labels, by clicking inside the text box drinks, selecting the existing text and then typing your changes, you know, so insert chart elements from the contextual design top. So with R Truth selected of effective design tab in the ribbon, The Chart Elements icon is located on the left side of the ribbon here. So if I click it, we see the same options that we have with the button next to the chart. I'm again Move your mouse printer of the options temporarily displays what your chart would look like. So if you're falling along, you want to take on the border of the charges selected and we're gonna click the Chart Elements Bunch in here, which is the first budget we're gonna move on malls part over chart title until the little black disclosure triangle appears. Do you want to take of the triangle on my wonders has a centered overly, you know, it's again As I move my mouse port over it, a chart adjusts to reflect the new option, and I think I like centered overlays. I'm gonna click that one. So I don't think that any white area of my spreadsheet on that hides that shard elements. But I think I'd rather have this above the title. So I'm gonna click on the chart again, click the chart Elements. But in most pro to overcharge title click The Disclosure Trying Almond click on Above Chart to once again plays the chart title above the chart. I think I want to add some other elements here. So I don't want to do now is change the text of the chart title here. So read something other than charted title. So I'm gonna click in the box, oppress the control a keystroke combination and that selects all of the text in that text box. And I'm a type in sales by store that changes the text of the text box. So now when I click the contextual designed tab of the ribbon, this time going to click the AG chart element icon here we appoint to access titles, then click Primary horizontal over that does is inserted attacks box below the primary horizontal access that we could see that rate here. So I'm gonna select the text in this box so again I'm gonna click in the box of a press control A to select all the text in the box I'm typing Quarter This enters the text for the X axis box. The thinking went out. A text box for a primary vertical axis is well, time to click the add chart element icon point to access titles and I'm gonna click Primary Vertical. This inserts the text box to the left of the values E access. So I'm gonna click inside the box and press control aid on their type ID sales. You can see that that text now adjusts to what we've typed. Now let's click it. They were outside that text box to de select it. So now I want to click of the chart elements. I come here so that the movement balls print over data labels and then I'm gonna click the disclosure triangle. What? It appears I got it. You can take a walk out with the data labels would look like on our chart by moving our most pressure over the options. And I think I doubt her labels to the outside end so that the right above the bars here was the most partners over that on a click outside end, and that applies that change. So now when I click the chart elements icon toe hide the chart elements window, so let's make this charge a little bit bigger. So I'm gonna click on the lower right sizing handle. I'm a drag to the right and downward and to the right edge is, too. About H 35. Just could expand this out a little bit. So what's the right edges on? About age 35 will release on most budget there. Resize is the chart, so we'll finish my ticket This save iconic on the quick access to a bar to save our changes . 79. Formatting Chart Text: you confirm at any text object on your chart, such as the chart title and chart axis labels using the formatting techniques that you've already learned. For instance, you can change the text or apply various for body, such as bold italics, font size, fun type, text alignment, colors and patterns. And you could do all that from the home tab of the ribbon for us. Select the charter activated here, and I'm a double click in the sales by Stork Text Box and then press control a. Once the Texas selected I could click the home tab of the ribbon on, apply any off the formatting techniques that we've already used or could bold italicize that could change the font family of funds size etcetera can also right click any selected text to display a mini toolbar. We could quickly apply a style. We're gonna play a theme style to the selected text. I could play fill color Arkan at Borders and set the weight on the border style. Additionally, you can use the format object pain, and to do so, you select the text in the text box, right click, then choose format. Whatever these selected object is For this case, it's chart title, so it's for about chart title. Once you do, the former object paid will display on the right side of your screen. So here I could click the Disclosure Triangle to her left of fill out of Phil and choose the fill color. I can take the disclosure trying on next to Border. I could just take right in the word border or to expand the options available again, We can add a line that the line types of the line color etcetera. I'm just gonna cook the close button here to close that. So let's work on this together a bit. So for falling along, you want to click the home tab in the ribbon. You want to make sure that your chart is selected. We're going to click on any of the values on the Value axis, which is the vertical axis here. Three. Norris I was I clicked on a value A box surrounded all the values That means I'm gonna be formatting all these values at once. So on the front group of the home ribbon, I don't think the font size doctor list and choose 12 that increases the fund size to 12 knows that chart updated immediately to reflect our new fund size. Next able to click on this sales by store object, and I'm gonna change the fund size of this tile to 24. So I don't think the font size dropped a list and choose 24. I think of changes to yellow, So I'm gonna click the font color button. And that's this budget radio. When I think the arrow on the font color button and I'm gonna choose yellow this down of colors area on our chart title adjust to the new color. So I think when I make these to access text boxes bigger So I'm gonna take the quarter box . You're so that is selectively see ah, border of the box, letting us know that that is selected. And I'm gonna think of the font size dropped a narrow I'm gonna choose 14. I'm gonna do the same thing for the sales box with a click in the words sales here again, the border lets us know that that box is selected. Take the font size, dropped our list and choose 14. So now on a right click on the chart title, which displays the contextual menu. And I'm gonna choose for Mount Chart title from the menu, and this displays the format chart title window on the right side of our screen on again. The options might not be expanded for you to do so. Just click on the word to expend that option. So I want to be sure the border is expanded here on the figure. I had a solid line border to this. We're gonna click the seller line radio button, and I think I want this border to be orange. I'm gonna click the drop down next to color here. I don't think orange in the theme colors area, so I think I'm now with the formal chart. Total pains. I'm gonna click the little X here to close the pain. If you click out any white, every of our worksheet, we could see the changes that we applied, so they're not very attractive. Poverty wouldn't do this if I were creating on actual chart for someone. I personally prefer to go borderless. So let's save our changes by clicking the save icon on the quick access to a bar 80. 0907 Formatting Chart Elements: for the contextual format tab in the ribbon. Here you could apply formatting such as fill, color and borders, as well as visual effects like shadows, reflection, glow and devil to the individual elements of your chart. In order to do so, you first must select the object by clicking on it and then choose the formality that you want to apply from the ribbon. For instance, if you wanted to change the fill color for one of the bars for a specific data, Siri's he was. Select the bar that you want to change the shape Phil button and then choose a desired color from the color palette. Notice that you can also use a picture of the fill color ingredient, or apply a texture as well, so you can use the shape Phil Shape, outline and shape effects buttons on the ship styles Group of the ribbon here toe apply effects to your charge shapes. The Shape Styles gallery also includes some interesting effects, so to add effects to the text of your chart selected box that could take the text and then use the text fail text outline or text effects buttons off the word art styles group. The rhythm can also apply a word on style by clicking on the more button to display the entire World Art Gallery and then choosing us style from the window. But I don't want to do that for me to escape out of here now. Another handy way to format chart elements is by using the format selection button on the design ribbon. So if I click on a chart to bar here, for instance, and click on the format selection button, the former object paid appears on the right side of your screen, from where you could apply multiple formality. I noticed that there are three different tabs in this instance here. Line. If Obama supporter is the film and lines of a click on that icon, we see various Phil and border options. If I click on the second option, we see effects. So if I click on that icon here, we have a variety of option shadow glow soft edges three D format. On the last icon up here, ISS. Siri's options here could choose where to plot the Siri's, whether you wanna plotted the primary access for a secondary access on a couple of other options as well. So if you're following along, you want to click on the charts so that it's activated and then want to click the four month top of the ribbon to display a charge. Former ribbon. So when I click on any of the values on the value access, which is the vertical axis here, and I'm gonna click the format selection button, this displays the format access pain for this chart element. Do you want to scroll down to number and then click in the word number to expand that section? So look like the category drop down list a number set this as number so basically shows the same values, but without the currency symbol, and you want to ensure that desperate places is set to zero. If you didn't want the 1000 separate, you could uncheck the box that would remove the thousands separator. But I actually like toe have that included, so click the check box to turn that option back on, so the value is still selected here. I'm gonna think that more, but it on the word Art styles gallery. I think you want this style in the fourth column, second role she will go with this style here, and those that are text immediately adjusts to the new style, so we'll click it to apply it. So now let's take the sales textbooks here. So click on that so that it is selected. I want to take the more, but it on the shape styles gallery this time, and I think I want the blue shape style in the last row. Second column under the theme style zero here. So that's just icon rate here, which is intense. Effect Blue Accid one. So we'll click that toe. Apply that to our text. And I think when I did the same thing to the quarter box, I'm gonna click the quarter text box to select it more bunch of the shapes tells Gallery, and then she was out style from the gallery. I think I want to change the color of the bars for New York City right now. It's blue from the clicking and in the blue bars here knows that it doesn't matter which one, I said click on you all automatically be selected, so I expect the shape Phil. But in here on the ship's tells group of the ribbon and I want to click the purple color swatch under this standard colors category. That's this watch right here I noticed again. Is that movement? Most pressure over the swatches the color of the selected object adjusts from Mexican purple toe. Apply that color. I want to think of any of the green bars which are the bars for Dallas, that we could see that right down here in our legends. So click green bars. This time I would apply it Shape style to the bar, Some to take the more budget in the shapes does gallery. I'm gonna click the orange shapes Tell in the last row Last column look like that and that changes the styles of the bars for Dallas. Now I want to click in the shape effects bunted. We're gonna add some effects to the Dallas bars. I'm gonna point to glow and I want to choose the glow Stale in the last roll. Last column. This doll right here and again we receive a quick preview of this dollars. You move the mouse Prater over the different glow variations here, but I want them out in the last row. Last Qallab we'll click on that one. So you might want to do that. For instance, if you were in the Dallas Star and you want to draw attention to your particular story of the chart, So I think that's about all the formatting that I want to do to this. We're gonna click the same icon, the quick access toolbar, to save our changes. 81. Changing Chart Type: Exel offers many different chart types to aid you in communicating various types of information. Once your chart is created, you're not stuck with that chart type. You can easily change the type of the chart to a pie chart, a line chart in area chart history. Graham or whatever turns tell you, like to change the chart type. You want to click the contextual designed tab of the ribbon and then click the change of chart type icon here in the type group of the ribbon. This will display the change chart type dialogue. From here, you just click the style of chart that you want in the left pane here and then choose a style. So if you're falling along what I make sure that your chart is selected, you want to click on the border of the chart. Just select it. Did you want to click on the contextual designed tab of the ribbon on? Then we'll take the change chart type icon. So let's change this chart toe a line chart to want to click line in the left pane, and he receive variety of different types of line charts that we can use on the one that I think I want is the line with markers. That's the fourth style from the left here from to click on that, then click. OK, so once I click OK, it closed the chart type dialogue. The new chart type is applied to our chart. So let's click the change type button again. This time I want bars for Mexico Bar on the left paid. I'm gonna choose the first type of bar, which is the Clustered bar. So we'll click on that and it looks like, Okay, so I think the data labels maketh e chart appear too cluttered here. So I think I'm gonna remove those. I'm gonna think the chart elements, but in here and then I don't think the check box toe uncheck data labels that removes the data labels from our charge. And then we'll click the chart elements button toe, hide the window, know that you could also remove the data labels from the ad chart element icon printed data labels on, then choose none that would have removed the data labels as well. And I think I'm done with changing the chart time a ticket to see if I can on the quick access to a bar to save our changes 82. Showing or Hiding Gridlines: grid lines are horizontal or vertical lines displayed in the plot area. That could help you to visualize the value point values in her chart. Now there are two types of grid lines. Major grid lines and minor grid lines. Major grid lines are displayed at each value on an axis, whereas matter grid lines occur between the values of an axis. So, depending on the charts, style grid lines can help improve the readability of a chart. However, they should be used sparingly, so it's not to make your chart appear to clattered. But add relates to a charge. He would first select the charge to activate it and then click the chart elements I coverage of the first I kind of the group of icons here. I would point to grid lines and then click the disclosure triangle. So here is even can add four types of grid lines. Primary, major primary, major vertical primary, major horizontal primary, minor vertical and primary mild horizontal. There's some additional options as well, which is big this to the form out major grid lines, pain. So if you're falling all you want to click anywhere, other charge to select it, they will take the chart elements, but in here again, the first part in the role buttons in a print to grid lines and then click of the black disclosure Trying go. So we want to make sure that the check box next a primary major vertical, is selected. If it wasn't selected, you could see that the grid lines disappear from our chart, but we want to make sure that this is selected. And I think I want to display the primary Meyer vertical grid lines as well, from Expect the check box and next to that option, we can see those grid lines appear again. Remember of minor grid lines appear between the values on an axis, so the major grid lines appear on the values on our axes. Here, a 28,000 we get the major vertical minor vertical appear at intervals between those two access points. Let's check the other two boxes as well. So at primary major horizontal, we can see that those are at it again. I see Jacque's point on primary minor horizontal and those good leads air added as well. So I want to click the check box ticks to primary minor vertical toe. Uncheck it. I don't think I want those because that makes their chart appear a little bit too cluttered . So I'm gonna unchecked those grid lines on. I think that will do it. So I think the chart elements button to hide the window. I will finish by clicking the same I kind of quick access to bar to save our changes. 83. Customizing Axes: for most charts, data is plotted on the horizontal axis, which is the X axis and along the vertical axis, which is the Y axis. Although ah three D charts contain a Z X as well, the categories are generally plotted on the horizontal axis. So here we see categories of quarter 1/4 to quarter three core for along with the different stores and values are plotted on the vertical axis. For here, we could see the values, the sales values you've already seen, that you can change various formatting options, such as the font type font color font size, the language of text. Ah, formatting of numbers and patterns of both category and value access data. Now, when you create a chart, Excel automatically creates a default scale for the horizontal and the vertical access. Sometimes the default scale is not quite ideal, and your charm may prove difficult to read, but luckily could easily change that. So to modify inactive, she click the access that you want him change right click and choose format access from the contextual menu, and there's displays the format access, pain, the right side of your screen. So here you can choose to display your values and thousands millions etcetera. Additionally, from here you consent the minimum and maximum values for the value boxes, as well as the major and minor units of measurement. Of course, for that you'll need to turn on the minor grid lines, as you learned about in the last video, for in order for the miners realized to appear. So if access readability is an issue, he may wish to consider changing the axis alignment from the format access pain. So for falling along, I want to make sure that Sheet one is the active tab here. And then we want to make sure that our chart is activated so we'll click on any of the borders to select it. The first thing I want to do is change my chart type, so you'll want to click the design tab on the ribbon and then click the change chart title button on the type group of the ribbon. So this time I'm gonna click the recommended charts. Tom here on this space recommended chart types based on our data layout, and I think I'm gonna choose the first thumbnail in the left pane, and that is a Clustered column chart. And then I think, OK, so now we can see that our values are plotted along the value axis the vertical axis on a categories air plotted along the horizontal axis. So next, want to pick the chart Elements Budget here, we're gonna uncheck the access Titles check box and those that that removes the axis tiles from the horizontal axis and the vertical axis. Now let's take the chart elements I can again to hide the window. So I want to take the contextual for about top in the ribbon and we're gonna click on any of the values of the Y axis here. This is the access that we want to modify. So now when you click the format selection north that you can also right click and choose for my access. We're going to the format selection. Bludgeon This displays the format access pain on the right side of our screen. She will take the display units drop down list. I'm gonna choose thousands from the list this displays of volumes of the vertical access in thousands on Now we want to change the maximum value. So under the Balinese area here, I'm gonna change the value to 30,000. So 30 0 this displays a maximum value of the access to 30 was not changed from 35 to 30. Now I want to select the value in the major box under the unit's area. So that's this box right here. Who will select the text that's in their machines just to 10,000. Press the tab key. So this displays the values on the Y axis in increments of 10,000. So now let's click the size and properties. I come on top of the foreman access pain. That's the third I come from the left Here again, if you move your mouse party over any of these icons, it tells you what that particular tab is. We want the size and properties. I'm gonna add a custom angle for our text from clicking the custom angle box here and type in 20. What this does is changing the rotation of the test by 20 degrees. So that about does it. Somebody click the close button on the for Murdock's pain to close that window, so that'll about do it. So I'm gonna click to save I kind of the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 84. Creating a Pie Chart: pie charts show the relative size of parts in a hole. Now each data Siris in a pie chart has a unique color or pattern on. The data will be sorted, with largest numbers appearing. First, the pie charts have no X axis your Y axis and have only one day to Siri's. So because of the issue, data values should be arranged in one column or one roll with an optional column or a row for category names. No, you might want to consider using a pie chart when you have only a few numbers to charge. Ideally, you shouldn't have more than seven categories. You only have what data SYRIZA plot. You don't have any negative or zero values. You're gators. Siri doesn't include very many low numbers. Otherwise, they'll be too small to compare. And you want to show how each value in your Siri's contributes to the whole. So once your pie chart is created, you can then rotate the slices for different perspectives or pull individual slices out of the chart to draw attention to them. So let's create a pie chart, so if you're falling along, you want to click add sheet to here in the bottom of your work. She I'm going to select the cell rage. A four to be seven. They want to take the insert tab in the ribbon and we want to click the Pie chart icon. And that's his icon Raid. Here, insert a pie or donut chart, so we'll click that and I want to insert a three beep. I salute Freedy Pie and there we go. Exelon started a pie chart into our worksheet. So let's have a little formatting to this. We want to click the contextual designed tab on the ribbon. I think I want to add some data labels here, so I'm gonna take the chart element icon over here, the Charlie Oats group of the ribbon print to data labels. I'm here. I want to click more data level options in the bottom of the menu. This is plays the format data labels, pain on the right set of our screen. I want I'm check the value box, which shows the actual values of each individual piece. I'm gonna check that, and instead I want a percentage. Somebody click the percentage check box here following the total value of this displaced, the percentage next to each Sears of the chart, and I think I want my labels to be centered. Here's where to click the center radio button as we can see this center, that dental able within each slice. And I think they don't do it for the four bad data labels from to click the close button here to close that pig. So now let's talk of the pie slice for San Francisco. So that's his red Paice lies here. I'm gonna write dot Worried about 1/2 an inch or so. As you can see this pull of the selected pie slice O on. This is a good way of drawing attention to the individual slices in your pie chart. Now, if you don't see the chart title here on your chart, gonna think the chart element button, print a chart title and then choose above chart. So I want to change the text for my default chart title from to click in the box, press the Control A Cousteau accommodation to select all the text of the box and type in your e sales by store Onda. That looks pretty good. So I think I want to move this to a different location on my worksheets from it. Think the border of the Chargers selected, Then click on the border and drag until the upper left corner isn't cell A 10 ones were there released. The mouse button on Does everybody does it. So let's check the same. I count on the quick access toolbar to save our changes. 85. Creating a Map Chart: map Charts are new feature in Excel. What they do is read Collins containing geographic location data on Turn that data into color coded charts. Now back Charles come in really handy for comparing values displaying various categories across geographical regions. To insert a map selected data that you want to include. You want to make sure that you include the column heading identified the type of data such a city, state, Zip, country, province, etcetera. I think the maps icon on the insert ribbon, and that's his icon right here on the charts. Group of the Ribbon Excel also automatically recognizes map data on will display the map chart option when you click on recommended charts along you to then insert a map with just a click of a mouse. So the maps Future in Excel uses data from being for countries, postal codes, stays, provinces, regions and more. And it's really impressive how smart it is. For instance, if you change the data such as by adding in another country, the map immediately updates to include the new region. Now, why don't you create your map charge you can then for about a juice as you would and the other chart from the contextual design on format tabs here of the ribbon. So for falling along like Click the Sheet five town here, the bottom of you work, she going to select the cell rage? A three to be 12. So this is a cell range to be included in our chart. So next to what I take the insert tab in the ribbon when they when they took the maps icon on the charge, group the ribbon and then choose killed map. And that's the only option here in the Maps menu. This ensures the maps chart into our worksheet because in the states, which contain values are highlighted on the car, intensity moves from light to dark, representing lowest values toe highest values. Now this is your first time. Using maps, you might see a little message box on top of your chart that says data needed to create your map truck will be sent to bid. So if you see that you want to click the I accept icon. So that's adding a title for a chart you would kick in the chart title box here on top of our chart press control A and I might call this sales by regions would type that in. So now I'm gonna click is sell a five and I'm gonna change this from California to que bec typing came back. Tap the enter key on my keyboard The nose of the map automatically updated to include Canada. So whenever you include a new region in your data group here, your map will automatically update to reflect the new region again, I could use it in the sizing handles to to make this larger, so it is more viewable. So that is how to create a map chart in Excel. I have your fish shop taking the same icon, the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 86. Creating a Funnel Chart: Another chart that was recently introduced in Excel is the funnel charge. Now what this does is shows values across multiple stages in a process. One use for this might be to show the number of sales prospects at each stage in a sales pipeline. Many people like to use funnel charts, but you have a large amount of columnar data as a displaced in an easy to read, funnel down chart format. Typically, you want to ensure the values your charting are sorted in descending order toe allow the bars to resemble funnel. So let's build a funnel chart. So if you're falling along, you want to click the sheet six tab here on the bottom of your work, she window. We're gonna slept the cell range a four to be Ted. So I like creating a map charge. You don't want to include the heading when creating a funnel chart, so I'm gonna take the insert tab in the ribbon on this time. That's click the recommended charts icon here. These are all of the chart types that Excel recommended. Tow us. Based on our data. I'm a scroll down on the frontal chart. Option is a raid here. As you can see, the child resembles of funnels. We're gonna click on that and then click OK on Excel inserted a funnel chart based on our selected data. So let's take the contextual designed tab on the ribbon. And I think I want apply a different funnel chart format to this, so I don't think that more. But in the Chart Styles Gallery here, this is face All of the charts tells that are available to us for this category of chart. I think it want the six thumbnail in the first row. I'm gonna go with the darker seen here. Some click on that. I think Cell applies that style to our funnel chart. I want to move this chart, so I'm gonna click the border of the chart, then drag until the top left corner isn't cell D three. So about right here and then a release, my mouse button. And that's all there is to creating a funnel chart in Excel on again. You want to make sure that your data is in descending order so it creates a nice funnel effect in your chart will finish by clicking to save. I counted the quick access toolbar to save our changes 87. Changing a Charts Source Data: As you add additional columns or rows of information to worksheet or remove rows or columns of data that are no longer relevant, you'll need to modify the source data for your chart. The source data consists of the cell. Reverence is off the underlying data upon which your chart is based. In the case of this funnel charge here by stores, data would be it's the Salvage a four to be 10. To change the source data of a charge, you activate the chart and then from the contextual design ribbon, you click the Select Data Icon, which displays a select data stores dialogue. And then you can click the collapse dialogue I cut here and then select the new range of data. Or, if you want, you can just type it in as well. In the charts data Range box. You can also delete a data Siri's by selected the data Siri's that you want to remove and then clicking the remove button here in the selected a source window. You can also reorder a data Siri's but selected the data. Siri's. If you have more than one here that we're clicking the move up, remove down buttons these will move up, move down buttons right here, the operate and downward point ago. So let's work with this a little bit sore with the council out of here. Therefore, legal on you want to click on sheet three. The sheet three top in the bottom of the window. So we want to think of the border of a chart activated. So click on the border and we could see that we have sizing Angel's letting us know the charges activated. We want to click the contextual designed top of the ribbon and then click the select data icon. So to select the new data range about two clicks, the collapse down like icon here. I would always move this out of the way, so it's easier to select. And I want to select a cell range a four t e eight. So if he knows in our chart here we were Charlie, we're currently trying New York, San Francisco and Dallas. Philadelphia was not included, so now we want to include Philadelphia as well. So he stuck the celery J 48 released, all spotted. And now let's take the expanded dialogue. I kinda little blue downward porting our here and now we see the Philadelphia has now been added to our chart. And if I wanted to remove, say, San Francisco, for instance, I could collect San Francisco and then click to Remove Button, or I can change its location on the chart time it's gonna leave this as is, and then we'll click. OK, so that's really all there is to changing the source data of a chart clicking the selected data icon and then selecting the new dinner range on which the chart is based. So finish Mexican, the same icon and the quick access to a bar to savor changes. 88. Moving a Chart to a Different Worksheet: by default on new charter created in the active worksheet as embedded objects. Now you want to move a chart toe, a new worksheet or to a different worksheet, going to click the move icon on the location group off the contextual design ribbon. So once you click the icon, the move charge dialog appears. So here you have a couple of options. You can move it to a new sheet on, then provide a name for your new a sheet or I can move it to an existing sheet in your workbook. So to do so, he was like the object in radio button. Think the drop down L and choose the sheet in which you want to insert the chart. So let me escape body here, and if you're falling along, you want to click the chart And were the sheet three worksheet here you want click the charter activated. They're gonna click the move chart icon on the location group off the contextual design driven. So I'm gonna move this charge toe a new worksheet. So I think the new sheet radio button I'm gonna name this new sheets sales chart so we'll type that here they will click. OK, so not all selling sellout in our new worksheet named its sales chart because we moved our chart to a new worksheet. Notice that our chart takes up the entire were shed window. So that is how to move a chart to its own worksheet. So if I wanted to change the source data for this chart, so I would follow the same procedure as we did in the previous video detective selected icon and knows that it automatically brought us to the sheet that contains the source data for the chart. Together, we would just select the new range Click OK, and then our new chart would update accordingly. So I just want to assure you that of the procedure, for that is the same. Even though the chart resides in its own sheep, cancel out of here. Let's get the same kind of the quick access to a bar to save our changes 89. Saving a Chart Template: Now, if you spend some time extensively customizing a chart you can save, it's formatting as a charge template. Saving a charge. The template will save any customization you've made to a chart and charts. Kylie will be available for use in other workbooks. This is especially handy for companies who like to maintain a collection of standard charts to maintain consistency there. Reporting Now, all chart templates that you save will appear in the temperance category of the insert chart Dialogue with the Change Tarp Dialogue, and we see the templates category rate here in the left pane. Right now, I don't have any templates, so when you create one, it'll appear here. So this means that you can create new charts based on your template, or apply the templates to an existing shark. Now, if you ever need to copy your temples to another computer, you click the manage templates, but in here, the lower left corner of the window on. Then you can select your templates and then copy and paste them toe another folder or a disk drive. So let's create a temperature Makassar out of here, and they were falling along. You want to click on the sheet. One tab here in your workbook. This is a chart for wish. We want to create a template. So I'm gonna take on the border. The charges, Select it on together, sizing annals. Let us know if the chart is activated. So I want to do now is right. Think of the chart, and then choose save a template for the contextual menu. And this displays a safe chart template dialog. So here you can provide a name for your new tempered. So I want to name this. As you can see, right now, the final name is highlighted. So we could just simply type in our name some type of sales three D chart in the same type . Drop the list. We could see that Excel is gonna save it as a charge template on your tip of you want to leave the location of the chart as ISS, That is to say, they want to make sure that the temple is stored in the Target Template folder. From that, Excel will easily be able to find that tempered in the future. Take the same button to save the chart as a template in our charts. tempered folder. So now we want to click the sales chart tab in the bottom of our worksheet window here, and you want to click anywhere in the chart to make sure that it's selected. And now I wanna change the chart tight. I'm gonna change this to the new temper that we just created. So you want to make sure that you're in the contextual design, Todd, Under chart tools here, a neft will click the change chart type icon here, the type group of the ribbon. So now we want to click templates in the left pane. This displays all templates that we've created on. As we can see, you only have the one template, which is that sales three D chart. So let's select that and then click OK on Excel applied that tempered to are selected chart . So I think I've done with this. I'm gonna click the same iconic quick access to a bar to save our changes. 90. Filtering Chart Data: Excel allows you to filter the data display in your chart using the chart filters Button on . That is this third icon rate here in the role of icons, and these icons appear whatever you have a chart selected. So if I take away from this chart, we see the icons disappear on. If I select the child, the icons reappear. So this is the filter. I've come in third icon here so you can filter about either Siri's or categories and to hide a syriza or category, just uncheck the check box next to it. So let's say that I wanted to hide Philadelphia. I would just take the check box Active Philadelphia on If it could be applied budget, we can see that Philadelphia is now hidden like where they could choose to shore high data from the categories areas. Well, so if I wanted a hide quarter 1/4 to take apply. You see, there are only seeing data for the 1st 3 states here for quarters three and four. But I'm gonna think I want to bring everything back from the clique Philadelphia to bring that back. I'm a select quarter one on quarter to to restore those as well. Once I click, apply, the chart is updated to reflect our new selections, and then we'll take the filter. I kinda hide the filter window. A chart filters window. So that's just a quick way of filtering the data in your chart. Which makes it a lot easier than having to go in butter for the chart's source data and then go back in to restore later on. So, yeah, charge filters. So it's going to save my kind of quick access toolbar to savor changes. 91. Using Sparklines: Ah, Handy Future and Excel is a feature called Spark Lines. Ah spark line is a little chart that is displayed in the background of a cell and could help you to spot data trends on a glance. Sparklers take very little room in fact, the contents of one cell on a larger to see your underlying data and a graphical representation off data trends right next to each other. Now it's especially handy is that if you change any of the underlying data, the spark lives update instantly on the ID spotlights from the insert tab on the ribbon. So let's add a spark line. So if you're falling along, you want to click the sheet for worksheet tab in the bottom of your window. Here, I want to click in South a five this select any cell within the data range, so next you would expect the insert tab in the ribbon on the spark. Clyde's options are located right over here on the spark lines Group of the ribbon. So let's take the column. But in here, this is phase that create a spark lights dialogue, trying to make sure your cursory is in the data range box here she want to click in the box , and I want to select a range of data upon which our spark lines will be based. So when I select the cell range, be five t e eight and it's all the way down. So those quarters one through floor for all four of our stores that I released the mouse button. So if there's any data in the location range box, you want to delete it because we're gonna select a range Mannering. So we've selected the data range for spark lines. Now we need to select the range with a spark Lines will appear. We want to spot guys to appear in column f here, So I'm gonna select the rage f five toe after eight and then release my mouse button so the data range should be a five t eight of the location range. The place where our sparklers will be located should read five toe F eight on Dal about dozens will click. Okay, I'm gonna see that our sparkles have now been placed in that cell range The F column. So let's click in cell D. Seven year, the for Dallas. So what? I'm going to do is change the value for the Dallas store for quarter three. Change that to 16,000 of the no tap enter on my keyboard. I want you do observe the spark lines for this role, a notice of the third sparkling immediately adjusted to reflect the hard new value. So once you've added her sparkle as you can, then customize them from the contextual designed tab on the ribbon. So you need to click on any of the spark lines in order to display the design. Women. Now the design ribbon contains options for displaying high and low points despite negative points, changing the style of the spark lines or changing the market color or the spark leg color. There's also access options here for additional customization. So let's customize the sparkling Just You wanna click and sell F five on? Do you want to click the conduction designed tab of the ribbon under spark line tools? What we want to do now is click the line. I come over here, the type group of the ribbon and those that changed our spark line type from column tow line, and I think I want to show markers at each data point. So to do so, we're going to click the markers check box. Here. We can see little red markers appear. I need state appoint. Next, let's change the style of our sparked lines. I don't think the more button on the style gallery here, I'm gonna choose the second style in the first row. So that just still rate here, which is dark red spark line style accidents to so thick that on it changes our spark Clyde style to the new option that we selected. So next will take the sparkling color icon here, and we want to take the orange color swatch, which is the last color in the first row here under the feed color areas. So take orange. You see that the line of our spark lines immediately changed to orange. So yeah, you might want to experiment with some of the sparkling customization is here until you get your spark lines the way you want. So we'll click the save icon in the ribbon and actually were done with this workbook. So let's take the file tab of the ribbon on, then choose close to close the workbook 92. Adding Pictures: in the next several videos, we're gonna be working with graphics on Excel. So for that we will be working with a Lesson 10 workbook file, and that's located in the lesson files folder on your desktop. So I will click file, open the navigates to the lesson files folder on your desktop, and then choose the lesson 10 workbook Looks like Open now. Microsoft Office allows you to insert a graphical images into your worksheets from your computer drive an external drive or network drive thes. Give me images that you've created. Another programs, such as A will be photo shopped images that you've uploaded from a digital camera or images that have been purchased. Excel supports a wide variety of graphical formats, such as a jpg, GIF, BMP and more on. Having images can really add an extra touch to your spreadsheets. So if you're falling along, you want to click the insert tab in the ribbon. On the command to insert images is the pictures I can't should click the pictures icon on the navigate to the location where the graphic file is located. Now, if you were you on a smaller monitor or for screen isn't maximized. You would click on the illustrations icon and then click pictures. So notice that all those icons are we saw earlier are now located under the illustrations I can on nine pictures shapes I constantly models on the smarter didn't screen shock. I've been maximized my screen again. So let's click the pictures I can't hear. We're gonna navigate to the S and files folder on our desktop. Looks like just top of the left pain. I think the lesson files folder on the image that he wanted insert is named videocassette. So will select that and choose insert. So I'm noticing that the image came in March a larger than we would have liked, So we're gonna modify its size. So to do so when I click over here in the height box that's on the size group of the ribbon . You see that it sent to a about seven inches by 7.39 inches that were type one. So we're changed the height of this image toe one inch them atop the enter key on my keyboard on, we can see that the image is now a much more reasonable size. So now let's reposition this image so we can see that it's selected by the sizing handles around it. Do you want to think anyone the inside every imagine to your cursor transforms it to a four way? L want to drag us all away Teoh f to about right here on the release their boss butted that I discuss that looked like the save icon, the quick access toolbar to save our changes. 93. Inserting Online Images: he had also insert images from the Internet into your work. She's by using the online pictures icon Honest, this icon of eight here, located on the illustrations group of the ribbon. Now, if you don't see this, that might be. If you're using a smaller monitor or if your worksheet isn't maximized, you click the illustrations icon and then shoes online pictures from the menu. But I'm gonna restore my screen here, so let's take the only pictures icon. So what this does is allows us to search for images using Big Image Search. See would type with the description of the image that you're looking for in the search box and then results matching your search term will display. You can then Donald the image, and it's sort of directly into your worksheet. Now note that images are subject to copyright, so be sure you obtained permission from the website's owner before using any image. Publicly. Many images air covered under the Creative Commons license, which allows you to use the image in certain situations as long as attribution is made to the Image creator. So limit consul out of here from attempting escape key on a keyboard on. If you're falling along, you want to click the insert tab of the ribbon here, they want to click the online pictures icon or you expect the illustrations I can and then choose online. Pictures from the image search box here are gonna type in the word film. So I want to fight images matching the search term film. They don't tap the enter key on my keyboard. We can see that I have the creative Commons box check. So this option, Chuck, so that I only see images with the Creative Commons license, which means in most cases you could use the images in your projects as large provide attribution So I think I want to include the first image here, so I like this one. So click that, Norris, that we have a check box. This lets us know that that image is selected so know that we can choose more than what image. I could click this one as well. And now I have two images selected, as you can see, designated by the little check box in the upper right corner. But I only want that 1st 1 from the click this check box to uncheck it that I want to choose. Insert. So again the image came in much larger than we would like. So when they took in the height box and I think I'm gonna type in 0.7 snow, I want to set the height of 0.7 inches. And then let's Top Theatre Acuna keyboard, and that reduces the height of the image. So with the image still selected, I want to move my mouse pointer over it until my cursor transforms into a four way Our I'm a drink that in South a two and noticed there was a scroll down the attribution for this image is located on the bottom of the spreadsheet. So again, if assuring the image publicly, you want to ensure that this attribution remains in your worksheet. So I think you want to move this higher up on my worksheet. So to do so, you need to first pick inside of the text box, then click of the border and then drink it up. And I think we want to bring it up to about a 14 year so so that I released my mouse button . So looks good. So last thing, let's take the same by cutting the quick access toolbar to save our changes 94. Adding Shapes: Excel contains many powerful, ready made blind tools, such as lines, arrows, rectangles, circles, block, Eros, call out starting batters. They could add do worksheets, those Okun on the illustrations group on the ribbon. Or, if your worksheet isn't maximize reworking a smaller monitor, you would think of the illustrations. I can't, I think, shakes the rescue and see all the options. Here we have a variety of different lines and rectangles. Interesting basic shapes, block heroes, equation flow, chart stars and banners, and Kahlo's on the move involves part or any of the shapes to display a small informational box explaining what the drawing tool ISS. So one of the more common tools are you might use is a text box that's the first tool onto the Basic Shapes area here, so text boxes allow you to place text anywhere on your worksheet. For example, you can add a caption toe a picture by creating a text box and then dragging it so it's situated underneath the picture. Using text boxes as well as the other. Drawing tools can draw attention to particular errors of your worksheet, helping you to convey your message more easily and effectively and can also out of me, the possessed to your cell documents as well. So too drawn object or new work? Should you select the object and then click and drag on your worksheet until the object is the desire size that release your mouse button. Then you can click on the border of the object of the dragon anywhere you like on your worksheet. So let's work a little bit with the shapes here. Someone delete this object. So first thing I'm gonna do is I spend my screen again. So if if only all you want to click the insert tab in the ribbon and then we want to click the shapes icon or if we don't see shapes, you wanna click of the illustrations icon and then click shapes for the shit that no one at first is a line more specifically, an arrow. To click the second line shape here, Sidani will move about sport. It's in the lower right corner of Cell F nine, but you don't want to click. You just want to specify the location. We're going to begin drawing your line, said I'm going to click and drag it down to Sal G. 14 so to the lower right corner of Cell G 14. So when their lives were a water, I'll release my mouse button. This draws an arrow from cell F nine to G 14. Know something contextual format ribbon appears. This is located under the contextual Drunk Tools Group. So for this river, you can modify their shape. Styles shape, outline, effects on more. We're gonna be working with this in upcoming videos. So I want to add another shape. So we'll take the insert tab on the ribbon. And again, you want to take the shapes icon or, if you don't see shades, take illustrations and then click shapes. And this time I'll want to insert a text box. So I'm gonna click the text box shape under basic shapes, and then I'm going to move my both cursor to the lower right corner of G 14 and then I'm gonna drag to about the lower right corner of age 17. Then we'll release my mouse button nose into place, my cursor inside of the text box so I could begin typing text immediately from a type in up $10,000 from the last month. Exclamation point. Then I'm gonna click anywhere outside of the text box to de select it. So let's put the error here. Just want to show you that on the contextual format tab, you can also insert shapes from the insert shapes group of the ribbon so that the more about it, I can see the entire shapes gallery. So if you have a shape selected, you could insert additional shapes from the format town. So that about does it. So I'm gonna click the save icon to save our changes. 95. Adding Icons: another type of on image that you can act your work sheets from the insert two ribbon. Here are icons now. I kinds are scalable vector graphics, which you can rotate resize a re color with no loss of image quality regardless of the size . So to insert an icon, you think the insert tab in the ribbon and then click icons and the illustrations group of the ribbon. Or, if you don't see icons, you would click the illustrations icon and then choose icons from the menu. So here you can search for a particular icons. If I typed in film here in the search box that's in the top of the left pane. Here we can see matching icons for the word film. You can also see that the icons are separated into categories so you could easily browse icons within a specific category, something escape out of year on. If you're falling along, you want to click and sell a 19. I'm going to type in an email address for a friend, Rondi through type of Rodney at Rodney's video dot com and tap the enter key it a keyboard . So I want to click and sell a 21 and we can enter and Rodney's telephone number your type in 555 to 6 to nine for 8th 2 and then tap the enter key A keyboard. So now I want to insert some icon, so I'm gonna click the insert tab in the ribbon. And then when you click on the icons button, if you don't see the icons button, you would click on the illustrations button and then choose icons from the menu. Right Click on icons here and I'm gonna click in the communication counter. Gordon left pains. I'm gonna scroll down until I see communications. I want to select that. And then I'm gonna click the little envelope icon here, and that selects it. I could see that it has a little check box in the upper right corner. I'm also going to select the telephone icon. Here is from a select that on the check box that's a snow that that I can't is selected as well. You can also see that on the insert button. It has the number two here, letting us know that we have to icon selected. So then I'm gonna click insert because he both of the icons here are selected, they're gonna move these over a little bit on. I'm gonna click on any white air of my worksheet and then click on the phone icon. Just drag it. So it's offer the envelope icon, click of the envelope icon here. And I'm gonna change the height of this because it'll smaller. So I'm a click of the height bucks here and type in point for then tap the enter key on the keyboard. And that changes the height off that envelope icon. I'm gonna do the same thing with the phone icons. I'm going to select that the height box And for the height of this icon, I think I'm gonna go with 1/4 of an inch of a type in 0.25 top the enter key on my keyboard . Now with the phone icon selected here, I'm gonna move my lost pointer over the center of it until my cursor transforms into a four way arrow. I'm gonna click and drag. So that is to the right of the phone number. So about rate there I am really the same thing with the envelope. By contrary to click the envelope icon, move my cursor over it into it, transforms into a four way out and then drag until it's to the right of the email address and then release my mouse button. Now when it's like the telephone, I can my Oscar from the sender, right Clack, then choose fell on the floating toolbar here, notice we offer house, um, style options and outline options. I'm gonna click out of Phil, and I think I'm gonna change the color of this icon toe a dark red. So I'm gonna click the dark red color in the last row under the theme colors area here, which is red Accent to darker 50%. I'm gonna click that and then I'll click in any white theory of our screen. We could see their icon is now read. So yeah, any I comes to work, she could adds interesting effects. So let's get the save icon. A quick access to a bar to save our changes 96. Adding 3D Models: Excel now. Lows uto insert. I manipulate three D models, and you can search your own three D model files or choose from one of the available models from the online gallery. So you insert Afridi bottle from the insert tab in the ribbon that is the three D models icon rate here. Now, if your worksheet isn't maximized, are you working on a smaller monitor? You would click of the illustrations, but in here and then choose three D models. So here we have a variety of categories to choose from, so you can browse through the different category to see what's available. Or, if you're searching for a particular Molly can click in the search box and type it in. So let's say I wanted to insert an image of the lion here, our type of lion tough the enter key on my keyboard. So once you find a model that I like all selected, then click insert added insert, sit right in our worksheet. So once uncertainty condemn you is the various controls to manipulate the image. So using the three D control in the center of the image and that's his control rate here you can rotate or tilt the object in a variety of different ways in any direction. Actually, just by clicking and dragging with your mouth. You can also resize the image by using the sizing handles, so just click an end of the size candles to make it. Ah, larger, smaller can also rotate the image by clicking on the rotate. Handle this this icon right here and then changing its rotation. But I'm gonna undo that. So we select a three D bottle. The contextual format ribbon appears. From here, you can choose a preset style from the three D model views galleries. So if I click on the more bunch in here, you see all of the various styles that are available, so I could just click on any of those to change the style or get. You can use the three d control Andre around until the bottle is the way. What are you going back? View of our lion front. Few of a lion. So here in the ribbon is also the pan and zoom tool. With this, you could control Hall. Your three D image fits within the frame, so when this tool is activated, we see a little icon here to the right of the sizing handle. So what I can do here is click and drag the object within the frame so I could make this a little wider and then move the object around. So I wanted to make the object appear larger or smaller within the frame of a click of the zoom tool here, and then drink up or down. So you make my line a lot smaller, and then I can move him two different locations within the frame. Now you can always return to the original position of the model out at any time by clicking the reset Freedy model icon on the ribbon. This resets the three the about to its original position, but retains any sizing that you may have done to the image. If you want to reset both its position on Sisay, you click the arrow on the reset three D model icon. Then she was reset. Three D model and size, and that'll reset both of them. So let's click this immature, tough the delete key on my keyboard. That's insert a three D model that's more relevant to our video store business here. So I'm gonna take the insert tab of the ribbon. If you're falling along, you want to click the illustrations icon, then choose three D models or ever screen is maximized or using a larger monitor. You would click the three D Models icon, so we'll click that. So since our business here is a video store typing video camera in the search box and then top theatre key on my keyboard, and I think I'm a choose this camera here, So in my screen that's the first role on 23 4/5 column from Click That, then shoes insert. It always takes a moment to, uh, download and then insert the model. So I'm gonna move my mouse cursor over the bottle until my cursor transforms into a four way L. I want to make sure that this isn't column eight from to drink it. Two column age on Release my mouse button. So now I want to click the three D icon in the center of the model on a drag until the camera lens is facing to the left. Maybe just like so, release my mouse budget. Now. If you don't see the three D models view gallery here and all the tools to make sure you think of the contextual format ribbon and that's under the three D model tools we want to take on the more button on the gallery here to display the entire gallery. I think I'm gonna choose the second view in the top roles will choose that applies that view to our model, but I think I want to revert to the way it was originally. So Click V Reset three D model icon on the ribbon on our model is revert back to the way it was when he originally inserted it. So I think I'm done with this. Let's take the save icon quick access to a bar to save our changes. 97. Formatting Drawing Objects: chances are that after having added an object, a drawing object into your worksheet, you want to apply formatting to it so that it blends in with the rest of your worksheet. So the shape styles group on the contextual form out ribbon. That's this group rate here contains several tools with which you can modify settings such as line color, lined with and style Ah, Phil collar, etcetera. You also apply special effects such as a shadow, bevel and glow. Our apply a pre defined ship, stuff of the Shape Styles Gallery here. The selections available from the Shape Styles Gallery depend on the type of object selected. So if it isn't, if I clicked on this text box here, we can see that the shape styles are different than they were when we have the line object selected. So to apply formatting to an object, you first select the object and then click the appropriate tool on the ribbon. If you want to apply for binding to more than one, object at a time part of the control key, and then select any additional objects and then you comply formatting toe all of them at once. So if we're falling along. You want to click the object that we drew in the previous video that you want to click the contextual format tab in the ribbon. We're going to use one of the pre defined shapes styles here if you want to take in the more budget in the Shape Stars Gallery, and I think I want this red shape in the second role. Third column. So this one here, from to click that that applies that shape style to are selected shape. So the arrow still selected. I want to click the shape outline about in here. That's again on the shapes tells group of the ribbon. So here you can change the color of the shape as well as the weight of style. But I think I want his heir to be blackest that red. So I'm gonna think black from the theme colors area. We can see that we have now changed the color of a selected objects to black. So let's take the shape outline budging again. This time I'm gonna point to wait. This is please, a gallery of various line thickness for Matty that we could apply to our object. I think I'm gonna select 3/4 point no, such as I move my mouse pointer over the various weights, my selected object adjust accordingly, streaking idea off what it would look like. But I want to select 3/4 principle to select that and then click That changes a thickness of our aero to 3/4 of a point. So now let's form in our text box. So I'm gonna click on the border of our text box years that's selected on. We want to click the Shape Phil, but in here as the first budget in on the Shape Styles group, and I think I want to apply a yellow shape Phil sort of the standard cars area here. I'm gonna click the yellow Swatch, and that applies that Phil to a selected text box. So now let's think the more but in the Shape Styles Gallery to display a retired gallery and kind of like that purple style in the last row. It's the fifth column here, so I think I'm going to click on that on that applies that style to the textbooks. It's not want to click on the number 10,000 in the box here and this time I'm going apply a word art style to the text. So I'm gonna think the more about it on the word art styles gallery that's over here. I think that to a despair and terror gallery. And I think I'm gonna choose the forced down the top row here to select that. And that was that. It applied the style to the word that we had selected. You could also select a word with your mouse cursor. So if they wanted to slit apply award are still telling to the words last month I could select those two words and then apply a word on trial to those, but I don't. But I think, but I do that I'm just gonna leave the Stella. We applied to the number of value as it is, so let's get the same. I kind of quick access to of artists ever changes 98. Inserting WordArt: word Art is a gallery of text 1000 effects that you can add to your spreadsheets with word . Artyukhin added spectacular effects to the text of your work sheets. You can shadow at devil int, mirrored on making glow. And as with text boxes, you could apply formatting, toe word art shapes as well as to the text itself. So the word art bottom is located on the insert tab of the ribbon on is located on the text group of the ribbons. So if I had my window expanded full screen here, we could see that the word aren't I can't is right here. And that's just this little ai Kanis little bit tilted. If I click on the hour here that displays the entire word art gallery, every monitor isn't full screen or, if you're using a smaller monitor, that the word art command is under the text icon here because we have a few other options. Had a photo overnight signature line object in text box. Just pick on word on, then choose the style that you want from the gallery. So let's click this word object here, this $10,000. There we applied in an earlier video. So whenever you have a word on object selected the contextual formats tab displays in the ribbon on that's under drawing tools here, and you can apply a wide variety of a text effects. But taking the text effects, I can hear the word art styles Group of the Ribbon as well. A supply of Phil or on outline to the text modify the weight line style as well as changed the word stuff from the word out gallery here. So if you're falling along, you want to click the film image in sale a two. And that's his graphic that we had in the previous video. We're gonna top the delete key on keyboard. I want to take on the row heading for row to right click. But she was row height from the menu here and amateurs the row height here to about 110. That increases the role height off road to. I'm gonna take this graphic and just move it over a bit. Decide where I want to put it later on. So now I want to thank the insert tab in the ribbon and I'm gonna click the text icon here and then shoes. Word art on the salvano. What is in the third column of the first row? That's the filled with red accent color to outline red, blah, blah, blah Select that one out of the word Arctic box Tomb are screened but the textile selected here in the type in January sales. So when I move this to row to hear from you click on the border until my cursor transforms into a for rail click and drag so that the word art is situated. I think I'm going to do it. All right. On the bottom of a cell. A to not look good. Somebody take the home tab in the ribbon Here. Number change The font of this word on object that we could do so from the whole ribbon. Somebody changes to 44 points. I think so. I think the grab down out here in the font size I'm gonna choose 44 Now, with the optics still selected, I'm gonna click the contextual format tab here under drawing tools. And I wouldn't apply a text effect to this word Aren't gonna take the text effects dropped a list. I'm gonna point to glow on. I think I have the glow. Stell, in the last row. Last column and that's Estella Radius. I was selected and I think I might add another text effects from to kick the text effects. I can again just tell me to point to transform Andi. I think it want the arch up effect. And this is first effect right here under the photo path. There is something to select that. And I think I want to drink this down just a little bit. Movement lost parts over the border of the object until my cursor transforms into a four way. I'm just gonna drag this down. Maybe about 1/2 inch or so. Looks good. Sorters need role wanted. The longer so I'm gonna click the role selector for roll one right click. I'm gonna choose delete from the contest. Remember you. Maybe I move is back graphic back to the right of January sales, and then I'm gonna click the save icon on the quick access to a bar to save my changes. 99. Inserting SmartArt: Smart Art is a feature in Microsoft office that allows you to search a graphical objects such as diagrams, organization charts. Flow charts are graphical lists on much more to illustrate processes and relationships. With wide range of formatting tools available, such as colors, Bev, ALS and Shadows. You could easily create some truly impressive spreadsheets, and I have a smart object here on the screen. So after you inserted your object, you can manipulate it and for about it from the contextual design on format tab on the ribbon options, such as applying a quick style to a smarter graphic. Ah, changing its orientation, changing its layout on changing its collars. I just to name a few. So the quickest way to add text to a smart art object is to click directly into the object to begin typing so I could type in office. You can also use the text pain to enter in your text if you prefer to do it that way, and to access that, you click the little I kind of still left pointing arrow on the left board of the object, and that displays the taxpayer so I can type in all of the text rate here, rather than tapping it directly into the object. So that's just another way up getting the text for your object. To insert a spark down object, you click the insert tab in the ribbon on that's located on the illustrations group of the ribbon, and that's a smart art icon rate here. Now, if you have a smaller monitor or your screen isn't maximize and you would click on the illustrations icon and then choose smart art from the menu. But I want to keep my screen maximized. So if you're following along, let's took the sheet to tab here on the bottom of our window. So we want to insert a smart art objects you're gonna click smart art icon all you protect the illustrations icon. And then she was smart art. So here's the left panel. All the categories off smart art graphics that we can choose from the one that I want is the list categories from the clique list and I lost. The trap is ordered list. That's a little bit further down. That was that same object that we saw earlier in this video. So I'm gonna move all the way down. This is the Trump Missouri object rate here, the trappers or list objects from a click that I think there's us a little preview of it in the right window here and gives a little description of what it is. So I'm gonna take okay, that inserts are graphical object. I don't want the text painted this place a protected little icon here to hide that. So let's begin and during text into our object. So I'm gonna take in the title testable in the left pane Here on the left, Most object a moment, type in process. Now I want to click in the second level bullet and type in benefits, and I'm gonna click in the next second level bull area and I'm gonna type in results. So next we're going to click in the title text Bullet in the centre Pain here. I'm gonna type in employees. Next we'll think of this second level bullet text era right below. Employees were type in office. Look, because that's bullet and type union. Now I want to add 1/3 option under employees here. So all I need to do is tap the enter key on my keyboard and that inserts a new bullet for this. I'm gonna type in management and as you can see, the text size automatically adjust to the width of the objects so that it doesn't flow into the next line. So now I'm gonna click the contextual designed tab in the ribbon here, and I think I want to change the smart Aren't style of this. So I'm gonna click the more button on the Smart Art Styles gallery. Never choose the last style in the gallery list. It's just still right here, so we'll click it. It's called birds. I seen Mexican, any white area by spreadsheet, and that is what are smarter object would look like. But I don't think I really like that. Once I'm gonna click my smart object again to display the contextual designed for Mount Tabs. I think I want to change the layout of this this time, so I'm gonna click the more button on the Layouts gallery. I want to choose the group too loud, unnecessary. They'll rate here. It's the last option in the third row, and I kind of like how that looks. I'm gonna click on grouped. It's payroll. It's a mortal out, some to pick the more button again. And how about the hierarchy list? And this is a common one from Mexico on the hierarchy list, and this converts are smarter. Object to the hierarchy list. Smart object. So, yeah, I kind of like that. So let's modify the colors of this. So to do so, you want to make sure the design tab is the active tab, we're gonna click the change colors icon. You see some color, sister, we can apply to our smart object and I'm gonna choose the I think I'm to go with the third option under the colorful area. Here's from the clique that that applies it to our list. I don't want this last area here from Click the First Text Bunten here attempt the delete key on my keyboard. I would do it again and again. So there we go on, Let's finish off Click the Save I kind of the quick access toolbar to save our changes 100. Inserting an Organization Chart: Marcus office provides the ability to insert diagram objects into your worksheets. On one of these diagram objects that is often used is the organization charge. What this does is allows you to illustrate hierarchical relationships such as the structure of a business, for example, including categories such as names, titles and departments of managers. The organization chart is the first object located in the hierarchy category off the Smart Art Gallery. So you would launch the smart art box here, take hierarchy and then choose the first object, which is the organization chart. So let's add word into our workbook hears from the council of here. So for falling along, want to click on the sheet three tab in the bottom of your screen? We're gonna insert an organizational charts. We're gonna take the insert tab in the ribbon on again. The smart art icon is located on the illustrations group of the ribbon, or if using a smaller monitor or if they excel, application is a maximized. You're clicking the illustrations icon and then choose smart art from the list. I'm gonna take smart art here, and we're going to click on Hierarchy in the left. Pay this is price All the available smart art graphics in the hire category. There's a couple of even versions of the organization chart that you might want to experiment with a little bit and add your documents. But I want the first option here, and that's just a standard organizational charts from his Select that and then click. OK, so now we need to enter in the data for a chart. So I'm not clicking the top. Most talks here type in Rodney Davis again. The box resize is toe accommodate our text them atop enter. And Rodney is the owners from her typing owner Shiran He doesn't have ah, direct assistant somebody a directly reporting to him. So I'm gonna click on the text box here. I'm gonna tap Delete that Deletes toe left more shape in the second row. Stalin's took the left most shape here. I'm a type in Diane Harrison. Tough the enter key on my keyboard On now, under her title Regional manager Just taping mgr for manager. I'm gonna click in the middle shape and I'm gonna type in Richard Lane, have the enter key on my keyboard. Richard is the district manager and then look like in the right most shape for this woman typing Deborah Brown, the enter key on a keyboard. And she is the area manager. So that is entering data into our organization chart, such as taken any white area of this spreadsheet to de select our chart so we can see what it looks like on will finish by taking the save. I come in the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 101. Modifying an Organization Chart: after you create your organization chart, you can add additional shape slash relationships, also called nodes at any time, by clicking on the shape to which you want out of relationship than clicking the add shapes that is on the contextual designed tab and that appears whenever we selected object in the organization charge. This is the odd shape I can wear it over here on the create graphic group of the ribbon. So you think the drop down arrow on the icon and then choose where Teoh. Add a shape after before, above or below, or at assistant if you want to delete the shapes of out of a shape. After I did something I didn't want that I could just select the shape and then tap the delete key on my keyboard on. That removes of the shape from our organization shark. Now, like the other graphical objects with Wish We've Been Working, you conform at your organization chart by adding special effects such a czar glow three D rotation on bevel, as well as changing the layout or applying smart art styles to the object. So there are lots of options here for formatting your chart so Let's work with this a little bit. So if you're falling along, you want to click the shape for Randy Davis here? We're gonna add an assistant to Roddy Davis. So you take the drop down there on the odd shaped icon we're gonna choose on assistant from the list. So what this did is added a new shape of directly below Rodney Davis and he illustrates the relationship of a directly reporting to Rodney Davis. So let's under in some information for this new notes. I'm gonna click in the box and typing Paul Hoffman. Tough the Enter key, my keyboard on. He is the assistant manager, and I'm a quick outside the shape to de select it. So next let's click the shape containing Deborah Brown, and that's the last shape in the third role here. When I click the add shape icon, we're gonna add a shape. After Debra Brown, suit and shoes add shape after, which is the first option in the West, I'm with the shape selected of a type in stunned RB Tap, the Enter key McKee board, and he is another area manager. So now let's kick the more. But in a smart art styles gallery here, and we're gonna apply a style to our chart. I I think I'm gonna try the first option under the three D area, which is the polished options. I'm gonna click that you see that have been applied it to our entire chart, not just to the selected note, So yeah, experiment that some of the many, many options on the design and format tabs off the smart are tools ribbons to allow you to create some truly spectacular charts. So I will finish by clicking the save icon on the quick access toolbar. 102. Taking a Screenshot: Ah, handy feature and Excel is the ability to take a screenshot directly from within an Excel document. The screenshot tool is located on the illustrations group off the insert ribbon on that is this icon great here, screenshot. But if your monitor isn't wide enough, all you don't have Your Excel document maximized. The command is located under the illustrations. I kind and it's right here, but I want to keep my screen maximized, so I expect the screenshot icon. Several screenshots samples from your open documents will display. You can either choose from the available sample screenshots or take your own screenshot by clicking this screen tipping option. That's right here of the bottom of the menu. If a select screen clipping the Active Excel document will be minimized on the re sizable window will appear over the next open window, whether this be another open document to your desktop. So let's see how this works well also knows that the screenshot feature is not available in documents that was saved in Excel 2003 format or earlier, so it won't work if you're working with an older version of Excel. So my escape out of here and the first thing we want to do is tap the control and keystroke combination and that creates a new blank excel workbook. So now I'm gonna click of the insert tab in the ribbon I'm gonna click the screenshot icon or you would click the illustrations icon if you don't see the screenshot icon and then choose screenshot. So what I'm going to do is choose my own area. Choose the area man with a want to insert into my screen shock. So to do this, I want to choose screen clipping. And that's at the bottom of the menu years. Or think that I noticed that the new document disappeared. That is to say, it minimized the active document. I now displayed the next window in the background, which in this case, was the my or chart document. So the softball spotted I'm gonna draw little box around my orb took This is the area off which I want to take a screenshot, release the mouse button. And now, in the new blank document that recreated the screenshot is inserted as a graphic object. So I wanted I could show this man out there is by pasting it into another document or inserting it into an email. So that is taking a screenshot in excel. So I'm gonna close this new document out and I don't really want to save us from the click file clothes from the Manu on I'm gonna choose Don't save from the dialog box. 103. Using Drawing Tools: using the ink technologies In Excel, you can add handwritten text to your worksheets using a stylist, your finger or your mouths, though using a mouse does require a certain adeptness. Now this ability comes in especially handy if you are using Excel on a tablet Ah, pen device, such as those put out but the welcome company or a touch screen computer on the had. Already options are located on the draw. Top of the ribbon, that is this Tabara right here. So let's see how this works. You want to click the sheet to tab on the bottom of the screen on the Penn Gallery. You want to click on this second pen from the left, which is a red pen here, and it might be whatever color on your computer. So once the penance selector, click the downward pointing arrow here, the disclosure triangle. We want to ensure that the red car square is selected. This is this square rate. Here's which was the original core of my pen norther. You could change it to blue if you want black Popil, except we're gonna stick with red for the time being, and then we'll top the escape key to hide that menu. So then you want to take the draw with touch icon here, and that's under the tools area. Are you using your finger status or mouths? We're gonna right. What about cells? Question, Question mark. Question mark. They want to click the select icon up here on that deactivates drawing mode. And don't worry, if you make a mistake, you could always click the eraser tool here and then a raise any portions off what you've written despite dragging over the area that you want to a race on. I could reposition what I've written to a different location on my worksheet by thinking the last so select tool glowing around the text that I want to move on, then dragging to a new location on my document and then click again. You were in your spreadsheet to do de Select the Last Sotu up. So that is handwriting and excel 104. Drawing Simple Math Equations: another drawing future and Excel is the ability toe hand right, simple bath equations and then convert them to test as you type. A preview of the converted text appears in the preview box. Now, if nothing shows up, you could erase what you've written using the Eraser tool and then give it another try. You can also drop more complex equations, but we're gonna look at that in another video. So let's see how this works so well. Start out by adding a new worksheet tour Excel workbooks from to click the new worksheet icon here. And then we want to take the insert tab of the ribbon. So next we want to click the equation icon. Now, if you don't see the equation icon, such as when my screen isn't maximized or by using our or for using a smaller monitor, you take the symbols icon and then click equation. So what we want to do next is click the equation iconoclast located over here on the tools group of the ribbon. So now in the right math here area, you want to use your finger establish or mouth, and we're gonna hand right Ah, formula. So we're gonna hand right 3/4 knows that as our right Excel automatically converts it to text, it'll type. Plus, and then 1/4 equals one. So notice that it didn't transcribed by one correctly something to click the race tool and give it a shot again. Something I think of the one hear clicking right again. That's try one again. There we go. So what's the correct formal displays in the preview box that he wanted? Click the insert Parchin, and that's right down here to insert it into your worksheet. So in the next video, we'll look at how to generate more complex equations. 105. Generating Complex Equations: If create equations is part of your workflow, you'll be pleased Color that you can easily insert professional looking, complex math equations using a cell with no drawing required to do so. You click the equation icon on the insert ribbon. Or, if you don't see the equation icon, you think the symbol icon and then click equation some quick equation here. Once you do that, you can then choose from the gallery of pre built edible equations that you concert directly into your worksheets. Once you've inserted your equation, you could just click on it to edit it. To create a custom equation, you would click the equation I can like we just did and then build your equation from the structures on the symbols group of the ribbon here So you can see we have pre built equations for fractions, scripts, radical integral etcetera as well as the various equation symbols. And I'm gonna undo that so far falling along. You want to click the insert tab of the ribbon and click the equation icon or click the symbol icon and then click equation. So now I'm just gonna type in a simple equation, but type in 1/3 plus 2/3 equal one. And notice that Excel changed the format of that which we just typed to a fraction. So I'm to click the border of this, and I'm gonna drink it down to sell a 23 year just to move it out of the way. I never delete this. Okay, so let's click the insert tab of the ribbon again. I'm gonna kick equation. This time we're gonna build our equation using the options on the ribbon here, somebody click the fraction icon here. And then I'm gonna choose the first option under the fraction area here, which is stacked fraction now in the Symbols gallery. I want to click the acceptable of the multiplication symbol. And I don't think the fractured I can again and then choose the first fraction once again, Saddam, I want a quick in the top placeholder the first fraction and type one next week. Click of the bottom placeholder for the first fraction and type three. So next would think of the top placeholder for the second fraction and type two Then click in the bottom placeholder for this second fraction and type three. So as we can see we could build our fractions and equations using all of the options available to us on this ribbon, and you can add much more complex problems using the buttons on the structures group of the ribbon, so of creating formers like this is part of your workflow. Then you might want to spend some time exploring these and not getting comfortable with them, as they may be able to speed up your work for process. So I think we are done with this workbooks from a click, the file tab of the ribbon and then click claws on will save our changes. 106. Emailing a Workbook: in the next several videos, we're gonna be working with workgroup collaboration, and for that we need to open up the lesson 11 workbook file on that's located on the lesson files folder in your desktop. So if you're following along, you would click file open browsing the center pain, Navigate to the lesson files folder on your desktop so desktop listen files and then click the Lesson 11 file other than click open. So in this video, we'll talk about how Teoh e mail a workbook to others. Now xlu easily share your workbooks with other people for the review and comments by clicking the file tab in the ribbon and then clicking share. Now, if your workbook is stored on one drive, you'll get the share pain, which will display on the right side of your screen on. From there, you can enter in the emails of anyone with whom we wish to share your workbook. But given that this particular would because student our computer and not on one drive, we only have two options here that is to attach a copy of the workbook as it excel workbook or as a Pdf cookie. Any of these options will attach the workbook to a blank new email using your default email application. So I want to attach to this, as is as a workbook to a new E mail sermonette. Click Excel workbook here on this opposite a blank new email message in my default email application, which in this case is postbox. We can see there is one attachment. The less than 11 Excel as X file, so that would just fill in. The recipient changed to 70. Give a one or two on a little bit of message tax and then click sent. Now let's take a look at what this would look like if the workbook were shared on one drive . So I just wanna cancel. Here's a metric don't save so this tub of new choose file. Sure, I'm gonna take one dry personal. That's my one drive account here, and Excel just uploaded a copy of this workbook to my one drive account. So now when I include choose file and share the share paying opens up in the right side of the screen, and I can invite people to view this workbook. Once I do Excel, honor Bakley, email the recipients a link to the file on one drive. So first of all, you're taping the email addresses of anybody with whom we would like to show the file. This will access your address book as well TexUtil icon to the right of this box here and then choose context from your address book. Now refer to send the foul as an attachment. It would click said his attachment on again. You have the option of sitting. A copy of the workbook are converting the workbook toe a pdf file and sitting in that way, they can also get a link to your workbook. They can share with others by whatever method you choose, whether it be an email message or a text or even a Lincoln, a website. So if I click on get a sherry link here, we have two options created, added a link, and what this will do is allow anyone with this link to be ableto edit the documents you share. You can also generate a view only link with this option. Anyone with the lake and see the documents you share, but they will not be able to add it to the individual workbooks, so basically of you only link. So if I click, create and edit link, there is my length. So then if I could copy the link is copy to make clipboard. So now I could paste it into a new email message if I wanted to. Let me go back to the email application will help control and tap click of the message area and then tap Control V, which pastes that link in now. I consented to whomever I like, but I'm gonna cancel out of there. So that's just a couple ways off a sharing workbooks with others via email. 107. Web Page Preview: one of the strength to excel is the ability to save your worksheets and workbooks as Web pages, which can then be access via the World Wide Web. Think sound document is saved in HTML format, which stands for hypertext markup language. At one of this format. Anyone with a Web browser is able to view your worksheets before saving your work sheet is a Web page. It's a good idea to preview it in a Web browser to see what it'll look like once it's saved in HTML format. Make sure that it looks that way you expect now. This future is not displayed by default on the cell ribbon, so you will need to add it to the quick access toolbar. But what's it's been added, you could then click the Web page preview button toe automatically display any word book and you default Web browser, and the worksheet Tabs will appear on the bottom of her screen while in your Web browser. Allow you to navigate from one worksheet to another so you for falling along. You want to make sure that the sheet one tab here is the active tad. We're gonna click the arrow on the click access tool bar up here. If you want to choose more commands from the list, this opens up the Excel Options dialog on the quick access toolbar category. So what? We want our commands not found in the ribbon. So I think the doctor l that here on the choose commands from list on, we want commands not in the ribbon. So this to space on Lee, those commands that are not available on any of the ribbons and the one that we want is Web page preview. So let's go all the way down to the W's here. Here is what page preview sure would select that. And to add a tour quick access toolbar, we click the add button here. We can see that is now added to the quick oxes toolbar. And likewise, you could remove any of these commands from the quick access toolbar if their commands that you never use by selecting it and then click in the removed parts. But we're gonna leave this as is, and then I don't think OK to close this window so we can see we have a new command of the quick access to of our own. That's this. I kind of ate here with praise Preview again. You can move the most part two over any of the icons on the quick access to a bar to receive a little take. That tells you what the outcome does. So let's click on the Web page preview icon here. I'm because see that it opened up this workbook in a quote Google Chrome, which is my default Web browser. And you see if the three sheets are located on the bottom of the screen, years of a click and she to that allows us to move to that worksheet shade three, which is empty that has moved back to sheet one. So this gives us idea of what our workbook will look like in HTML format if your goal is to create a Web document from your workbooks. So I'm gonna take the X here to close the chrome browser, and we turn us back to excel 108. Converting Worksheets into Web Pages: Okay, So the last video we previewed our document in a Web browser on you were pretty happy with the display. So now we're ready to save it in HTML format. And to do so, you click the file tab in the ribbon, succeed a copy and then from the file type drop down list. Here we choose Web page. Nothing option. Reiter went Pager. HTM two html. So if you think of more options, this provides us with additional Web page options. So here we can change the title of our Web page, and that's the title that appears on top of your Web browser. When you're viewing a Web page, you can change the file name off the Web page, change the full two words going to be located, choose to save the entire workbook or just the selected sheet as well. A set the subject on the offers of the Web page. So it's playing along with this a little bit together from the council of here. You look at the file, tablet their women, and then she was save a copy. Now reason this says, save a copy instead of safe, as is because this workbook is stored in our one drive rather than on our computer on a network drive. So if I switch to different workbook here less than eight and this is actually started on the lesson files folder and I think the file time with the re bed, the option is save as. And then we get the same window longest to save it. A different workbook format. So just in case you're wondering, why reads save a copy rather than save. As so, let's go back to our lesson 11 workbook. So I'm going to save a copier. I stopped using your options here. I'm gonna click. The browse bunted. The first thing I want to do is navigates the lesson files folder on my desktop from a click desktop Double click Lesson files. Now we did this. Save the types of from the savers type drop down list. Mystic, The AL here Mattei B. W. To jump to Web page and there it isso there will choose Web page from the list. It wasn't choose where pays in the additional Web page options show up, so it's changed the title. Something clicked the change title button and I will call this. Her store results. Then click. OK, actually, the file name as is on. Then click the same bunted. Then look yes, the message box appears are telling us that some features might be lost if we see it as a Web page. But that is fine. Civil Click. Yes. So now we're gonna press the Windows key, plus the e keystroke combination That brings us to our file Explorer realistic desktop in the left pane. I don't think the lesson files folder. I mean, why don't look for that lesson and love in html file. So here we see that's an 11 HTM. So it's double click it to open it and opens it in our default Web browser. Again, you can think of the sheets in the bottom of the page to switch to a different worksheet to the eyes or Excel workbook html format. So I think I'm done with this from the clicks, the clothes I can't hear to close the Web browser and then return back to excel. And that is how to save Excel workbooks as webpage documents 109. Inserting Hyperlinks: hyperlinks are links and documents that, when clicked open another document, another workbook, or moved to another location in the current document, often hyperlinks, they used to open another Web page, Although the destination can also be an email address or another software application, the destination Documenta application can be on your local hard live a network server when pictures of the Internet or simply another worksheet in your workbook on you and hyperlinks to your document from the insert tab in the ribbon, she would take the insert tab on. The command is on the links group of the ribbon, so you think the drop don't air on, then shoes. Insert link, or you could just click directly on the link to open up the insert hyperlink box. Now hyperlink is represented by underlined in blue text, so you can also add hyperlinks to graphical objects such as logos and other images and excel. You may wish to create hyperlinks that jump you to another worksheet, another workbook or another file. For example, if you linked to a Power point file, the Power Point application will launch automatically on the user's machine on display. The document when the user clicks the hyperlink. Now, if you link to a Web page on the Internet, But in this case, the users default Web Rosabal launch on display the Web page. So let's work a little bit with this. So you want to make sure that sheet one here is the active worksheet. We're gonna click and sell a 11. That's his cell rate. Here I live in a type of income worksheet, Then tap the intra cute keyboard. So let's click lock and sell a levin again. This time we're gonna insert a link. So you want to click the insert tab in the ribbon and then click the Link icon on the links group of the ribbon that's over here and this display. See insert hyperlink dialogue. So the first option here is existing follow Web page. You want to make sure that that one is selected and from the look and drop down list, you want to make sure that lesson fouls is selected. So if it's not, you need to navigate to the Lesson Files folder. That would be See that you use your name desktop unless and files on the document. Every want is entitled income statement so going to scroll down until we see income statement. That's an excel file to get a select it and then click. OK, tsunami can see that the text that we typed income statement is now hyperlinked to remove our mouse over it. We see the destination off the link if you were to click it so those who are most points over the link a tie most cursor traces into a pointing hand. The click the link automatically opens that Excel workbook in Excel. So now that's couldn't sell G one type of C estimate that would help the enter key on a keyboard. So click back and sell G one again. And then I don't think the insert tab on the ribbon to switch the insert ribbon on. Then again, click the link. I come to the Links group of the ribbon. So this time, rather than linked to a different file, want a link to a place in this workbook If you want to click the second optional in the left pane here, which is placed in this document. So what I want to link to is Selby five in the estimate workbook. So the first thing you do is take the workbook that I want only to, and that's estimate here on now. Want us type in the cell reference. Highlight existing text here and typing. Be five. So this will jump to Selby five in the estimate workbook. So let's click OK and test this out now it says. See estimate. So let's click in the link. See estimate on that brings us to sell be five of the estimate workbook. So that is how toe link to different areas of your workbook, as well as two different documents entirely. Of course, if you wanted to link to a Web page, you would get click the Link icon. The first option the link to Window, then type in the address. So H go make yourself dot com popped up on the Keep It as Atletico. Okay, so now I could click on Microsoft dot com, and it will launch my default Web riser on Bring us Tim Microsoft's website. One of this to display something other than the length I was select the link with the Link icon on the box here, on top of the winner of the text to display. This is the textile display in the link Self. So I could say Click here to visit Microsoft's site. Click OK, so this link still links to market sells website. But we've just changed the display tux. So if I clicked on this link again, brings us to Microsoft's website close over there and I think of doing this work books have been click the file tab in the ribbon on, then click Close will be one to save any changes, so that's inserting hyperlinks and excel. 110. Viewing and Editing Comments and Notes: if you're using office 3 65 you might have noticed that Excel has now changed the way that comments work. Comments late at informational text to particular cells, which are now threaded, allowing you to have discussions with other people about the cell contents. You could tell you very good comment if you see a reply box at the bottom of a comment for residents. If I added a comment here and then seal typing great work, no post a comment. So now when I click on this cell, we see my previous comment as well as a reply box. This lets us know that we are, in fact viewing a comment now that people have access to this workbook can create replies to your comments, and you can tell which sells have comments by the small pink arrow that appears on the upper right corner of any cells containing a common thread interview. A comedy is moving Mills Prater over the cell to display a box containing all of the comments for that particular cell Now notes on the other hand, which were formally called Comments and Excel, are simply used for making annotations or reminders in cells they don't have any apply box . So if you don't need to discuss the data with others, then then now you can use a note instead of a comment. The notes option is right up here. Just got a new note typing interesting. So you can see the notes are represented by a small red triangle on the upper right corner off this cell and a movement mas Boehringer. It just gives us the text of the note, but we don't have an option to reply. Only comments are threaded notes or not. Cancel those last couple of things here. So let's work in this together. So for falling along, you want to click the review tab on the ribbon? That's right up here on the comments are located in the Commons Group of the Ribbon and the notes feature is located on the notes group of the ribbon. So we're gonna add a new commented we're gonna add a comment to Selby six. So that's cell right here and on the review of and were neglected new common daikon. This displays a comment text box. So in the start of conversation box and I'm gonna type in why we're sale so low this week, then a little kick little. I can't hear to post our comment, not click on any white area over work. She could see the little purple flag in the upper right corner off that cell, I guess. No, that there is a thread comment attached to the cell, so it's more most part over. So be six. And as we can see moving your mouse over any cell, continue in the comment, displays the comic text on your screen and to reply to a comment. Just taking the reply box and type of your test. So we'll just get a type in star clothed two days for renovations and then I will clear the post icon. So now I'm going to click anywhere in a white hair or screen. If I move my mouth pressure over the cell, we can see the two comments attached to that cell. So now let's click and sell ive five. That's a cell right here, and this time it's still have a comment. We're gonna add a note. So again we want to take the review tab in the ribbon and click the notes icon and then choose new note from the list. I'm a type in great job exclamation point and then click it any Blake area of her work. Shoot and that d selects the note. I'm gonna move my lost pressure over the note in a temporarily displays on the screen. As you know, this is no way to reply. Twit notes are informational. Only it's not going to click the show comments. I count on the comments Group of the ribbon. What this does is displaced the comments pain the right side of the screen on displays, all comments in the worksheet and others that this pain also provides another way off. Replying to comments. So if I click on this comment, we see his little edit option appears when you click on at it, and I can change the text of the cell if I wanted. But what I want to do is actually delete this comment Something Click and Selby six on my worksheet and then, under the comments group of the ribbon here, I'm gonna click the delete icon, and this deletes the entire comment thread. So that is how to add comments and notes to your workbooks and excel, and I think I'm actually done with this workbook. So it's going to save. I cut the ribbon. We'll savour changes. Look, yes, I don't like the file Terror. The ribbon on. Think the clothes. 111. Using the IF Function: So the next few videos we're gonna be working with financial and logical functions on for these videos, we're gonna be working with a different work because that's going to be the lesson 12 workbook. So we're falling along and want to click the file, temper the ribbon, think open. You want to navigate to the lesson files folder on your desktop from my pin for here that we did in the previous video on You are a stroll down until we see less and 12 and here we go. So it's selections in 12 on open file. So the first function we're gonna look at is the if function, using the if function, you gonna tell Excel to evaluate a condition and perform one of two calculations based on that condition. So the two calculations are dependent on whether the condition is true or false. For example, if the sales of a store was greater than $5000 you could give your manager on $2000 bonus. In this case, the condition is true. If the sales were less than $5000 the manager would get a $500 bonus. In this case, the condition is false. She would enter in the values off What will happen if the condition is true on what will happen if the condition is false. So the format off the if function using the example of our store bonuses and I put this on the screen here is if the first condition is the true conditions for this case we have F B 16 is greater than 5000 and then we enter the value. If it's true in this case, we're gonna intrigue in 2000. So if the value and sell be 16 is greater than 5000 then the value is 2000. So now we need to enter in our value if false condition. So we separate the two handfuls conditions by Akamas right during the comma, and type in the value if the condition is false. So if somebody reads f open Prentice teas, Selby, 16 is greater than 5000 comma 2000. And that's her true value. Comma 500 which is our false value, close parentheses. So let's work on this together. So you want to click and Sally e three or gonna use this exact same formula that is to say if the sales here is greater than 5000 let me give her manager $2000. If it's less than 5000 then they get $500. So we start off by, of course, into the equal similar that tells Excel or were about to enter in, ah, form Laura function. The function we're using is the F functions, every type in i f no open parentheses. So the first thing is we enter in the condition. The condition era is if Sal de three is greater and $5000 that is the value that we're testing for. So then we took Kamenar keyboard. So now we enter the value. If this condition is true, that's good to be 2000. Now we enter. The value of the condition is false, and that's going to be 500 then close parentheses. And then I will top the enter key on my keyboard. So let's click and sell e three and drink the formula down to the rest of ourselves Here Toe E 14 so you can see that any instance where the sales was greater than 5000 the manager is designated a $2000 bonus. But any instances were the sales was less than $5000 or, in other words, did not meet in that initial condition. But the manager was given $500 so that is how to use the if statement and excel. 112. Using Nested Functions: At times, you might want Excel to perform a calculation based on more than one condition. For the last video, we looked at the F function in which we looked at one condition that provided a value, if it was true and value for his faults. But now we're gonna look at performing a calculation based on more than one condition. So, for example, if a store has more than $5000 in sales on the manager is to receive a 20% bonus. But if the store has more than $7000 in sales, then we're going to give our manager AH, 35% bonus. However, if the store has sales less than $5000 the manager would receive only ah, 5% bonus. And to accomplish this we would need to use a nested if statement. Now, in a nested function, Excel reads the function from left to right. The first part of the formula consists of the first condition on the value. If that condition is true, it's a value, does not meet the condition. Excel continues to the next if function and evaluates that second condition. The last part of the form that contains the value if all of the conditions are false and have an example of this posted on the screen here, So in this example, we're looking at the value is cell D three, so the value is greater than $7000. Then Excel will calculate a 35% bonus, which in this case is 0.35 times the value off Cell D three. Now the value is not greater than $7000. Excel then moves to the next if statement, which evaluates whether the Value and D three is greater than 5000 if it is, calculates that 20% bonus and then stops there. But if it is not greater than 5000 or in other words, both of the conditions are false, Excel continues on on instead calculates, Ah, 5% bonus. That is to say it uses as last calculation there if both conditions air false. So let's give this a try here. We're going to click and sell e three. If you're falling aligned when attempt the delete key on the keyboard, we're gonna delete that firma from that cell. So now let's enter in a nested if statement so the type of equal I f and open Prentice ease . So this is gonna be our first if statement. So the first in line to evaluate is to see if cell D three is greater than $7000. If it is that we want to calculate a 35% bonus which is comma D three times 30.35 Now, if it does not meet that condition and it will move on to the next if statement the first well typing comma and this let's excel know that we're moving into a new if statement. So now we enter in our Neff Next. If statements you were typing if that open parentheses, I want to see if Saudi three is greater than 5000. So typing D three is greater than 5000 and if that is the case, then we want to offer a 20% bonus. So typing comma D three times prime 20. Now we need to enter in the value If both of these, if conditions air false, So what again? We type it a comma. In this case, we're going to offer ah, 5% bonus if both those conditions are false. So type in D three times Price 05 Because we have to If statements here you need to enter in tool closing Prentice ease, so Parentheses, parentheses. If there were six safe statements, we would need to terminate the form now with six closing Prentice's. So now it's topped the enter key on a keyboard. I'm gonna click itself E three of us. Drink this down to sell E 14. We can see the new values. Here's Tunceli three sales were less than 7000 greater than 5000 so the manager receives 20% and sell. The four sales were less than 7000. Sales were also less than 5000. So the manager only received a fighters and bonus in this case in Sally nine. Here this sales were less than 7000. Then he moved on to the next. If statement, they were greater than 5000. So in this case, the manager received a 20% in bonus That and sell e 10. In this case, a sales did not meet either of the two conditions so that it entered in the value. Since both of these were falls which is a 5% bonus. So that is how to use a nested if statement in his cell 113. Using the IFS Function: the I F s function is up new function in excel and could be used to check whether one or more conditions are met Will Then we turn a value that corresponds to the first true condition. You could replace multiple nested if statements with the I. F. S function as this fun, she can't be much easier to read when the function contains multiple conditions. So the syntax for the I. F s function is as follows on I have it on the screen here equal fs open parentheses, then the first condition to the condition we're testing for comma and then the value of that condition is true comma, then the second condition that were testing for comma on the value of that condition is true comma ab, etc. We're testing for 1/3 condition. So with anyone entering the third condition comma, the value of that condition is true. Comma so now on to enter in the value of all conditions are false. So the first thing we need to do is typing the word true comma and then the value of all conditions are false. Then close Prentice's so like the nested function that we worked with in the last video, Excel weeds the function from left to right. So to recap, the first part of the Fundacion consists of the first condition. The value of that condition is true if the value does not be the true condition, Excel continues on to the next condition on the evaluates that if that condition is untrue , they will move on to the next condition and evaluate that one. If all of the conditions are false, then it will calculate the last part of the formula. That is to say, the value that follows the word true that use the same example of store bonuses that we use in the last video on. I have the formal up on our screen here, so what we're doing is we're looking at the value and sell D three. Now if the value is greater than $7000 than acceptable calculate ah, 35% bonus, which is 350.35 times of value in d three, the value is not greater than 7000. Then it moves to the next condition, which is the value is greater than 5000. If the value is greater than 5000 excel a counterweight to 20% bonus and stop there. But if the value is not later than 5000 or in other words of both of the conditions are false Excel, continue on and calculate Ah, 5% bonus. This works exactly the way is the nested if Steve would be worked with before except that the furball only contains one i. F s statement and once that apprentices making it much easier to read. So let's work with this a little bit. So we're falling along. We want to select the seller age E three, t e 14. We're gonna top the delete key on my keyboard to delete the contents of that cell range. So where to click in selling the three that center in our FS statements. So if remember, off formless and functions begin with an equal sign and then the me with the function which in this case is I f s and open parentheses. So now we need to enter in the first condition that we want to test that is cell D three is greater than $7000 then comma on the value of the condition is true. So if d three is greater than 7000 and we're gonna calculate Ah, 35% bonus, which is D three times 0.35 stalls out in the second condition. So well, Ted, Comma And for this condition, want to check to see if d three is greater than 5000 and if it's true And look how quickly to 20% bonus, which is the three times 0.20 So d three greater than 5000 comma d three times pouring 20 And I'm not gonna add in any more conditions, So I want to add in a value if neither of those conditions are true. So we typing the word true little caps tabula comma and type in the three times 30.5 and then injuring are closing parentheses. They will top the enter key on keyboard. So again, let's drink this from a down to Sally 14. So click of this the fuel handle here and then drink down so you can see her formally in action. So, in the first case, Excel check to see if it was greater than 7000. It wasn't served. Went to this next condition to see if it was greater than 5000 in this case, it waas. So it calculated got 20% bonus in this case. In this cell e four check to see if D floor was greater than 7000. It wasn't to remove to the next condition to see if it was greater than 5000 again. It wasn't so. Then it used the value of all conditions were false, which was up 5% bonus. So looking 75 here, we can see that it met the first condition greater than 7000 sort calculated that 35% bonus . So that is using the I a fast function. 114. Using the PMT Function: the PM T function is used to calculate payments doing alone based on constant payments and assuming a constant interest rate. With the PMT function, you can easily figure out what your monthly payments will be on a mortgage of Carlo for the calculate loan payments. That PMT function uses three arguments. The first is the rate, which is the interest rate survey on a lonely had to pay monthly with an interest rate of 8%. This argument would read 80.8 divided by 12 which is to say, interest rates divided by 12 months. The second argument is the NDP ER, which is the total number of payments of the loan. So if the loan is a 30 year mortgage on you make a monthly payment. This argument would read 12 times 30 which is 12 months times 30 years. Or you can just simply type in 3 60 On the last argument is P me, which is the present value of the loan. So this is the total loan amount upon which you want. Your former to be based on is typically entered as a negative number. So thus, if your loan with for 100 $50,000 mortgage that this argument would read minus 150,000. So that's the format of the PMT function is equal. PMT Open parentheses, rate comma NPR comma PV close Prentice's. Now the PMT function can also be used to calculate on investment a goal. For example, you can calculate how much money you need to invest in orderto achieve a specific dollar amount, assuming a constant interest rate, a number of payments. So rather than using the present value of the PV, we need to instead enter the future value, which is FV so. Thus the format of the PMT function to calculate on investment goal would be equal. PMT open parentheses, rate, comma and PR, followed by two commas and then FV close pregnancies. So as an example, suppose you wanted to save $15,000 in the next five years and you know if the interest rate for the account will be 7% to calculate what your monthly investment would be, then the firm would read equal PMT open parentheses than 0.7 divided by 12 which is the interest rate comma 12 times five, which is the number of months times for five years and two commas and then minus 15,000 close parentheses. Now, I know that you can type in either the farmer for the PMT function manually, or it can use the insert function button to build a formula for you. So let's work with this a little bit. So for this, we're gonna work with the sheet to work sheet here. You want to click she two in the bottom of our screen, right click and sell a one. I'm going to click the insert function button enough to the left of the formula Bar the FX here. I'm from the category dropped a list. We want financial because that is a financial function on. You want to scroll down until we see P m. T. Here we go. Pmt selective and then click. OK, so for the rate box, our interest rate is going to be 8% 3 type in 30.8 divided by 12 has to say our interest rate two divided by 12 months. Seven taking the second box the NPR box and type in 12 times five. This is the total number of payments of the loan, which is 60. You can also have just typed in 60 year. If you want on, then click in the present value of the PV box and type in minus 17 500. If remember, this value is typically enter is a negative number. The north end of the arguments already exists. Somewhere on your spreadsheet, you can reference this cell address into function rather than hard core values. Like would get here to give you the type in the cell references or clicks the collapse dialogue and that's selected manually. So I think we're done with this. We're gonna take Okay, you can see that. Would we would we would need to save $354.84 per month to reach our goal of $17,500. So you see that a payment for a five year alone for $17,500 with an 8% interest rate will come to $354.84 per month. So yeah, the PMT function can really be a handy function to figure out what your monthly payment would be on a lower mortgage artist. Figure out how much you need to save for months to reach an investment goal, So we'll click the same I kind of quick fixes toolbar to save our changes. 115. Using the FV Function: Another function of the FV function is used to calculate the future dollar Ramoche. You will have saved assuming a fixed payment period on a set interest rate. For example, you may wish to calculate the balance of re savings account if you deposit $75 a week for five years out of 6% interest rate. Yes, I know it's very difficult to find. A savings account is 6% interest. So to calculate the future value of the F B function uses three arguments. The first is the rate on this is the interest rate. So if you're depositing and amount weekly into your account with an interest rate of 6% this argument would read 60.6 divided by 52 which is the interest rate divided by 52 weeks . So the second argument is NPR, which is the total number of payments you want to make to deposit an amount weekly into your account for five years. His argument would read five times 52 which is five years times 52 weeks on. The third argument is P M T, which is the amounts to be deposited. Each period of this is entered as a negative number. So thus, if you were to deposit $75 a week, this argument would read minus 75 So that's the format of the F ree function is equals. FV Open parentheses, rate comma, NPR comma P and T close parentheses. So let's see this firmly in action. And for this we're gonna open up the retirement workbook file from the lesson files folder on your desktop Perfectly file. Open Click Brown's Click Desktop in the left pane that the Clinton hasn files folder and we're gonna click the retirement. It is wear down here and here we are looks like open. So then we want to click the sheet one worksheet tabular. So this time, instead of typing in the function, we're going to use the function arguments, dialogue on the function that we're gonna be working with. The every function is a financial function. To wanna click the financial icon of function Library, group of the ribbon look thick FV. This launch is the function arguments dialogue, so we can either type in the cell reverence or selective values on our spreadsheet. That's what we're going to do is select the values manually on our spreadsheet, So the first we want to do is click the collapse Dialogue. I come to the right of the rate box and there's right here. What this does is collapses the function, arguments, dialogue, allowing us to select the values on our spreadsheet, something click and sell C five, and that is a rate argument. And then I'm gonna click the expanded dialogue icon here to respond of dialogue. Then I'm gonna type in divided by 52. So again, this is the rate divided by 50 true or the number of time periods. So next one to click the Collapse dialogue icon to the right of the NPR box, I want this click in Cell D five. Click here and then click the expand dialogue icon. We're gonna modify the value Indy five times 52 in other words, the number of payments which in this case is one payment per week, times the number of weeks. So now let's click the collapse down like I come to the right of the PMT box. We're gonna click and sell be five, so it's left to sell, be five and then click the expand dialogue. I remember the value in the P. M T bucks is typically under it as a negative number. So I'm gonna click before the be here. Be five typing minus. This sets This option is a negative number. And then we're finished. We'll click. OK, so we can see 21 years as 6% on deposit, $25 a week. We'll end up with $54,662. So it's drink this down to the rest of the cells in our worksheet. I'm There we go, and that is using the F B function in Excel. 116. Using AutoCalculate: the fastest wage before. My calculation on arranges cells is by using the auto calculate feature. On the best part is that you don't even have to type in a formula. It's automatic. Know how this works, is that whatever you highlight a range of cells. So if I hunted this syringe here e five t 12 to some average and count off, the range is displayed in the status bar that's here in the lower right corner of your screen so we could see that the average ear is 42,513 on the Countess Aid, which means it's eight rows of data on the sum is 340,000 1 month 1.14 However, you aren't only limited to these functions. You can also calculate the new miracle counter the maximum and minimum of the range by simply right clicking here in the status bar and choosing them from the pop up list. So I want to include the maximum function as well, so I'm gonna click maximum here now if I click anywhere on my spreadsheet to see that the max function is now included, that that sounded off the highest value is $76,755.32. So, like was it could add the men function as well. This gives us the lowest value in our data. Rage on to remove items again. Right. Click on this Dallas far and then click the ones that you want to remove. You want to remove minimum on? I want to remove maximum on top of the escape key. We could see that the men on max functions are no longer displayed on the status bar, such as the quick way of calculating data in your worksheet. So I think we're done with this workbook. So click the save I Come Quick axes, toolbar living to click the file tab of the ribbon on, then click close to close the workbook. 117. Understanding Date and Time Functions: So in the next few videos, we're gonna be working with date and time functions. For that. You want to open the Lesson 13 workbook and that's located in the lesson files folder on your desktop. But once you have that workbook open, you want to click on the Dates tab on the bottom of the worksheet. So at times you might need to calculate the time interval between two dates in years, months, days, hours or even minutes and seconds. Luckily, Excel supplies several functions for calculating gates and times on the amount of time between two dates, Onda or times. So on the screen of some common date time functions on any arguments that they might take. So we have a date which creates a date based on the arguments of year Month Day Today, which displaced today's date in a cell. Now displace the courage date and time in a cell day returns the day values for a specific date, whereas month returns the months and year returns the year value, and then we have some time functions. The first is time with the arguments of our minutes and seconds, and that creates a time based on the arguments, our returns. The hour minute returns a minute and suddenly turns the second. If you want to return the number of days between two dates, you used the days 3 60 function and then use the beginning date and end. It does the arguments. So it for fully along you want to click and sell a one here that we're gonna enter in today's date. So to do so, we type equal today and then open close pregnancies and the Top Theatre Q and R keyboard. So next one click and sell deform on This time, instead of typing in the function directly into the South, we're going to use the injured function dialogues from to click the FX icon here to the left of the formal of arm we want to date functions were click the category drop down list , I wonder. Choose date in time from the list and the one that we want is the date function. So I'm gonna select not and then click. OK, so we can see we have three arguments here the year month of the day. So in the year box of type in C four that references the year portion of the date. Next, you want to click in the month box and type A four. And again that references the month portion of the date Last may be clicking the day box and type in before Looks like Okay, we can see a complete formula in the firm. LaBarre here date C four comma a four comma before, which is the year Month on the day. So that's drink. Copy this firmer down to D seven. So click you feel handle here on the bottom, off the cell on drink down. Release my mouse button so that we want to click. And Selby 24. That's right down here. All right. After last access, we're gonna type in equal now open close parentheses and then tap the enter key on a keyboard. The last thing I want to do is format the value and sell a one to display only the date. So I'm gonna take the dialogue launcher of the number group of the ribbon. I'm gonna click Date and I would choose the first entry from the list here. That's the format that I want. And then we'll click. OK now displays only the date in that format, so I'll finish off that ticket to save icon in the quick access toolbar to save our changes . 118. Adding a Date and a Date Interval: one of the most common did calculations used is that of adding together a date on a date interval, for example, for customer invoices are do every 30 days. You would find the next due date by adding 32 the last billing date. Tad the number of days to a date. Huge issues basic addition. So, for instance, if you wanted out 30 days to today's date, the syntax would be equal today, plus 30. So for falling along has kept the 30 day payment tab here on the bottom of our window. When I click in Cell C two, which is the next payment date, I'm a type of evil. Be to which reference is the last payment date. We're gonna add 30 days to this from a type plus 30 the tap, the educated on my keyboard. So this has 30 days to the date and Selby to. So now I want to drink this down to Cell C nine. So when I click on the Phil handle on the bottom of the cell, Andre down to see nine. Now, if you want to add months or years toe a day, the firm law becomes up a little more complex. So to accomplish this, you'll need to use the date function along with several arguments. So if you wanted to add six months to today's date, the format would be as follows on your screen. So let's break down this four block a little bit. So the first part is the year open. Prentice's Today. Open close parentheses on, then close parentheses. This returns the year portion of today's day, so next you want to return the month portion of today's date on as six months to it. So this part of the former is month open parentheses today that again open close close parentheses than add six. We do plus six. So in the last part of the formula, you want to return the day portion of today's date, so that would be day open parentheses today, open close parentheses and then to closed parentheses. So if you wanted to add 45 days to the current date, are Formula would read as follows as we can see on the screen here. So instead of the plus six after month, you would have plus 45 after today before the final closing. Prentice's so know that when using Lius form that you may need to form it to sell as date from the format cells dialogue because accelerate turned the date, often in serial number format. So let's work with this a little bit. So that's click and sell D to sober. Good to do without six months to today's date. So I'm gonna start off by topping an equal sign to excel. Know that we're entering a form or of function. We're going to use the date function. So that's date open parentheses. Year over pregnancies retyping today, Open clause spread disease and then an additional close Prentice's very type in comma. So now we added the month portion of the date, so that would be months. Open parentheses today. Open close print disease, close per disease plus six and heavy Andrew a comma. And now we enter in the last portion of her former, which is day open parentheses. Today open close pregnancies and then to closing Prentice ease their tap enter So six months for the days in which I'm entering this from now, I would be October 1st of 2020. So I think that's about it for this workbook. Something quick to save iconic quick access toolbar to see if our changes then tap the control w keystroke combination to close the workbook. 119. Subtracting Dates: If you want to calculate how much time has passed between two days, you need to subtract the oldest date for the most recent date. Have a couple of days typed in tow, sell a 15 and be 15 year. So I wanted to find the difference between these two dates. I would use the formula a 15 minus B 50. So that's type that in equal, a 15 minus B 15 and we end up with for 28 1900 which is hardly what we expected. So in order to get a correct response, but we need to do is format this cell in which the formula resides as a number. Did you? Somebody could just select a number from the drop down list here on the number group of the ribbon, so choose number and her answer would then be 119 representing the number of days between the two dates. I would just remove the decimal places as well, so it's Forman as a number with no decimals. Now, to calculate the number of months between two dates, use the Formula equal month and then the South reference to the first month minus month on the solve refers to the second month you close those cell differences each and pregnancies I Once again, you'll need to apply a number format to the cell containing the formula. Now. One thing to note that this formidable Onley work. If the months occur in the same year to calculate the number of months between two days falling in different years, you need to use the former that's on your screen. So what we're doing here is taking the oldest year, subtracting it from the most recent year and then multiplying it by 12 months. Then we subtract the month off the oldest year from the most previous year and then added to the year result. So this is a good format to keep handy if you ever need to calculate the number of months between two dates in different years Now, to calculate the number of years between two dates are formula would be the same as it was when we calculate the number of months simply were used the word year instead of a month. So if you're falling along, we want to open the retirement workbook file. That's in a lesson. Files Fuller control all toe open backstage, you click Fuller's clip that pin full of there. We out in a while back. I want to scroll down until we see retirement. And that's his work. Look here. Now I want to take the top for sheet to to switch to that worksheet. So that's clicking. So D five they were going to calculate months to retirement. We're gonna start out by entering in equal until it it's still know that we're typing in a formula or a function when we start with to open pro disease and we type in the year. Open predeceased C five. That's the cell reference minus year over practices be five if the second cell reference close friend disease in another closed disease. So there's calculates the year portion of our formula. So now we want to kill the month, pushing over for a muscle top plus keyboard months over parentheses, and then the two seller of exists of this would be C five close parentheses, minus month over apprentices. Be five close parentheses. We tap the enter key on keyboard, so we conceive way have that safety issues for me to form A. This is a number so when I click in cell D five, right click and choose format cells from the menu and ensure that the number tab is the active tab. Magic number from the category box on type is zero and the decimal places box them will take. Okay, so now we can be in the years to retirement. You want to click in selling e five, Alan, This type equal year in the first cell reference C five minus the year under the second cell reference, which is be 55 open, close parentheses. Tap the enter key Anarchy Barden again. We want a format. This day doesn number. It looks like a bold for many here. I don't want that for him in a tough control. Be on my keyboard. Do you want to? Right Click on cell leave five choose format cells from the contextual menu again. I'm gonna set this as a number with zero decimal places. Okay, So for the date of hire to the retirement date will be 25 years or 300 months. So I'm gonna select this the cell range d five t five. I wanna Drake come with this down to the rest of the cells here from a click the fill handle on the bottom of Celie five until my most cursor turns into a black cross, then dragged down like so anyone. It's like the same Michael the quick access toolbar, and I think we're definitely retirement workbook so would attempt to control W keystroke combination to close the workbook. 120. Calcuating Time Intervals: Well, you want to count Lee the number of hours between two times you subtract the lease recent time from the most recent time. The result will be then displayed in days. To calculate the resulting hours, you would multiply the result of the calculation by 24. For instance, suppose cell a 100 value of 7 a.m. on B one contain the value off 3:30 p.m. To company the number of hours between the two times a formula would read equal Be wild minus a one. Surely by pregnancies times 24. Once again, the cells continue. The formula need to be formatted as a number. So let's work with is a bit on for this. We're gonna open the lesson 13 workbook file. So what at top control, all on a keyboard? You want to make sure that you the lesson falls full to a new desktop? Have you want the lesson 13 file which is right here. So this time I'm gonna work in that time she tabs. You want to click that in the bottom of the work? She what a click and sell D for For here were calculating time sheet hours between the clock in time on the clock off time. So we start by typing equal. Then we enter in the most reason time, which is sell. See for minus the oldest time, which is sell before most parentheses on Remember. In order to give the result in hours, we have to multiply it by 24. So we taping Astra's 24 then tap the enter key on a keyboard we can see on the date are person worked 8.75 hours. Cevallos, Drake copy The formula dealt to the rest of the cells have clicked Phil Handle on the lower right corner of Cell D for click and then drink down and release her most button. So that's an easy way to calculate the number of hours worked in a time sheet on. I think this will do it some atop save icon in the Quick answers toolbar, and then we'll close this workbook so I'll take the foul time with the man you and then click close 121. Creating a Workbook Using a Template: Excel includes a few pre defined templates, which automate the process of creating common forms such as invoices, expense, demons, loan I'm organizations, time cards on balance sheet. Now, this is especially helpful if you find yourself created the same type of report over and over again. So to use attempt that you create a new workbook based on that template, and then you feel in the data, the design and four mining process are automatically done for you. So next file and then new from the menu here, you could choose from some of the available templates that come packaged with Excel. Or you can click on one of the attempted categories Here. You see, we have business, personal planners and trackers laced budgets, charts and calendars. So if I wanted to see potters and trackers, I could click that league there. This will show me all available planners, truckers, templates. I would just click the one that I want. They were automatically be downloaded to your computer, ready for you to use. You can also go back here. You can also search for online. Tempus was type of name for a tempered, for example, if you wanted a mortgage and then topped return. We get a few available templates that meets that keyword. So again you can use the stalls templates that come with Excel. There was a few temples that we have from the A welcome window, or choose from the hundreds of additional templates from Microsoft Office online. So if you're following along, you want to click file New from the Manu. This is space, the new window from where we can create a new workbook based on a template. Now, if you don't have Excel already opened, be closed on the Excel application a tape in Excel here to open the app. In this case, we would click the new bunch in here in the left pane on that big just for that same screen that we saw a moment ago. So let's click in the search for online templates box here gonna type in alone. This is attempted keyword for which we want to search. And I'm not stop the enter key on a keyboard to search Microsoft Office online, so we see a whole bunch of templates appear that matched that keyword. So let's take the loan amortization schedule here and here We see a preview off the template, but also a little brief description of what the template does. So let's click Create. This creates a new workbook based on that template. So we need to do is fill in the values. So in the loan amount field here that's clicking there and type in 150,000 tell the edge of key on a keyboard. So next in the annual interest rate feel we're gonna type in 6.5 and then we'll have the enter key on keyboard that moves us to the loan period of years. We're gonna type in 30 in this field, you don't have the key on a keyboard and then in the number of payments per year, feel we already have 12 in there, which is the value that we want. No atop the enter key on a keyboard for the start date of loan. Let's type in 21 2021 until theater Kira Keyboard Residency Excel Calculated on loan amortisation schedule. Based on the data that we entered up here, we have a complete low and schedule for the next 30 years, based on an interest rate of 6.5% loaning out of $150,000. So let's get the same icon quick access toolbar. So because this worksheet is based on a template Excel process for a new name, a new filing for a workbook I'm attempted my underscore alone here. Don't click. The more save options are. Link your click. Browse in the centre pain guest up in the left pane. Double Think the lesson files for this is where I just saved my file. Notice that it's being saved is a regular Excel workbook, not as a template click save that saves your file. Lastly, we'll take the follow tab of the ribbon and then click close to save the workbook. 122. Creating a New Template: as we saw in the last video, Excel provides a variety of templates without you having to add any design changes your for many, all you need to do is enter in the data. However, you also have the ability to create your own templates that you can use another workbooks. This is especially useful if we need to create a particular type of report on a regular basis, this consistent text formatting of formulas. So rather than starting from scratch every time you can set up the design and formatting ahead of Time, Excel templates are saved with the ex lt Ex Extension on by default, Excel stores any new templates in the Customs Office templates. Fuller that's located under the documents folding under your personal user name. So the tap the Windows E keystroke combination and go by Doc documents. Fuller. You see a folder here called Custom Office Templates. This stores all of the templates that I've created in my Microsoft Office applications. So if you create a tempered by mistake when I deleted later on so it doesn't show up every time you can come to this folder here and delete it. So when you save a new document as attempted. You want to make sure that it saves to this folder. If you wanted to appear in the personal category, whatever you create a new workbook. Thus custom templates need to be stored in this default folder in order for Excel to be able to find them. So if we're falling along when I open up the lesson 14 workbook and that's located in the lesson files fuller on your desktop summits have to control all keystroke combination. I'm gonna access that pin folder that we append way, way back when in our lesson one I think on we're gonna choose the lesson 14 file. That's this far right here. So in a start that took the time she tap This is the work should from which we're going to create our template. Click and sell a one here. I'm going to type in weekly time sheets will top the enter key on a keyboard. So now you wanna hide the cell rage a four to see eight. That's a cell range rate. Here. I'm going to top the lead key on a keyboard. You want delete all the data from a four to see eight. Because when you create a worksheet base of this template will enter in all this data ourselves, sonal it in the file tab of the ribbon I'm gonna do now as take options in the left pane. Then we want to click Advanced. That is right here in the left pane. We're going to school down until we see display options for this worksheet on that is right here I want to do is unchecked the check box next to show a zero in cells and have zero value. Uncheck that box This way, Blake cells will not display with zero in them. So they were going to click OK, and that removes zero values from the hours sells here. So now we're going to do is click and still f one type in a week off. Press the colon, click and sell G one. I'm or type in equal today open close parentheses and then tap the enter key on a keyboard that enters the current date. So I want to highlight the salvage F 12 g one and I'm attempt to control be keystroke combination to bull That text. You could also think the bold icona font group of the ribbon here as well. So I think this about does it for template. We're gonna click the file temperature Women shoes saved as in the left pane. I want to click the browse button in the center. Pain on for the save us typed up the list here I want choose Excel template and that is US option rate here X lt X Over. Choose that and those that immediately switched to that custom office templates sub folder in our documents. Fuller. But if it didn't for some reason, you want to navigate their manually. So now I need to provide a name for a template going to click in the file name box here and type in weekly time sheet and then click save. So click the file tab of the ribbon and then click close to close that workbook. So now issues are templates would look like the file tab of the ribbon. I think new. So any custom templates that we create a located under the personal category. If you want to click personal here to switch to that option may see that we have one tempered here titled weekly time sheet of the one that we just created. Something a selective on Excel automatically creates a new workbook based on that template something click and sell a form and type in 11 19. Press the tab key in all due seven o'clock AM. Press the tab key for the check out time type in 3:30 p.m. And then tap the enter key on a keyboard. You see that it automatically calculated the hours worked for us, so let's kick the same icon. The quick access to a bar noticed that because this was based upon attempt, that Excel promises to provide a file name for our new workbook. But I really don't want to say this from attempting. Escape came a keyboard. Select file clothes from the menu and the click don't save when prompted to save our changes. That is how to save in Excel Document as a template 123. Editing a Template: you make changes toe a template, just as you would make changes to our normal work booking self. I'll simply open the file directly maker changes and then save the file. So, as you mentioned in a previous video, tempered files are saved in the custom templates folded by default. And if you recall, that's located directly under your documents folder. So if a precedent Windows e keystroke combination and click documents, we could see our custom templates folder right here, we should have our weekly time sheets file that we edited in the last video. So you may need to navigate to this folder to find your existing templates if you wish to enter them now, being able to find your template fouls comes in especially handy if you want to copy your temples to another computer or make a backup of any templates that you've created or downloaded, which is highly recommended Now. Another way to edit a template, though a bit sloppier and not not very elegant, is to create a new workbook based upon the temple that you want to add it. You would then make your changes on then save the new workbook as attempted with the same name as the original template. Then you would click yes, when asked if you wish to replace the existing file, but using this method every now and then accelerate refused to overwrite existing template file. Come across this a time or two. So it's best to edit the file directly by going to that custom office template folder. Open the file and then making your changes. So I'm gonna close this window here. So if you're falling on, you want to click open or for in the a cell window. Here she was filed open from the Manu. Do you want to take the browse icon in the centre? Pain ever to navigate to that custom templates Fuller to redacted documents in the left pane. The book Think custom office templates knows that because we're opening this from Excel, we only see Excel templates for my select that weekly time sheets template and then click open. This opens attempted directly in Excel, So where we want to do is select the column heading for column A to select theater column right click, and then she was insert from the contextual menu. This inserts a column to the left of column A. It's not gonna take the little insert options icon here. Click the arrow of the icon and I want to choose format. Same as right. So this means of this column picked up the same formatting as a column immediately to the right of it something and sell a three and type employees mucked up the enter key on my keyboard. It's now let's click in Selby to If you look in the formula bar here, we see the This cell contains the text weekly time sheets, but I want to change this to just time sheet from a type it. She then tap the enter key on a keyboard. So now let's get the same I kind of the quick access toolbar on notice that Excel did not prompt us for a name this time. And this is because we're directly editing the template itself. We're not creating a new document based upon the template, so let's take the foul, temper the ribbon and then click close to close that comfort file so has pressed the old F keystroke combination this brings us to backstage. You were gonna choose new from the file options pain here we're gonna do is create a new workbook based upon that time sheet template. We want to take personal here in the right pane. I'm gonna click weekly time sheets so that we have a new column with the heading of employees here on. It's no longer reads weekly time sheets reads Time sheet. So let's press the All Def Cousteau combination again, then topped the Seiki and there's keyboard to close the file. We don't want to save any changes, so I think don't save from the box. And there is how to edit on Excel template. 124. Showing or Hiding Workbook Elements: So we're gonna continue to work with managing our Excel workbooks. For that, we're going to open up a new Excel files. You want to click the file, tempering the ribbon, take open, and then look like folders in the right pane. Looks like that pinned lesson files, Fuller. We're gonna open up the lesson for team files. We're gonna screw down until we see a lesson 14. Looks like it's to open it. So new workbooks contain a default set of elements that we've been working with thus far. For example, we have the grid lines. We have the formula bar column headings and row headings on Excel allows you to display or hide these items by checking or clearing the box next to the item that is located on the view. Top of the ribbon. We think the view town we can see a few options. There are automatically checked so grid lines for the bar and headings. So, for instance, I might want to get an idea of what my spreadsheet would look like without grid lines could unchecked the grid lines and then removes the grid lines from my document. Like was, it could remove the headings. This turns out the row and column headings, and I'll check the box tab that kid Oregon, Temporarily hide your formal of our If you want to have extra room for formatting, I will take the box to turn that back on. So just a couple of page elements here that you can show and hide when I want my grid lines . Got guns? I'm gonna take that check box to turn my grid lines back on. 125. Creating a Workspace: Sometimes you may find yourself needing to compare to work sheets in the same workbook simultaneously or needing to work to work sheets of the same time with excel. Even view multiple worksheets in your workbook in the same window by using the new window and arrange all commands on the view ribbon. So I think the view tab on the ribbon, a new window icon is right here on the arrange. All icon is right here on the window group of the ribbon. This is referred to as creating a work space on. You'll need to first open a second window, then position the worksheets in the desired arrangement, whether that be tiled, horizontal, vertical or cascade. Note that the ability to save work spaces has been discontinued in recent versions of Excel . However, you can still open work spaces saved in previous Excel versions. So for falling along, you want to click the view tab in the ribbon, and then we're going to click the new window button on the window group or this does is opens a second window, so now we want to take the view tab of the ribbon again. This time, we'll take lengthy arrange all button. And here we choose how we want our open windows to be arranged. And we see the options here. Tiled, horizontal, vertical or cascade. So what we want is verticals. We're gonna click the radio button to the left of vertical. This selects the vertical arrangement using only the windows in the active workbook. They wouldn't click. OK, so now we have two separate windows open in the same workbook. So in the left pane here, we want to click on 30 day payment. If you don't have them already selected on in the right window. That's click on the time she time. So, as you can see and we could have two different worksheets open in the same workspace. So this allows us to work out to different worships at the same time, or compare the data from one worksheet to the data in another. So with this right, most worksheets selected, that's press the ult F four keystroke combination that just closes the workbook without saving changes. The Lesson 14 cold one file, Which is that what it named it? That temporary are sheet. They don't think the file town with Raymond and then choose clothes from backstage view. Onda, We don't want to save any changes. We're gonna click Don't safe from the box. 126. Comparing Two Workbooks Side By Side: When working with multiple workbooks, you may at times need to copy, remove data from one documents to another, or perhaps compare the content of two different documents. In addition to the new window command, Microsoft Excel includes the side by side feature. This is located on the window group of the View women's to Click the View Temer the ribbon on the window group. We see the view site by site Right now. That's great. Ah, because they only have one document open. So what this does is allow you to display to open workbooks alongside one another. You have to have at least two different documents open in order to use this feature, the same crony, a scroll and icon which is a second icon here, allows you to synchronize schooling. That is to say, when you move the school bar upwards and downwards. In one document, both worksheets, the ones you have despite side by side will move in that same direction. If you modify the window position of one of the worksheets, you could restore the side by side of you by clicking the reset window position icon, which is also a great out right now. and to return to normal view, you click the view side by side button to talk We're off, so that's work with this a little bit. So if you're falling along, we're going to open up the lesson 13 and a lesson 14 workbooks that are located The Lesson files folder on your desktop. So let's top to control all keystroke combination. Let's take the Fullers tub here. The right pain We're gonna think that appeared to lessen Files Folder and the Wild Lesson 13. So select that and then we'll top control again. Fuller's again in the right pain. Take a pill. Listen, Files folder and we want less and 14 this time, and here we go. So now we have both of these documents opened in Excel. So we want to do now is take the view tab on the ribbon to switch to the view ribbon on all most of us. Side by side Button is no longer great out, and that's because we have at least two open documents. So let's take views side by side. So this isn't quite what we want. The windows in this case are horizontal instead of vertical, so let's change them so that there are vertically side by side. So to do so, its lengthy arrange All I can't hear when I click the very good budget next to Vertical and then click OK on. Our worksheets are a side by side doors that once I go the scroll bar neither documented down or up safe here, the both school at the same time. That's because by default, the same crony a school button is activated. Now, if I didn't want this to be the case a goddess, click it to deactivate it. Now, when I click the scroll bar, they move independently of each other. So now let's kick the maximize icon on the lesson for tea nor book. And that's the icon right up here. So I think that this maximizes the lesson 40 worksheet window. If I want to go back to that side by side view that we have just a moment ago, all I need to do is click the reset window position. I cancel it like that, and that returns us to side by side of you and again, we're gonna have to click the range all icon and then choose vertical. So I think I'm done with these two documents. I'm gonna tap the control W keystroke combination to close the lesson 14 file on, then control W again to close less than 13. And I don't want to save any changes. Work, don't save. 127. Saving a Workbook in a Different File Format: in an earlier video, you saw how you can save an Excel workbook as a template file. In addition, Accel allows you to save the workbooks in many different file formats, which can then be read by other applications. For instance, you may need to savor followed a previous version of a cell or as an XML file, or even as a comma delimited text file. But be aware, however, that Saving Excel documents in different file formats can result in the loss of some of your original formatting of the document. For example, new features and Excel will not cross over if we're saving ah workbook at an older format. Now, for some of the file formats such as a comma, delimited or space delimited, Excel will only allow you to save the active worksheet. That is to say, the worksheet tap that you have active at the moment they save the file. If you have more than one work, she did your workbook like we do here that you wish to save one of those different file formats. You'll need to save each sheet individually. So if you're falling along, we're still working with that lesson for teen or a book of this located the lesson files folder on your desktop. We're going to click the file type of the rivet and then choose save as this displays the S save as paid in backstage view so you can save your document in a different format from the second dropped a list. Here we can see all of the different formats available to us. Given versions of Excel Web pages templates See SV Files, which is our comma delimited files, both for Mac and Windows. Pdf XPS etcetera can also choose a file type in the same house dialogue. So if I click the browse button here in the center pain and the saviors dialog appears, you would think to save us type of drop down list and then choose the formats that you want . So the former that I want is see as a V comma delimited. That's his option right here towards the top CIA. Zvi utf eight comma delimited selected that they looked like to say about it. And so we receive a warning box here that tells us that the selected follow temp does not support workbooks that contains multiple sheets for the option of saving only the active sheet Like picking. Okay, are canceling out of the operation. But I want to save this active. She do so I'm gonna take okay and the sheet is now saved in comma delimited format. There was also a message appears on top here saying that some features may be lost if you see if the workbook and coming delimited format but which is fine. So Italy, this as is Saddam, has kept the control w keystroke combination will choose. Don't save on that closes the workbook file. 128. Using Data Consolidation: Excel allows you to consolidate similar values from several ratings of data into a single worksheet. For instance, you may have sales figures in separate worksheets or workbooks for January through June. You can easily total of figures in a new worksheet by using the data consolidation feature and the sum function. Additionally, you can create a live link to the data ranges of the worksheets that you consolidate. So the consolidation option is located on the data ribbon here. Do you think the data tab on the ribbon is located on the data tools group with the ribbon ? That's a consolidated button rate here. So if you were in a smaller monitor or your worksheet isn't maximized, the consolidated icon is located in the upper right corner of the data tools group of the ribbon. And as you move your most printer over the various icons, a little box appears telling you what that icon is or does. Do you want to make sure that you're using the consolidated icon here, So if you're following along, we want to open the consolidate workbook again. This located the lesson files folder on your desktop, so I'm gonna tap our control here. I'm gonna take the Fullers tab in the right pane. I think that would lessen files Folder. I look for the file name consolidated its his one rate here. So I think that to open it, we want to click on the yearly sales work she tab here in the bottom of your screen. I'm gonna click and sell a six to activate that cell. And this is where we want to consolidated data to appear. And then we're gonna click to consolidate. I come over here and the data tools groups will click that that displays a consolidate dialogue. So you want to make sure that some is chosen in the function drop down list here. So it's not hero. So if it's not picked the adopter narrow and choose some. And this is the function that we want to perform. Honor consolidated data. So now we're gonna Natalie, select the cell ranges that we want to consolidate. That is to say, to include in our consolidation. So what we're gonna do now is click the collapse dialogue icon to the right of the reference box here to look like that. And now we select or data so you start with the January sales tab years, we're going to click that on the bottom of a worksheet window. I want to select the cell rage B three to D six so quick and Selby three and dragged down to D six. So that selects the data for all of our stores for the month of January. So protect the expand dialogue but in here to expand the consolidate box. So once our cell range looks correct, you click the add button to out it to our window. So now thinks the collapse down like button again to the right to the reference row here. This time we protect the February sales work. She tapped the government of Select That Same Cell Range B three to D six Civil Select that click the Expand Dialogue box budget here. Once we're happy with our range, will click add to add that to the all references window. Lastly, we need to sector data from our March sales worksheet. So again we'll click the collapse. Dialogue I can't hear will fix the march sales town here in the bottom of the worksheet window and select that same cell range B three two D six. Once it selected with lengthy restore dialogue button, I thank God. So next under, they use labels in area you want to Click. Left Column. This will assume the label of the original data in the far left column that we want to click the create legs to source data box. What this does is creates a live link to the original data. So that's if the original data is changed. The consolidated A data will automatically be updated to reflect the change. So I think that about does it. So what think. OK, and that closes the consolidated dialog box. Displays are consolidated data I have your while you can click the little Plus Sparks here , plus simple here to the left on that displays the original data because I only do White column Deford to this play so here could see where the data is coming from. But I might take the minus symbol to collapse that so that is our consolidating donna in Excel. So I think we're done with this workbook. You're so it's tapped. The control w keystroke combination on looked like save when asked to save our changes 129. Importing and Exporting Data: Excel, a largely import data for many popular formats such as text files. Database applications such as beggars have access for debate is XML, spreadsheets and even HTML data into your spreadsheets. Three important data created another application. You display the file options dialog, so let's click on file and then click open. Everyone take brows and then select the type of folly would like to import from the files of type box. But that's just dropped on Arrow Raid here. Now, by default, it will only show all Excel files. So if you have a text file that you wanted to import, for instance, it wouldn't show up as an available file type. So instead, you think the drop down our here and then choose the type of file that you want to import. You can see all of the available options here when pages excel, files, access, databases, D based files, open documents, spreadsheets, etcetera. So I just chose text files here. The North, um, a window switched. The only text files are displayed. If I chose access database files, you only have one available file now, and that's the address list. MDB. You could also seem to just choose all files from the list and every single file will display in that folder. So I'm gonna cancel over here. So for falling along, you want a launching cell application and they were gonna take open in the left pane here, Or if you're already in an Excel worksheet select file for the menu that shoes open in the left pane. Next, we're gonna click, browse in the centre pain, and then we want to navigate to the folder with a file that we want to open is located. So the first thing we're going to do is kick The FAO's is typed up the list here. I want to open on X M l files who want to choose that from the list. And that's dis option Radio XML files. Click on If you're not at the lesson files folded your desktop, but it's a desktop of the left pane. Double click The Lesson Files folder and giving There were now filtering by XML files. That is the only file type that is displayed. So let's kick this XML list file here and then we'll take open on the file opens in Excel. So what I want to do now is take this XML list file and seem it in excel format. We could see up here that it is still in its XML format. So to do so, we're gonna click the file tab in the ribbon, then click save as I'm gonna click the drop down L here in the same type Drop down arrow. I want to choose Excel Workbook from the list. And this chooses the latest version of Excel as the file format in which we want to save the file. So let's give it a different names. I'm gonna click of the name box here. I'm gonna type in my excel list, and that should do it. So the Democratic, the same icon here north of the filing, saved with our new name on in Excel from it. So let's close this workbook. So I'm gonna click the file time with the ribbon on going click close 130. Importing Text Data into Excel: when importing text data from external sources. It is usually separated by delimit er's, such as a comma, a tab or a space. In some cases, it might even be in fixed with format in which each field contains a specific number of characters. We saw in the previous video that if you're importing a spreadsheet in a different file format, excel opposite directly in the Excel application. In order Important text file. However, Excel launches the text import wizard, which allow you to tell Excel how the data is to be arranged. What column formatting you want to use on which de limiters separate the data. Additionally, you could specify which columns to import and apply as Pacific column formatting before the import. So that's input a text file into a cell. So if you're falling along, you want to click the file, temper the ribbon and then click open in the left pane. It's now going to click the browse. I come this under pain here and this. Tell me one of filter are filed is by text files, So gonna click the files of type drop down list here and I'm gonna click text files. So what this will do is Onley display text files in the window. You can see we have a few different text files here, and the one that we want is the customer list Text fell. And again, this is located in the lesson files folder on your desktop. So if you're not already there, you need to click desktop in the left pane. In the double click the lesson files folder. So with the customer list file selected, I'm gonna click open on this immediately displays the text import wizard. So the first thing we need to do is choose the kind of file it is. We have two options here, delimited or fixed with. So we want to ensure that the delimited radio button is selected and then looks like nuts to move to the next step of the Wizard. So this particular text fell is actually separated by tabs rather than commas. We want to ensure that the tab check boxes checked here. If there any other check boxes checked, you want to expect them to and check them. So common is checked. For example, we just kicked the box toe, uncheck it them, I think next to move to the next step of the wizard. From here, you could save four Bunning tourist Pacific columns, for example. You can set a Colin as a date for amount or a text format, etcetera. But we're not going to do that. We're just gonna leave everything as is so gonna click finish. And this completes the import process. So here we have the day that we just imported these text file and is now imported in the appropriate rows and columns in our spreadsheet. 131. Converting Text to Columns: Sometimes the day that we import may not end up in the exact format that we want. For instance, you may discovery of the first day, man last name feels and not Bob being combined into one column. And that is that. That is exactly what happened here. So if I on expanded column be here on the limits, we can see the entire column. You see, that first name and last name all ended up being combined into this one column. So if this happens to you, if you have a column of data that is separated by the limiter, which most often is a space as it is here we see a space separates. These two feels we could use the text to columns wizard on the data ribbon. So you think the data time of the ribbon on the text to Cobbs icon is right over here on the data tools group of the ribbon and you can then use this tool to separate the data in the column into separate columns. So to lunch, the wizard you select the column that contains the data that you want to separate the click text to columns. So let's do that. So if you're following along the column heading for column see here we're going to right click And then she was insert from the contextual menu and this insurance a blank column to the left of column. See, this is where we want our last name field to reside. So we're gonna split this into two sections and column B will contain the first name feeling column. CEO contain the last name field. So now we want to take on the column heading for column B and then click the data tab in the ribbon and then click the text to columns. I can't on the data tools group of the ribbon. This displays the converted text to columns wizard. So in this case, our data is deliberative. We want to ensure that the de limited radio button this selected Hear them uptick next. And this time the daily mature is a space. So I take the check box next to space andan, check the check box next the tab or next to any other check boxes and check. So we only want the space one checked that looked like next I'm gonna click the General tab here above the first name field. I'm gonna choose Text in Mexico General column here for last name and then Subtitles Texas Well, so this just applies of formatting toe our columns And in this case, we're forbidding them both as text. So again, Nickens format Tony Colin, just by selecting the small grey bar above the column and then choosing the appropriate format. So I think I've done with this I will click finish now, is that the last name field? The last name data was automatically inserted in that blank column that we inserted. So don't forget this step when the separate column data that you're gonna need to insert a blank column which will contain this separated data. So I think we're done with this. I'm gonna take the file tab in the ribbon, then click clothes on. We don't need to say this. I'm gonna click. Don't save to close that workbook 132. Removing Duplicate Rows of Data: if you import data from several sources or if there are several people involved in combining the data, you may often times encounter the problem of duplicate records. Luckily, this problem can be solved by a cells remove duplicates feature and that's located on the data tab of the ribbon. So you would think that did it up in the ribbon. This is the remove duplicates icon right here. This is I come with this little red X in the lower right corner of it. So again, if you have a smaller monitor or if your workbook isn't expanded, you won't see the name next to the icon. But I get it says blue like, Oh, it's a little check box. You can move for most part over any of the icons here to receive a little label telling you what that I can is. And here is the remove duplicates icon. So let me explain this again. So what? The remove duplicates featured does is looks for duplicates in all the columns of the selective data, which is often what we want. For instance, you don't want to simply look at the name color because it might be several customers named John Smith. However, there should be on Lee one. John Smith, living at 4 20 North Crescent Way in ST Louis, Missouri. So I check in across all columns. We ensure that there are no completely duplicated columns all the way across. However you need Onley include those columns, which absolutely cannot be duplicated. So if you were working with a list of employees, for instance, the Social Security field may be the only column for which you need to check for duplicates . So if your workflow entails a good amount of importing data, you'll no doubt eventually encounter duplicate records along the way. The remove duplicates feature here in Excel is a welcome feature on helps in quickly cleaning out the list of data. So if you're falling along, you want to click the file tab of the ribbon here and then choose open in the left pane. Let me want to click the browse icon in the centre pain here to display the open dialogue, and this time I want to display all files here the open window. Somebody thinks that dropped down arrow in the files of type, but I'm gonna choose all files and I want to select the contacts list file. You see that this is an excel workbook. If I screw over here, we can see the type of the charge file is listed from a select contacts list and then click open. So if we take a gander at our data here, we can see that there are a couple of duplicate records. Here we see that Florence Bateman living Atta eat 177 Redwood Lane is duplicated, as is our James Loomis on defense. Gold down. Jonathan Zavadsky as well is also duplicated. But notice, however, that the record for Daniel Harris is not a duplicate. These air separate people living at separate addresses. So much used the removed duplicate feature here. So I'm gonna kick and sell a one. This selects a cell in the list of data in which we want to remove duplicates. So it's going to select all of the data in the list. You're gonna think the data tab in the ribbon. Then we want to click. Thou remove duplicates. I counted again that says, I can't hear it. The little red X in the lower right corner. So we'll click that so sensor data has a hair a row here. We want to ensure that my data has headers. You should I boxes checked? If it's not, you wanna click it to check it. And now we want to make sure that the columns in which we want to search for duplicate records are checked. What we're gonna do is we're just gonna select across all of them. But if you had a list of our employees with Social Security numbers, you could just check in the Social Security number column as that column should never have duplicate records. But I'm gonna leave this, as is Andi. I'm gonna take okay. And now is that it tells us three duplicate values were found and removed. 27 unique values remained. Will click. OK, so we can see that those duplicate records that we mentioned earlier are gone. But Daniel Harris remains so if I only would have chosen first name and last name from the list then except would have removed the entry for Daniel Harris as well, which would not have been what we wanted. So I'm just gonna cancel out of here, So yes, using the remove duplicates future could really come in handy for moving those duplicate records from a large list of data. So I think we're done with this workbook. Here is we're gonna take the file tab on the ribbon and then click close on. We'll see. Our changes will take the same budget here to close that workbook and save it. 133. Importing Data from a Database: In addition to importing spreadsheets from other applications and text files, Excel could also important data from a database. This could be a Microsoft access database and all BBC database, which stands for open data base connectivity. Such a sequel. Oracle to input from an access database. You used the get data icon that's located on the debt a ribbon. So we click the get data icon points to from Database and then choose Microsoft Access Database from the list. If you were bringing in an access database, you can also import from a sequel server database from analysis services or from a sequel Server Analysis Services data base To choose a different type of database, you would move the most pointer over from other sources, and then you can choose the temper database that you wants. Here we have a couple options or BBC only. DB etcetera. My top escaped to escape their. Now when you're importing data from an access database, you have the option of importing an existing table or query importing on existing query a lawyer to import filter data. For instance, When using a customer address database, you may only want to import customers for a particular state or region. In such a case, you could create a query and access to perform the filtering and then select the queries data Teoh import into excel. So for falling along wanted press the control and keystroke combination. What this does is create a new blank workbook like the one that I have opened here. So then you want to click the down a time of the ribbon and then we're gonna think the get data. I kind of there is the first icon here on the get and transform data group of the ribbon. So I think that would porch to from database. Then we want to choose from Microsoft Access database and this that displays the import data dialogue. So now we need to dominate gate to the folder where our access databases located. That's located in the lesson files folder on your desktop. So we'll click a desk, temper the left pane double click lesson funds for over the name of the database is address list. So select that the click import it takes a moment and then we come to the select table window. You can see this database. There is one query and one table, and you could choose to import either of them. But we want to import is the table tbl customer list Someone select that I'm doing a preview of what the data looks like before importing, then looked like load on. That imports the data into excel as a table, as we can see here. And if you want to further off for about your table, you can take the contextual design, rebut under table tools and then using the four body options that are listed gist, many of which we've already worked with in the previous videos. So that is how important he make myself access table or Queary into excel. So let's close this workbook Serbia. Click the file tab of the ribbon, Choose clothes on and I don't want to say this ribonucleic. Don't save to close that workbook. 134. Linking to another File: Excel allows you to copy data from other Microsoft programs into your spreadsheets. If you insert data from another application using the standard copy and paste methods, Ah, copy of the original data is inserted in your workbook on is completely separate from the original application. It could be modified any way you wish. Without effective the original data, you can instead choose toe linked data to its original application. So David that is linked is automatically updated when the original document is modified and it changes to the data itself can only be made in the original document. So telling did up. You copy the data in the original document on the day that you want to link in Excel. Then in Excel, you couldn't hear on the pace, but it chews paste special and then click the paste link radio button. So let's see how that works. She wanted press the control and keystroke combination to create a new blank workbook. Now get open up, Microsoft Word. Somebody take in the search box here in a type in a word, and then I'll tap the enter key with the word application is highlighted. Somebody think open here in the left pane. I'm gonna use the pros budget. We're navigates to that lesson Files folder in our guest top. So it's a guest top of the left pane Double click lesson files folder. We want to open the file name word list. That's just follow here and then we'll click open. So now I'm gonna press the control. A keystroke combination that select all of the data in the document. Then we'll press control. See what this does is places a selected data on the clipboard, which is a temporary holding place in memory. This allows us to then paste it in other documents or other applications. So no one except the Excel I cut of the task bar here. So click Excel. I'm not thinking cell a one. This is where you want to insert are copied data. So you want to make sure that the home tab on the ribbon is the active tab. They look like the arrow on the pace button, click pay special, and this displaced the pace of special dialogue. So I went to do is paste it as a link so that if the data gets changed in the original document, it will be updated and excel as well. So I'm gonna take the pace to link radio button here and then look, think OK, so the data has been added to our cell work shooter. So if I click in the dead and sell a one, what this does is displays the original data in the Microsoft word document. So excel not allow us to make any changes to the data and excel. We need to change them in word. So let's press the old F four Cousteau combination to close out of his word document and close the word application, and you want to ensure that the Excel is the active application. You. She'll want to click the cell icon on the task bar, and they will click the file tab of the ribbon on Done. We'll click close that we're not going to say these changes, so we'll click the don't save budget in the bottom of the window 135. Linking and Embedding Objects: Excel, also longer to embed and link Microsoft office objects such as taxed, charge or pictures in a worksheet. When you embedded as it objects, that data is stored in your worksheet and double clicking. The object displays it us creditable in excel, but with the ribbons and tool bars of the original document. For example, if you double click on an embedded word table, Microsoft words ribbons will temporarily replace the rivers and excel with embedded objects . The dead is only updated and excel. The source documents never changes, so linking data as an object of the other hand is just a snapshot of the original source data. The data actually resides in the source file on double thinking on a linked object of this saw. The previous video displays the source data in its original application. So let's work with this little bit. So if you're falling along, we're gonna press the control n keystroke combination to create a new blank workbook. Like half here, they're going to click the insert tab on the ribbon on. What we want to do is then click the object icon of the object of icon is located way over here on the text group of the ribbon. But if your monitor isn't wide enough or your workbook isn't expanded, you would click the text button here and then click objects from the from the little menu. So we want to do next is click the create from file tab here on top of the object window. Anami need to choose the file that we want to link or in bed. So I think the brows, but into the right to the file Name box here, we want to navigate to the lesson Falls folder on her desktop. So tech, just top of the left pane double click the listen files folder and we want to insert the word list files or go to school down until we see word list. Because see that that is a Microsoft word document. So select that and then choose insert. So by default, Microsoft Excel will in bed the document, which means that the object will reside in excel rather than link to the original. But what I want to do is linked to the original documents. I'm gonna click the link to file, but in here So I'm gonna take okay, I'm gonna move this upset about the left corner resides in cell a one. So what this did was inserted the data as a linked object in Excel. So let's could save. I can't hear. I think the drop down arrow in the truth, their location, area and I want to choose us and files from the list. If you don't see that, then click theme or save options that navigates Delasin Files folder on your desktop. Some guy named this new customers. Someone a triple click of the file name box would just select the existing texted their mammal type in new customers, then click Save. So I don't think the data. So because it is a link file as opposed to embedded file, the source data is opened in the Microsoft Word application. So I'm gonna take the word to Daniel here in the first row down your Harris. I'm gonna change this to James Harris. So now if I think the Excel topping the task bar here, you see that the data that we updated in the word document automatically updated in the Excel workbook as well. So let's kick the word tab here on the task artists, which matched the word document and we'll take the close button here. The X and the word with No, we're gonna click it Don't save. We'll have to see if our changes. So the next time the word list document is open the first name here that James will automatically revert back to the original name of Daniel, which is what resides in the word document. So if I were to open mic yourself word right now, it will be the word list file. You can see that my Excel worksheet automatically updated to the original entry, so let's close both of these documents. So but oppress altar for to close the word document on the application on didn't excel. Click the file tab of the ribbon on, then click closed. We're not going to save any changes here, so they don't save, and that is using linked or embedded objects in Excel 136. Exporting Data from Excel: Excel can export or save data in a variety of file for amounts such older versions of Excel touched files, XML, spreadsheets or an XPS document, just to name a few. To accomplish this, you use the Save as command for the Final Options menu and then choose the desired file type from the savers type combo box. No toy. Where that would you save your file in another file format, Excel may, depending on the format, save only the active worksheet and not the entire workbook. You may also lose some formatting during the conversion, so for falling along, you want to think the file tab on the ribbon, then click open. Well, think the brows. I kind of this center pain, and we want to navigate to that lesson files folder on your desktop. So just top of the left pane double kicked a listen files Fuller and the father we want Open is entitled films, so affect the film's workbook and then click open. So let's say this in a different format. To do so, we click the file tab in the ribbon, then choose save as I think you either select the format from here or click the Browse icon and then select the format from year. So since we already did, that will stuck the format from the safest type list from 60 here on the sea of his type box, you see it all of the different formats in which we can save our file. So what I want to do is seven in an older version of Excel, the Excel 97 2003 work format virtues that from the list on the following box. I think I'm gonna name this file 2015 films and then look like Save This saved that current workbook in the new file format, which is Excel 97-2000 Free format. 137. Publishing Worksheets and Workbooks to the Web: another format, which you can export. Data from Excel is HTML for amount, which is the format that Web pages used to store their data. This enables others to view your data via the World Wide Web from the Web browser. By choosing this format, users can view or even interact with your data directly from the Web browser. In addition to standard HTML format, Excel also supports on additional Web format, which is M html that you can use when exporting your data. Unlike exploding to a standard HTML, which uses a main HTML document on a support folder, which contains all the support files, M HTML exports all of the data in tow. One single file. No toilet that this file may not display properly in the older Web browsers, so you may wish to keep that in mind. So if you want to save a fellow this format M html. You would show a single file Web page from the files of type drop down list. So if you're falling along when it could file tab in the ribbon, then choose save as on the left pain. They want to click the lesson files folder here in the right pane of the recent area to ensure that when the lesson files forward and now from the savers type of dropped A list, I want to choose single file Web page, and that is this option right here. What is saving in standard HTML format, you would choose Web page. Instead, we're going to use the M HTML format, so I think that Andi, let's change the title of our Web page. I'm gonna click the change title button. The change title option appears whenever you're saving on Excel Document is a Web page number. Name my title. Older films. They will click OK, that is what will display the title on top of our Web browser would ever review this page online. The last thing we'll do is click the publish budget and this to space the publisher's Web page dialog. So here we want to ensure that the sheet option is selected, who want to publish the entire sheet of the Web page. We also want to ensure that the check box next to open published Web page in browser is checked. So then we'll pick publish on automatically loaded in my default Web. Rosa here so you can see what this would look like if viewing it from the web. So press the control W keystroke combination to close out of there. I'm a top escape to exit backstage of you here. And then I'm gonna click Theophile Tab in the ribbon and then close this workbook and then I think, save when asked to save my changes. 138. Creating Custom Number Formats: in the next several videos, we're gonna be working with four mounting numbers. For that, we're going to be using the Lesson 16 workbook so we're falling along. That's located in the lesson files folder on your desktop. So you want to open that workbook so going to start off. By talking about creating custom number formats, you can create a custom number of format and excel. If one of the prettified formats does not meet your needs, for instance, you might want to create a for, But they will automatically insert that dashes in Social Security numbers so you don't have to enter them are perhaps you wish to create a custom format devil display negative numbers in blue font color. You also have the option of editing existing format codes in order to create a new one. You can specify upto four sections of format codes, and you can see an example of this on your screen. The format code, separated by semi colons, defined the formats for positive numbers, negative numbers, zero values and text in that order. If we specify only two sections, the first is used for positive numbers. On the second is use for negative numbers. If you specify only one section, it will be used for all of the numbers. If you skip a section, you want to make sure to include the ending semicolon for that section. So let's work with this a little bit. So from now, less than 16 work. But he wouldn't insure that the store sales tab is the active tap. We're gonna slept the cell rage be to through pre nine. And that's the values in the Social Security number column here they were gonna right click and choose format cells from the menu. There's displays, a format, cells dialogue, and this is where you create a custom number format. So you want to click the number tab on the dialogue to ensure that that is the active tab on the category list. Here, we're gonna choose custom. That's the last entry in the list You wanna double click in the type of box to select the existing text. For this, really use the pound symbol, so type in pound, pound, pound, dash, pound, pound, cash, pound, pound. What this does is creates a custom format toe automatically place dashes in Social Security numbers. I'm gonna click OK on Excel applied that new custom formats to all of the selected cells, and we can see that the appropriate dashes are not placed in the Social Security numbers. So let's do another one. So this time we just left this cell range C two to C nine. I'm gonna right click again and then choose format cells from the contents to a menu on again. You want the number tab, and they were gonna click the custom option in the list box in the left here. So what I want to do is create a custom format to display numbers as currency with two decimal places on display. Negative numbers in a blue font color surrounded by practice ease. So let's start out by typing our dollars symbol. So again you want to select any existing text the type box and when a typing dollar symbol , then pound sign comma downtown zero. So that's the first part of a former that will enter in the semi colon. And then we went to say on the second part is gonna be our negative numbers in blue fund, surrounded by Prentice's again by entering an open bracket type in the world blue closing bracket. Now you want to make sure the number format is surrounded and predeceased, so open parentheses and then we enter in a number format. So it's currency symbol pound comma on the pound, 0.0 then close pregnancies. So they take okay, We could see our new number format as it was applied to those existing cells. So that's creating a custom number format in Excel. So finish off taking the same not cut on the quick access to a Bart to save our changes. 139. Using Conditional Formatting: conditional for amounting allows you to apply for mounting to select. It sells based on a particular criteria. In other words, if the value of the cells meet specific conditions that you set than the conditional formatting will be applied. Conditional formatting is a good way to call attention specific values in your worksheet. For instance, if your product inventory falls below a certain level, you might wanna add a green fill color, a yellow font color and bold formatting to cause the values to stand out from other cells. So when applying conditional formatting, you need to choose the comparison rule that you want to apply and then enter your criteria for the comparison so you can choose from the following comparison rules greater than less than between equal to text that contains, in other words, excel searches for specific text within a cell. Ah, date occurring on duplicate values on the conditional feature is located on the styles group of the whole ribbon, and here we have the conditional for mounting icon here. So I'm appointing to hell. I'd sell rules here. We can see some of the options that are available to us for even more control choose more rules from the hotted Cells Rules menu here. Then you can further customize your rules. So if you're following along, you want to click on the bonus calculations top here on the bottom of our worksheet, We're gonna select the cell range C four to C 11. That's the story. Income column. Here. They're going to take the conditional formatting icon, which displays are conditional formatting menu. They're gonna point to highlight cell rules. So what I want to do is apply conditional formatting if the two values are between a specific range. So I'm gonna click between from the islet cell rules man U on this displacing between dialogue from where we enter a criteria. So on the left most box here, I'm gonna type in 25,000 on in the second box type in 75,000. So, in other words, the conditional formatting will only be applied if the values of between 25,000 on 75,000 and here it is he any values that fall between that range will be four mounted with light red fill, dark red text. If I wanted to change that, I could just click the drop Donell and choose from one of the options the list or apply a custom formatting. But you know what? I'm gonna leave this as is and just pick. OK, then click on any white area of my spreadsheet here. We can see that the formatting has been applied to those values. Between 25,000 and 75,000 on will finish by taking the save icon on the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 140. Applying Conditional Formatting Based on Top and Bottom Riules: Excel. Also, laws would apply quick, conditional formatting to the conscience of cells based on top or bottom arrange values or those cells that are below or above average on that options. Look, kid under the conditional formatting menu years or click the icon point to top about rules . So as we can see, the available comparison rules are top 10 items, top 10%. Bottom 10 items. Bottom 10% or above average and below average. And again, you can customize the create your own formatting rules by clicking more rules from the menu . And they're not making your selections. So if you're falling along, I want to take the store sales tap in the bottom of the window. Here, I'm going to select the cell range C two to C nine, and then you want to take the conditional formatting icon on the Styles Group of the home ribbon Well, then point to top bottom rules and then choose bottom 10 items from the list. So this displays the bottom 10 items dialogue from where we enter in our criteria, just because it's called bottom ted items. You can also choose a different number so you could choose 57 12 14 etcetera. We're gonna actually do the bottom three items from the type in three in the little list here, we can see that Excel applied the conditional formatting to the lowest items in the list. That is to say, the smallest value, which in this case were the three lowest negative numbers. Click. OK, so now present Control Z keystroke commendation. To undo that last setting, we expect the conditional for about ng. I kind of get in the ribbon 0.2 top bottom rules. This time I'm gonna do the bottom 10%. So think bottom 10% from the list. So again you can set your own custom percentage of the box. So we want to do is draw attention to the bottom 25% of our values. So I'm gonna have 10 here and type in 25. So this will apply the conditional formatting to the data that falls below the bottom 25%. So let's adds own custom formatting to this. So you take the drop down arrow in the formatting box this time gonna choose custom format . This displays the format cells. Dialogue for working apply our own custom formatting. So you want to make sure that the funds tab is the active tab here. So let's take the color drop, Tony Romo. And I think I lied to choose yellow. So choose the yellow longest downward colors. Now I'm gonna click the fill tab on top of the dialogue here on I want a purple Phil to this, so it'll be yellow font with purple fill. So I think the purple swatch in our palate they click. OK, I think like, OK, and if I click on any whiter or spreadsheet, we can see that for money is applied to these two values here, so we'll finish by clicking the save icon on the quick access to a bar to save our changes . 141. Applying Specialized Conditional Formatting: Excel provides the ability to apply specialized, conditional formatting using color data bars, color scales and icon sets. On that option is a little kid in the conditional formatting menu. Here you have data bars, color scales on icon sets. Data bars display a color data bar relative to the value of the other cells in your range. Car scales display a two or three Grady in or solid color shading relative to the value of the other cells in the range and excel of color. The South, Based on the color scale that you set here, I can sense display an icon in the left of the cell twos, visually show where the value falls in the range. And, as with the other conditional formatting options that we've worked with, you always select more rules from the bottom of the menu to modify or create your own formatting rules. So let's work with this a little bit, so we will click the January sales top here, the bottom of the worksheet window. We're going to select the cell rage before t E seven. So that's this rage here. And then we're gonna take the conditional formatting I could in the ribbon we're gonna print to data bars. They want to click the light Blue Data Bar in the second row second column off the ingredient fill area. And that's the light blue down of our as we can see a screen here, so we'll click that. So you think of any white area of our worksheet We can see that they sell notice. Place. I doubt a bar in each cell on the longer than data bar, the higher the value. So let's like the cell range again and click the conditional formatting I can again and we're gonna print toe icon sense of this time. Let's choose the four arrows, the four colored arrows under the directional area here, which is this group of arrows right here, so select so you can see that it added an I can t each cell to display visually were the value falls in the range. But I just something I really don't want the icons here, something to press that controls the keystroke combination, and that reverses that last action. Yes, we went out a little extra possessions to you worksheets. You don't play around a little bit with the data bars, color scales or icon sets to make them more interesting. 142. Creating Your Own Formatting Rules: rather than using the pre defined conditional formatting rules. Excel Allotted Creature own for mounting rules using the new formatting rules Dialogue from here create custom rules based on specific values based on top or bottom, ranking above a below average ranking, duplicate values or even a formula to determine which sells to format. So to display the new formatting rule dialog, you think the conditional formatting I cut here in the river and then click new Rule. Then you can select a rule type and then choose what type of for mounting toe. Apply Nora's I could also lunch the new for money. We will dialogue by clicking more rules on any of the conditional of for mounting menus. Just click more rules here. I just place that same dialogue. So let's play with this a little bit. So we would just like the cell range before t seven, the same range of selected in the previous video. And then we're going to click the conditional formatting. I could have the ribbon and then choose new rule from the menu. So first off that we want to ensure that a format all cells based on their values, is selected So what this means is we're going to apply conditional formatting based upon the value of this cell, based upon the contents of this self that we want to take the format style dropped a list here and let's choose I concepts from the menu. So this immediately switches toe icon set formatting options. So let's click the icon. Still drop down list on. I think I want to use those four color Darryl's again, so select that from the list. Now we can specify criteria for each of these arrows, so that's double click in the first value box here. That is the value for the green arrow, so the value is greater or equal to. That's typing 80 for that value, so the value is greater or equal to 80% than the green era will display. That's double click of the second box here on. We're gonna type in 60. So with the value is less than 80 and greater rico to 60 than the on the upward right pointing ah, yellow Arrow would display, I'm taking the first value box type in 40 of course, notice of this value immediately changes based upon the value in the previous box. So value is greater eagle, or 40 or less than 60 than the downward right printing yo era would display than anything less than 25. We get the Red Devil. Just a pride out of the type here is set 2% so it's looking at the percentage of each value as compared to the other. Values in the range could also deceptive toe a number, actually on an interim, not the range of numbers of you want to check for. But really, this is percent some, I think. Okay, we can see the icon sets applied to our cell range. So now let's keep the save icon on the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 143. Managing Conditional Formatting: the conditional formatting rules manager. A dialog allows you to create new rules, edit delete to change the order of existing rules and stopping valuation of the rules in your list at a specific rule. The rules of the conditional formatting rules Manager dialogue are executed in the order that they are listed. So if you find that two of your rules Aaron conflict, changing the order might resolve the issue. And to display the conditional formatting rules Manager, which is a mouthful, you click the conditional formatting icon on the ribbon, then choose managed rules from their contextual menu. And here we see the conditional formatting rules manager so he can delete the rule or edit the rule, move a rule up or down by selecting the rule and clicking the arrows here in the upper point of blueberry moves it up, down We're printing. There are moves it down and you can even create new rules from this box. So let's work with this a little bit together here, so we're gonna select the cell range B for T seven, that same cell range with which we've been working, and then it will click the conditional formatting icon and then choose marriage rules from the menu. So I want to click the icon set rule here, so that is the first rule in our list. Then we'll choose the Edit Rule button. This brings us back to that familiar and it formatting rule dialogue that we worked with in the last video. So here it could change the format style as well as our any of the other options in this window. But I'm not going to make any changes right now is from to Click Cancel. This brings us back to the rules manager window. So now let's take the data bar rule here, which is the second rule in the list. And I just sort of that I really don't want this rule after all. Someone delete it. So we click the delete rule. But in here that removes that rule. So now let's click the show for many rules for a drop down list here, and that's on top of the window. This allows us to serve you rules for specific worksheets and workbook. We would have you'll rules for the store sales worksheet, sure going to click sheet store sales right now. We were just beauty rules for the current selection. That is to say, the cells are currently selected in our worksheet, but we want to view the rules for store sales. So select that. And here we have that bottom twenties, 5% rule that we created in an earlier video. And I think I'm done with this Ruelas well service selected and then click the Delete Rule button. And then rule is finished as well. Once we're finished book, think OK to return about 12 worksheet. 144. Clearing Conditional Formatting: You can also clear conditional formatting rules by clicking the conditional formatting icon here on the home ribbon, pointing to clear rules and then making your desired selection from the menu begin clear. Conditional for mounting for the selected sells, the Selvi of currently selected the entire worksheet selected Excel Table, which we don't have one selected in this case or the selected paper table. So if you're falling along, let's click the bonus Calculations tab on the bottom of the worksheet window here to click the conditional formatting icon on the ribbon. They were gonna point to clear rules on what I want to do is clear all the rules from this worksheet from to choose clear rules from entire sheet might just select that we see the conditional formatting is no longer apply to this worksheet. So I think we're finished with this workbook. Click the file tab of the ribbon and then choose clothes, and then it will save when asked to save our changes 145. Working with Ranges: If you frequently worked with entire columns or rows of data, you can provide a range name to the cell range, allowing you to quickly identify a group of cells. So instead of battery, selecting a large range of cells every time you want to use them using a range name allows you to select the range automatically by referencing its name. Additionally, you can use the range name any place where you would normally use a cell range. Reference, such as a formula, for example, using named ranges allows you to quickly apply for mounting toe an entire range of cells and to neighbouring you select the cell range or you want to name on there in the Range Name box, which is up here. The upper left corner window. You type in the new name for your range. Now there are some rules for creating range names. Some things to keep your mind are that range names must be one word that cannot contain spaces. You can, however, use an underscore a period or a backslash between the words. For example, January back slash 2019 is an acceptable name. Range hyphens aren't allowed and range names are not case sensitive. So doesn't matter how you reference them. And with the exception of the period, underscore and back slash punctuation marks and special characters such as ostriches, dollars, Simple question, Mark exclamation point, etcetera are not allowed. So that's work a little bit with named Ranges. So for falling along, you want to open the Lesson 17 workbook file, and that's low. Kidder in the Lesson Files folder on your desktop on Once Not is open, we want to click on the Y T D totals the year. Today's totals top the bottom of our worksheet window. So once here we're just like the cell range B nine to be 15. They want to click of the Name box, and once we clean the name box, it automatically selects that existing a cell reference in the name box. We're gonna type in January and then topped the enter key on a keyboard that names that range to January. Someone do the same thing with the next columns to reflect the range C nine. To see 15 think of the name box and type in February. Top the edge Akira keyboard, and then one more will do March. See nine To see 15 click in the range, name, box and type in March Top enter. So I'm gonna click the drop down arrow and then arranged a box. Here we can see all of our names. Rangers. So I don't think on January let me see that Excel automatically selects the range B nine to be 15 or that range that we named January. Selecting a range name like this allows you to quickly apply formatting to a range of cells , so we'll take the save icon on the quick access toolbar to save our changes. 146. Using a Named Range: using descriptive named ranges and formulas can make your from us easier to understand. So to use the named ranging a formula simply replaced the salve reference that you would normally use with the appropriate name range. For example, suppose you have the cell range A Want a 15 named 2019 underscore Total The cell range B one to B 15 named 2020 underscore Total. So you wanted to find the some of those to sell ranges. You could use the formula equal. 2019 Underscore Total plus 2020 Underscore Total. So know that whenever you begin to type a cell range such as our equal J n, we see that a little small box appeared on the screen with deranged name. This is an example of excels auto complete feature. So if I wanted to use this range name in my formula on learning to do is tap the tab Key on Excel finishes inserting the range name. So let's work with this a little bit. So cancel that we want to click on the arrow to the right of the name box. Here we could see all of the range names in our stores and These are the three that we created the last video. So it's top the escape key in our keyboard with a click and Selby 17 a number type equal, some open pregnancies. And in January North, a little auto complete box popped up from just picked up the tab key on my keyboard and then closed parentheses. They will tell the enter key on a keyboard, and here is a for my equal. Some open practices January close parentheses. So this calculates the some of the January column here, using the named range instead of a cell reference. So now let's kick the formalist tab in the ribbon number, the clique in cell C 17 which is the total field for the February role. I'm a type of equal, some open parentheses. This time we're gonna use the use informal a button. This isn't on the way of outing. Unnamed. Range to your for Mullah on this again will list all of the named ranges in your worksheet so he quickly choose the one that you want on added injury formless. I'm gonna choose February from the list here and then are closing. Prentice's in there will tap enter on a keyboard. A next will kick in Cell D 17 which is the March total field will type equal. Some open Prentice's I'm a Select the range manual in this time instead of using the named , ranged from the Select the Soul Ridge D 92 D 15 to release My Mouse Spotted knows that Excel automatically inserted the range name for that selective group of cells. What does that door closing parentheses and then tap the enter key on our keyboard. So now let's click in Selby 17 which is the total field will be added for the January column, and I want to take it the name box and I'm gonna name this cell Jan Total. Then tap enter. So as we can see, a single cell reference can be used in a range name. It's not gonna click and sell C 17. This time I'm gonna click the defined name icon that's located on the Defining Games Group of the Formulas Ribbon, You're anything defined name. This is just another way to name a cell range. Some type of Phoebe underscore Total the name box and then click OK, I mean, we're looking in the cell name box. Here, we can see that the new named Range appears in the box, then last year, with a click in Cell D 17 when they think of the name box and we'll name this 1 march and they are underscore total and then top theatric your keyboard. So no, it's clicking Cell C 19 and this is the first quarter total cell with a type of equal. Jan Little tep to top Cuma keyboard. Tried the Jan I'm described Total range name Last Feb Underscore total. So you could just typing out. If you don't want to use the auto fill future, then lastly, March press tab to have the march underscore Total named Ranger and then I'll tap the enter key on my keyboard. So now, using the name range the John Total factorial a march total. Calculate this some off these three cells here B 17 through d 17. So that is how to use name, ranges and Excel. I will finish my thinking to save icon the quick access to a bar to save our changes 147. Managing Range Names: So with this video, we're gonna work with the name manager dialogue. As you display it. You want to click the formalist tab in the ribbon and then click. The name manager icon is located on the defined It Names group, so the name Manager dialogue provides an easy way to manage all the range names and table dings in your workbook from one location. So from the name manager dialogue here, you can delete named ranges that you no longer need. You can edit the name or sell references of existing named ranges. You can add new named ranges if you want to click the new button as well, a sort and filter your ranges. So let's work a little bit with this together. To get a feel for it, I'm gonna click the close button to cancel out of here, and if you're following along, you want to click the fruitless Topping the Ribbon and then we're going to click the name Manager icon. So from the list here, this is all of our named Ranges in our worksheet. So we're gonna click the store range here, decided that no longer need this named ranging my workbooks so I think the delete button. I'm not displacing error message asking us. We really wished to delete the range, name and reduce or to click. OK, so I'm gonna take the column header for the name column here. Now they're sorted in ascending order alphabetically. So now let's take the new button here in the top of the window. This explains the new name Dialogue, which allows us to create a new range name from the Name box, are being named my rage April. Then we click the Collapse Dialogue, but in here that allows us to select the range that we want to be included in the names of Click that they will take the cell range E nine t 15 and then clicks the expanded dialogue button here. It restores the new name dialogue on, Do that about, does it for this and could have a comment if you want to. But, I mean just look like Okay, so now we can see that the new range name April has now been added to a name manager window . So I think this about dozens from electrically closed but in here. So now we click the arrow in the name Ridge Box. Here we can verify that. Indeed, the store rage husband deleted on a new range April has been added to the list, so we'll take the same icon of the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 148. Using the VLOOKUP Function: the V look up function allow you to locate a data within a defined table refer to as an array. So the V look up functions, searches for a value in the left most column of a table and then returns our value in the same role from a column that you specify in the table. So, for instance, supposing one worksheet, we have an order and tree lists as we have in this works, you don't. Our screen, which contains a customer name a product I d. Is the product that they purchased in another sheet. In our look up table, you have a list of all of their products and the corresponding product I ds. And this is a look up table knows that we also have the name of the name of each item and price data acquired and category. So, using the Vienne look of function, we can insert the name of our product and the price in order entry list by searching our look up table for the product, name and prize that corresponds to the product I D. So the format of the V look up function is as follows, so of course you began each formula with an equal sign on then v look up open Prentice's. So the first part of the formula is the look up value. This is the value that you want to look up the next value with table array, and this is the table from where you want to look it up, which is our look up table. In this case, the list sheet here on the third part is the column index number. This is the column in the table that contains the value we want to return. So an example here on our screen, the first argument look up. Value would be the cell address of the product i. D. Number. That is to say, the item that we want to look up in our table array. The second argument is the table array is the complete range of our look up table, so this could be a cell address, such as on a one to F 1 31 or unnamed range, such as my list now note. Done. This is important. The table must be sorted in alphabetical order by the Left Most column, or you will receive an error in your formula Now the table rate can be located in the same worksheet or in another worksheet. On the third argument is the column index number. This is the column number in the table array to be returned. So if the product's name column, which is the college whose value you want to return, was the third column from the left, and this argument would be three. So let's create a V look up function, so we'll click on the list tab in the bottom of our worksheet window. I want to select the cell range a four F 1 31 time to scroll down until I could see 1 31 and then pull down the shift key and then click. This selects that entire range. So select the first self in a range hold of the shift key, and it's like the last cell arrange that is another way of stuck the entire age. Get often just Drake copy if you want to do it that way. So now we're thinking the name boxing women named this range of name it video list that's a little bit easier to use in a formula, Then the sub range tap the enter key on a keyboard on the cell range is not named Video list. So let's kick the orders tab on the bottom of the word sheet window. We're gonna cook and sell D for we're gonna enter our V look up formula, you're gonna type equal V lock up. Well, been pregnancies. So now we begin entering our formula arguments. So the first value we has a really want to look up that is C for So you wanna look up the product I d in this worksheet, then type comma to suffer the arguments. The next argument is the table array, That is to say, the table from where you want to look it up, which is a look up table. We just named that a video list still taping video list, the type comma. And now we need to enter another last argument, which is the column number. So the product name is located in the second column from the left in our list sheet. So this argument would be two for alerting up this value in a video list named Range on Development. Were pulling it from is the second column from the left. Then we take the closing parentheses, then topped the edge A key on a keyboard So now let's will entered another view Look up function To look up the price off this video When I think of the price field the general type of the equal of you Look up, open pregnancies So again we're gonna use the product I d field in this work She has a feel you want to look up so type and see for comma again A look up table Is that video listo named Rain? So type in that three i d eo just press the tab key to finish the complete there typing comma And then the last argument is the location in our look up table that we want to return. So in this case, the price feel is located in the fourth column from the left in our look up table. So he entered the number four that closed parentheses. We top the edge, a key on a keyboard. So now I can just drag copy this down to the rest of our worksheet and the release not spotted. If we now take a lock of her like a table. We see column to the title column. Four is the price was the columns have used as a final argument in the two of you look up functions that we entered in. So if you look a blade, you can see that the product that he is hor for 05 Which is it You are four or five. So there is the product i d. That we looked up in our look up function. So that is how to use the V. Look up, function in excel off very handy and common function. So let's take the see if I cut of the quick access to a bar and we're actually finished with this workbooks, so we'll take the file tab of the ribbon and then click close from backstage view. 149. Creating a Macro: in the next several videos, we're gonna be working with macros, and for that we're gonna be using the Lesson 18 workbook and that's located in the lesson files folder in your desktop. So if you're following along, you want to open that workbook. So if you find yourself performing a task frequently in Excel, you can automate that task with a macro. Now Macro is a Siris of actions such as menu command selections or keystrokes that are recorded and then can be run or played back as one action whenever you need to perform that task when he recorded Macro Excel saves each step that you perform. When you run your macro Excel automatically perform all of the actions that you've recorded with as little as a single most click. So as each keystroke view make is recorded, it is important to to kind of plan your reaction to enter time. Ah, what you want to record so you don't make a mistake during the recording phase. So to record a Magarri, click the View tab on the ribbon on the matters. I conned his way over here on the right side of the river, and you want to click the arrow and then choose record macro. That brings out the record of macro dialog. So one thing you need to decide is where you want to store your macro so macros can be stored in the active workbook file, meaning there will only be available toe worksheets in that workbook. Why they can also be stored in the global file, which is called the personal Macro Workbook. Any macro stored here will be available toe all other excel workbooks from the recording out your winter can also enter a key store combinations. So control another cousteau which are automatically invoke the macro on the decanter in the description off the macro as well. Of course, you want to provide a well of a name free macros and north of macron names cannot contain spaces. So you can either car tobacco from the view tab here in the ribbon or from the developer ribbon. We could see the record macro option over here on the code group of the river by default of the developer ribbon is headed, but you could always display it from the file options menu switches, file options for backstage of you. You want to click the customize ribbon budget and then a year. You just want to check the check box Texan developer to make sure that the ribbon is displayed. And if I were to uncheck it, the developer ribbon would disappear. But we want to make sure that that ribbon is visible. So I'm gonna keep the check box checked here. Now, this cat slowed of here. One lesson two notable mackerels is that macro enabled workbooks cannot be open in Excel online. That could only be open and run from the desktop version of Excel. So let's create a knock were together. So if you're falling along, you want to click the view tab in the ribbon again? You want to make sure that you have that lesson 18 workbook open. I'm a clicking still a one. I don't think they are on the Mac with, but it and I want to choose with Cordy macro from the menu. So the first thing I wanted to do is provide a name from my Mac. What? I'm gonna name this my heading and for a short cut on that type in h in the shortcut box here. So any time I press the control age Cousteau combination. The macro will execute and you want to make sure that this workbook is displayed in the storm. Acker, we drop down list. I'm gonna answer in a little description. The macro this call this macro to insert a heading on down About that, it's a look. Okay, so we are now recording our macro with my cursor is still a one of a type of Rodney's video . Then tap the enter key on my keyboard. Now you want to make sure that a two is the active cell. I'm a type in accounting department and kept the enter key on my keyboard. So let's take the home tab in the ribbon. I must click the select all button, and that's to the left off column A and above roll one on. That selects the entire worksheet, and I was septic font to times New Roman's going to click the doctor on the font family list and type T I am I. Once times do Roman appears, I will click it. I'm a set. The font size to 12 some to choose 12 from the font size dropped our list. So now I want to click just a cell range. They want a two, and that's these two cells that contain text on. For these. Intercept the font size to 18 from the Choose 18 and Maxima. Click and sell H one on the type of equals today, open close pregnancies and then top enter that enters in today's date, and I think I want the day to be, I tell a sizable click and so h one could see italics butted the front group of the home women on. I think I'm gonna make this a size eight font size from now. Choose eight points from the fund said Dropped a list. So when you're done recording, you, then click the stop recording budget. And that's this button located raid here on a lower left corner. Your worksheet. The little square. We could see that as I move my mouse button over the icon to get a little message box telling us, Ah, Backer is currently recording Click to stop recording, so click the macro to stop recording. So the next video we'll learn how to run a macro 150. Running a Macro: After you have finished recording a macro, you can run it either from the macro zai cod or, if you've established one by using the shortcut key combination running back when there was saved in the current workbook, you will first need toe open the workbook in which the macro was saved. But if you save the Mac er in the personal macro workbook, the workbook is open automatically when you launch, except is just hidden from view, so to run amok, where you click the view tab in the ribbon. Or you can also run a mackerel from the developer top of the ribbon. But let's work with the view tab here. We don't think the on the market, but it and then you choose view Mac Rose. So then the macro window displays from where he could view a list of all the macros that are in other your personal workbook or in the current workbook and to run amok due to select it and then click run. So let's let's do this together so we're going to click on sheet to the bottom of your worksheet window. Then we want to click. It's so a one. The government. I think the view tab of the ribbon on the Mackerels icon and then choose View Mac Rose. So let's kick the my heading map career and then click Run about executes a macro on inserts the text on the data that we entered when we recorded the macro. So now let's take the sheet three. Top of the bottom of our worksheet window tickets. So anyone this tumbling to use that keystroke combination now we set I never recall that was control H Hold on control on the top Ph Chema keyboard and again that executes the macro. For the next video, we'll take a look at how to edit a macro. 151. Editing a Macro: would you record a back row? The actions that you perform original in a programming language called Visual Basic for applications often abbreviated to B B, A two and a tobacco that you recorded. It's helpful to have a little background in the visual basic programming language. However, some of the commands are straightforward enough than anyone can make. Basic changes. Editing a mackerel is accomplished through the visual basic for Applications editor, which allows you to directly alter the programming code of the macro. So to access that I'm going to click the era when the mangroves budget and choose view mackerels as we did in the last video. You select the macro you want to edit, and then we click the edit button. So for falling along, you want to do that. So if the editor this is the visual basic for applications window, we can see that it says that right on top off the window here. This is the underlying code for the macro there we recorded. We can actually edit his CO to make changes to our macro. Now, if you're macro is stored in the personal macro workbook, that is to say that global workbook file. You may 1st need toe unhygienic workbook by clicking the unhygienic icon of the view tab of the ribbon and then selecting personal toe on hide. That workbook, so first they want to do is change the worksheet heading if you call a worksheet. Heading was Rodney's video, and we inserted that in Cell a one so I would have changed his Turabi's video store. So you want to look at our market coat for that Rodney's video and treat. We could see it's right here, So take after the word video press, the space Bar, McKee Boat and Type store. This changes the first row of the heading, so now I want to scroll down until I see size 18. That's right down here. If you call me selected the sales, a one and a two on increased your font size to 18 and I think I want to be even bigger. I want increases to 26. So once we find the 18 here, click after the aid tax, the backspace key on my keyboard twice and then type in 26. That changes the font size to those two cells to 26 points and I think that's all I want to do here. So to exit the visual basic for application Editori, you could file on the menu and then choose clothes and return to Microsoft Excel. So let's test out our editor Do macros were gonna click the insert worksheet. I count here on the bottom of the worship. We know it is located to the right to the worksheet. Tabs. Here is from a click that icon, and that inserts a new blank worksheet tickets still a one. They will take the back roads budget, not the URL, but this time the button and the automatically opens up the mackerel window for us. I would think that my heading Macro and then click run notice that are heading now, reads Rodney's video store. Instead of just Rodney's video on the font, size was increased to 26 points. So in the next video, we'll take a look at saving a workbook with Mac Rose 152. Saving a Workbook with Macros: If you add macros to your workbook, you'll need to save it as either an Excel macro enabled workbook or an Excel macro enable template. We can see these two options here if I click the savers type drop down list from the Sabres dialogue, you see the options macro enabled workbook. Or, if you created a template with macros, you would choose the Excel macro enabled template if you try to save and standard Excel format on the Excel workbook for but for example, Exelon display an alert message informing you that you cannot save your workbook in this format. Standard Excel files cannot contain visual basic code escape out of here. And if you're falling along, you want to click the file tab on the ribbon, then choose save as from backstage view next, going to click the browse. I can't in the centre pain here, so I'm gonna say this is the lesson files fuller on my desktop. So when I click desktop in the left pane double take lesson files fuller in the right pane . So notice that if I click save, I have asked me if I want to replace it and click. Yes, you see the message telling us that the following features could not be saved in macro free workbooks VB project, which is a visual basic code. So to save the file with these features, you need to click no and then choose macro in natal file type of the file type less. So we will do that. So, you know, here. So for the savers type drop down last, we want to choose Excel macro enabled workbook. So is something that and then click safe. Now when you open a workbook containing Mac Rose Excel displays a security warning, letting you know that the workbook contains potentially harmful code on disables. The macro is in the workbook. If you trust the out of the workbook, you click the available content button in the security warning area. Now, I know that if the document is located on a network, you will be asked if you wish to make the document trusted a document if you choose yes, and you won't be prompted to enable the mackerels in the future. Now, if you want to disable the security alerts, let's say you receive a lot of work books with macros from your co workers and colleagues. You could do so from the trust center of the Excel Options Dialog to choose file options. The contrast center trust center settings. And then you would think on macro sittings here. Then you can choose enable all Mac Rose, which really should only be used if year Onley receiving workbooks from people that you know and trust. Right now, the option is set by default to disable all macron's with notification. So this will automatically disable the backwards. We could just click the little content button to enable them is also the option to disable all Macron's without notification. And then there's the option to also disable all macros except digitally signed back Rose. But I don't want to do that. I'm gonna leave the default settings as the ours and click cancel. Cancel. So let's close this book. Surma. Choose file clothes from the menu on that closes that workbook. So now we're gonna open up a workbook containing macros, which is filed on in the recent area. Want to click the lesson 18 x l s m knows that a standard excel for about his ex l s x on a workbook attaining macro contains the extension XLs stamps. We're gonna open that workbook. We can see this. Our security warning here telling us that mackerels have been disabled in this document. So right now, we would not be able to run the macro. So what this does basically is prevents macros from automatically launching when you open a document and thus getting access to your computer or engaging in other nefarious activities . So we want to enable the common Tend we want to enable the macro through with a click, see, enable content button. And now we could run our macro again if your macaroon able work, but was starting a network drive. You would also be asked if you want to make this file a trusted document. If that's the case and you're okay Without that, he would then click. Yes. 153. Adding a Macro to the Quick Access Toolbar: In addition to using the mackerels command button to run your Mac rose, you can add them to the quick access tool bar up here for easy access. So if you create a macro, we will then appear the Macron's category off available commands that you can add to the toolbar and to make your macro standout. Excel also allows you to choose from a variety of icons that you could apply to your toolbar back rows. So let's add a macro. Chu are quick access toolbar, so we start by clicking the customized quick access toolbar heroin. That's right here on the right of the quick answers toolbar, and then we choose more commands from the menu. So what? This basic dozes displays the quick access to a bar section Off Excel options. You can also choose the foul, temper the ribbon, take Excel options and then click quick access to bar in the left pane. So now we want to click the arrow under the choose commands from area dropped on air over here, and we want to choose Mac Rose. What this does is displays all available Mac rose in our workbook, so the macro that I want to add to the quick access toolbar is the My heading Macro. Now we created in an earlier video from the Selective my heading Macro onto added, We need to click the add button in the center years so we'll do that. And the matter has not been added to our quick access toolbar, but I want to make a couple of changes to the macro. So with the macro selected, I want to click the modify button that's in the lower right window here so we can do two things from this window provided display name for a macro. That is to say, that is the name that will display when you move your mouse Pranger over the macro button on the quick access to of our I'm uses to provide a description of the macro so people know what the icon does. Some type in Rodney's heading in the display name box on. The second thing we could do from this window is choose an icon for Macro, and I think I want to use the person. I can hear someone click that icon, so if you're falling on, you can choose whatever I can you like but I think this one will stand out nicely. So if the person I can't selected on my my custom name in the display name box I'm looked like Okay, I don't do it. So pick OK to close the options window because here, macro is now on a quick access to a bar. If a move by most ponder over it, it says Rodney's heading. So next that's out. A new worksheets. We're gonna click the add work she daikon here, the new sheet icon on the right of the sheet tabs. And that's kicking our macro new macro icon. And that executes the macro. So I think we're done working with Mac Rose on. We're done with this workbook. So click the file tab on the ribbon. I think the clothes on will save our changes. That is, working with macros in Excel 154. Tracing Formula Precedents: in the next several videos, we're going to begin working with some of excels data analysis tools. For that, we're gonna be working with the lesson 19 workbook on that is located in the lesson files folder on your desktop. So if you're falling along with me, you want to make sure that you open that workbook. Listen, 19. So we're gonna start by talking about tracing Foreman of precedence. Now, when you work, she contains a large amount of formalize and sell values. Errors can occur to find the source of these mistakes. Excel provides several auditing tools to help you. One of these is the trace precedence tool nor precedent is a cell that's refer to in a formula. For instance, if I click in cell E 22 look at the form that we could see the from A is subtracting E 19 from 11. In this case, both of these cells are precedents, that is to say, any cell that refer to it a formula. So, no, If I activated the trace presidents option here, but could you trace precedence? And l indicates that these two feels 11 Andi, 19 our presidents for a cell e 22 then I don't remove arrows to remove the president. Let's say I typed in value here off D eight plus B 29. Attacked. Enter. So now activated the trace presidents Future. It prints to those two cells in other words, the cell references in the formula and again to remove president arrows from your worksheet . You click the remove arrows, but I'm really elite this formal right here. So tracing precedents also allows you to understand the relationships between the former's in the cells in your worksheet. This can be particularly helpful in a worksheet with many complex formula constructions. So if you're forming on you want to click in Selby 22 that's his cell rate. Here you can see the formula in our firm Lebar Air B 11 minutes. Be 19. So now you want to click the formulas tab on the ribbon. And as we've seen a moment ago, the Trace Presidents option is located on the firm a ah knitting group with a ribbon here. So I think the trace presidents icon on the line is drawn down from B 11 to be 22. But the little circles here indicate the cell references that are part of the formula. So now let's kick and sell East 16. We can see in this case we have a four. Mother is something the range of cells cells be 16 2 d 16. So let's kick the trace precedents icon here in the ribbon on the arrow points through cells be 16 C 16 on d 16 because they are all used in the formula. So now let's clear all those arrows from my worksheet. So we think they remove arrows Icon in the ribbon and that is tracing former presidents. 155. Tracing Cell Dependents: Another useful oddity tool is the trace dependence tool that's also located the formula. Ah Knitting Group. Off the formulas Ribbon Independent cell is a cell whose value changes based on the value of another cell. So suppose me click in Cell C 18 and then it clicked. Trace dependence. This example. The Auditing Arrows point to sell E 18 on C 19 because both of these cells uses that cell in a formula on the value of these two cells is dependent on the value in this cell. So if I change the value of R C 18 than these two cells would change as well. So thus the values of C 19 and E 18 dependent the value of cell C 18. So that's that. These are the dependence. Another way to define a dependent cell, basically, is any cell that contains a formula that references another cell. So basically all these cells here contained formulas. Reference arranges cells. So these air all dependence move these arrows here for my worksheet following along its taking cell C eight. Then let's kick the trace dependence icon here in the formula Ah, knitting group of the ribbon. And as we can see the arrow points from cells e eight and see 11 because they're dependent on the value off cell C eight. So now let's take the on the remover was icon here and now is that we can choose to remove all elves or just remove President arrows or just remove the dependent girls. I'm gonna click Remove dependent girls That clears the arrows for my worksheet. 156. Tracing and Fixing Errors: excels. Trace error Auditing tool helps you to discover the source off formula Errors of your worksheet. The trace error tool draws arrows from this cell that causes the error to the active cell that contains the air. Should you have a relatively complex form, this feature could really save you a lot of time in trying to track down formula inaccuracies. So on the screen here I have some typical errors that era bellies that you might see in a worksheet. So the pound value Mr Space with the wrong type of operator value is used in the formula. The power to def divided by zero exclamation point, occurs when a number is divided by zero. The pound ref error displays with a cell reference in the formula is not valid. The A pound and air occurs when a value is not available toe a function or formula. Onda, lastly, is the name error. This occurs when Excel is not recognised text in a formula. But as we can see from on the screen, all era values are preceded by a pound sign. So to trace the error, you click the arrow on the air or checking icon and that's again on the formulas tab of the ribbon, and then you choose trace error from the menu. So let's do that. So let's click and Selby 41. So for that, we're gonna have the scroll down here is being 41 here we see, we see a dip divided by zero error. So from the formulas ribbon here, we want to click on the arrow on the air checking icon and then click trace error from the menu, and here we can see that it is referencing an empty Selby 37 divided by B 12 and B 12 is an empty cell. So thus we get the day of divided by zero error on what I really wanted this to read was B 37 divided by B 11. So it's taking the cell that contains the error click in the formula Barb. I will change the B 12 to be 11. That would help the Edge Acuna keyboard, and the error disappears. Now we want a format. This as a percentage. You wouldn't think this cell right click and then choose form outsells from the contextual menu. When I activate the number tab and then We will make the percentage in the left. This box here click. Ok. This form slb 41 as a percentage. Looks like the same icon. The quick access toolbar to save our changes. 157. Error Checking a Worksheet: Another tool for finding and fixing errors is the error checking tool, which checks your work. Shoot for errors, then displays the error checking dialog box when an error is found. It can access this from the air checking butting menu here, then choosing our checking. We just take the hour checking icon and that activates that feature. You can then choose to trace the error, as we did in the last section. Search for help on the error. Show the calculation steps, and it's the former in the formula bar or ignore the error entirely. So if you're fooling a lawn, gonna click and sell a one. This just sets the insertion point of the beginning of our document, and then we want to take the error checking icon, the Guinness of the Formulas ribbon on the formal auditing group So perfectly I counted out , launches the ER checking dialogue. So what this does is error checks are worksheet that displays this dialogue if it encounters an error in our worksheet, and it did. We see we have an error in Cell D 37 it shows us the form. Landes, 37 equals 20 to minus a 35. So let's click the show calculation steps. But in here, this displays the evaluate, form the dialogue and displays the first cell reference in the formula. So let's think, evaluate, And this displays the next cell reference in the form we see that this is this cell represent is causing the error. And as we can see, there is a value, our code in our evaluation window. So let's click close and thats click the energy Formula Bar Bunch in that inserts are cursor in the formula bar and in the sale that contains the air. So instead of a 35 this should of Red de 35 So let's move the A and Type D. Instead, they will tap the enter key on a keyboard. Now let's kick resume. We received a message telling us that the error check is complete for the entire sheet. That is to say, there are no additional errors on our worksheets will take Okay, that closes the box. So I think we're done with using the formula auditing tools here. So when you click the file tab of the ribbon and then click close in the left pane and will save our changes, so look like save to close the workbook 158. Creating a PivotTable: so the next couple of videos will be working with pivot tables. For that, we're gonna be working with the period workbook on getting this located in the lesson files folder on your desktop. She want to click the file tab of the ribbon click Open grounds. I would choose desktop in the left pane, but I think the lesson files fuller on again. The name of the file is pivot. You're in a school way down till we see Pivot on selected, then click open, so gonna start by creating a pivot table. A pivot tables allow you to analyze complex data off related totals and compare several facts about each total. Data for pivot tables is usually in large lists, such as the sales figures for a company, for instance, with a list that we have on the screen. So we could. Here we can see customer information, the sales person and then the purchase amount. So what we have here basically is a customer order list. Now. Perhaps the greatest advantage of using pivot tables is there flexibility. You could easily change the way the data is summarized, so let's create a pivot table. So to do So you want to make sure that the customer list top is the active tab. So we took. And so a one. This select city cell in our list that we want to click the insert tab in the ribbon on the pivot table I cut is the first icon in the insert ribbon that's on the tables. Group of the ribbon. So let's take the paper table icon. This displays that create pivot table dialog and hear a list the range of our data. We can see that it's including cell a 12 G 30 in a range. So if that is not the crunch range, click via clubs dialogue button and then select the proper range or just type it in the box . If you prefer, it is not a couple options down here can choose as a new worksheet or place it in an existing worksheet. On the default is new worksheet, and that is pretty much for me once. So we're gonna create our pivot table in a new blank worksheet on Don't do it. So I think Okay, so we can see that the period table tool provided us a blank framework for a pivot table allows us to drink rows and columns and body feels to The appropriate box is in the paper table feels toss paid. Now, after the creation of your period table, you can then drink items to new locations to reorganize your data. Note, however, that the data in your pivot table is read on Lee. You could Onley change the values in the source list off the data. So if our paper table is placed on sheet one, I couldn't modify any of the actual paper table values here. We need to go back to that customer list work. She did make my changes there. So when adding feels to our pivot table, you drag the fields directly from the pivot table feel list, which is what we have year to the task pain. So, as you can see, there are four different regions to which we can add feels this filters, which is used to filter the entire report columns, which is used to display feels as columns across your report, rose, which displays role labels of the left side of your report on Last Thing is Values, which displays a numerical data that composes the body of your pivot table report. Almost nice is that if you don't like the way a report looks after having added something this, you can just drag it toe another one of the categories in the task pain. So let's add some feels to our task paid. So the first thing I want to do is keep the sales person field. I'm gonna drink that down to the rose area, and we can see that the sales person feel now appears on the left side of a report I really wanted to. You could just click the check box or feel that as it to the window. Everything is dragged to the column that you want, but I find it's one less step to go through. So now I want to drink the city to the filter's area so we'll do that city down to filters and release from all spotted. This allows us to quickly filter or data by city, and I'm gonna click the state, feel a move that to the columns area what this does. It sets the state field as our column headings on. Lastly, we want to drink the purchase about to our values area So do that drink. Don't values on this since the purchase of own feel as a new miracle data that we went toe analyze in our pivot table. So now the flexibility of a pivot table allows you to easily rearrange the rows and columns of your data. For instance, if the sales person feel is in the role location the city feel is in the column location. You can change the layout every pivot table to display the sales person in the carnival occasion on city in the role location. So to rearrange, feels in a pivot table. You just move the mouse Parcher over the field until the most pointer transforms into a four way girl, then click and drag it to the appropriate region box. You could also think a field in the fields list pain here on top on this drug to the new field that will just removed from the existing field and add it to the new region. So what I want to do is move this sales person to the columns region. Somebody moved my most part over sales person until my printer transforms into a four way. I'm gonna drag a chew the Commons area. So now I want to move the Citi Field to the Rose area. Some movement Paul Supporter over City. Click and drag to the rose area on the release. My mouse button. Lastly, I want to move the state feel from the columns area to the filter's area. Somebody movement hospital with the state field, Click and drag on and regular, which of filters in the release Mama's button. So this is the new layout of our parent tables, where you can see how easy it is to completely change the look of your period table simply by dragging and dropping the fields in the appropriate regions. So it's going to save my kind of the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 159. Setting PivotTable Options: whatever you select any part of your pivot table, the contextual analyzed have appears on the ribbon under pivot table tools for where you can modify your pivot table, you can set a variety of options from the analyzed down here. You can change the data source of the Pivot Table group and I'm group pivoted elements. You can move the pivot table toe. Another worksheet can show or hide the field list, showing Hide column and row feel headers. You're not clear filters or carol pivot table data inserted. Modify formulas as well as, ah, hide and show group buttons. You can also right click on your pivot table anywhere in your pivot table, then choose pivot table options from the list. This displays the pivot table options dialog, so from here, it could set a variety of paper table options as well. So if in falling and I'm going to click in any salary, a pivot table that we want to take the contextual, analyzed tab of the ribbon under pivot table tools. If you don't see this, that because you don't have your paper table selected so you'd actually slept inside of your pivot table for those contextual ribbons to appear so thick and lies. So now I want to take the field is but in here on the show group of the ribbon. Now, if you don't see the feels but that's because your excel window isn't maximized or your monitor isn't white enough to display all the data. So in that case, click the show button and then click feel list. So I really think the feel is but in here. So what this does is hides the pivot table, feel this task paid from view. It wanted tobacco. Just click the fuel button again to get it back. I'm gonna hide it from the moment now we want to click and sell a five. So what, this does it just select a cell in the calm that I want to sort stone? I think the role labels dropped down arrow here, this display several sort and filter options. So I want to start this in descending order. So I'm gonna click sort Z to A from the contextual menu here north of the list is now sorted in descending order. So now I want to drag select sounds before and see for, which is the head of columns for column B and C. Dan Baker and Joe Clark. What I want to do is group them together. So what those selected you want to click the group selection I Cannabis, located of the group group off the contextual analyzed ribbons to click the group selection button. I know it's the new Group One option here It's cell before synoptic think that little minus but into the left of group one that collapses the group on displays the some off both of the fields together. So if I click the plus and ex cons the group, when we still see the separate feels for Dad Baker on Joe Clark So what this does is basically allows us to combine specified feels together. But I'm gonna keep this expanded some to kick the plus symbol here unalis kick in cell G six. So we're gonna do now is click the feel sittings icon over here in the active feel list. What this does is displaced the value feel, settings, dialog. So from here we can change how the data is summarized. Right now, we can see that is summed. There is the degree of function has applied toward data here, so I'm gonna changes toe average. So it's, like average in our list and then looked like, OK, I noticed that the grand total field for all of these columns now is averaged instead of subbed in and we can see move the most cursor over the values that tells us average of personal amount for all of these feels. So I want to right click anywhere in the grand Total column point to summarize values by and we're gonna choose some from the list of what this will do is change our get function back to some rather than average so a couple different ways you can modify the data in the Puma table. So, yes, or a lot of additional options you can choose from the analysed having the ribbon are from the contextual menu when you right click on the pivot table. So let's take the sea of iconic quick access toolbar to save our changes. 160. Formatting a PivotTable: from the contextual designed tub. Here, you can change the appearance of your pivot table, accepted by several pre defined pivot table styles from which it can choose uneasily Format appear in table. These dolls include professional looking combinations off Phil colors, fonts, borders, fund colors on patterns. If none of the pre defined in styles Meacher needs, however, you can create your own custom. Styles knows that the ribbon on Lee displays a few of the available styles to school. The style gallery. You can click the previous or next button to scroll up or school down in here is cooled down. Over. We can see the various styles, or if you wanted to spray the entire gallery at once, click the more button, which is the last dumber pointy arrow. This displays the entire pivot table styles gallery. Now you confirm we modify the formatting of her table, the changing options, such as hiding or displaying the hetero displaying banded rows or columns in which the even rows or columns are formatted differently from the odd rows and columns. Much like the accounting Green Bar report, you can also display sub totals, grand totals as well as modified the report layout. So if you apply a style and later on, decide you want to remove it, you'll take the more button on the Pivot table Styles gallery and then choose clear from the menu that will remove that style from the pivot table. Don't you do that The people table, then display in the default format. So for falling along, you want to click and sell a seven. This activates are pivot table. By selecting any cell within the pivot table area, they want to clip the contextual design top on the ribbon. It is located under pivot table tools. So let's take them more button on the parrot table styles gallery and what is school down until we see the dark area, we're gonna choose the third style in the first roll under the dark area, noticed again as we move our cursor over this styles our pivot table updates to reflect what it would look like if we applied that style. But I want this one here. This is the dark red pivot style dark three style so that click that and that applies it to our period table. So if the Bandon Rose option isn't Chuck. So let's click the check box next to it. You can see that the odd and even rose are for matter differently. The darker color has been applied to the odd rows, whereas the even rows contain a lighter backroom color. So I think that about does it for for money or paper table. So let's get the same. I count on the quick access to bar to save our changes. 161. Filtering PivotTable Data with Slicers: slicers are easy to use. Filtering component in excel that enables you to quickly filter your data slicer provides buttons enabling you to choose what information to display without the need to scroll through drop down list. In order to find the date of their two lot twin Sudha slicer, click anywhere in your pivot table to activate it. You want to take the analyze tab of the ribbon and then choose insert slicer from the filter group of the ribbon. This displace the insert slicers dialogue. So if I wanted inserts, let's say a sales person slicer off, click the check box, checked a sales person and then click. OK, so this is a list of all by sales people when he selected item in a slicer Onley. That item is included in the filter. So if I clicked Jill Clark here, everybody, except for Jill Clark is hidden. I can click Sally Hardy to display only values for Silly Hardy. Now I wanted to six bullet, one item that could hold on the control key and then click any additional items. So now silly Hardy and then bigger are both displayed. The holder McCord Rocky again and click Larry knocks the information for Larry Knox is now displaying an awful drink select to select more than one item if the items are adjacent. So if I wanted to select a dent Baker, Joe Clark and his clique and drank and then it selects those to sales people to re display all of the items in your charge, you could click the clear filter icon. Or, if you press the Ault C keystroke combination, you can also form at the slicer window. By selecting the slicer you want to modify. They think of the contextual options tab in the ribbon here so you can choose a desired slicer style. From the window. You can modify additional slicer options such as sorting whether or not to display a header , visually indicating items with no data and showing items deleted from the data source. But don't have these options only applied to the slicer window and not to the pivot table itself. So I'm gonna cancel out of here. Let me undo my slicer than I applied here. So if you're falling on you want to click in Cell B for the first thing I want to do is on one group. That group that be created. An earlier video, Remember We Grouped Together, Dan Baker, Joe Clark, Something Right Click on the Group one and before then, choose on Group from the contextual menu. You could also click the analyzed tab and then click the young group, but in there as well. So now with my paper table activated, I want to click the insert slicer icon that's in the filter group of the ribbon here, and I think you want to create a slicer for the state Report field. So I'm going to click the check box next to ST for the insert slicers dialogue and then click. OK, so for the list chairman, click California, the C A and that hides information for all states except for California. Now we can also select multiple items by clicking the multi select icon on top of the window. Here. Looks like the multi select icon, and I'm gonna select Florida, Michigan and Wisconsin. So not just another way of selecting non adjacent items in your window. Here. You mentioned earlier can also hold on the control key and select the non adjacent items as well. So now we see that information for all states except for California, Florida, Michigan and Wisconsin are no displayed. And to remove our filter, we click the remove filter icon. Thats on the upper right corner of the witness once I click that the original data is restored. So if my windows still open here as a pi a different style onto our slicer window. So I'm gonna click the four staff of the left, and that is a purple style, and we can see that those style window changes. So again, that only applies to our slicer winner here, not to our actual pivot table. It's not going to right. Click anywhere in the slicer window and shoes. Remove state for the contextual menu, and that removes that slicer from our pivot table. 162. Filtering PivotTable Data Inline: You can also choose what information to display in your pivot table by clicking the drop down arrow on the role field column, field or report filter field with the new pivot table and then selecting which items to show or hide. So I think my our role drop down list here. It was all of the states in my table so I can click select all to remove all states and then select the individual states that I want to display the ones that click. OK, my paper table is filtered by that data, so let me click this icon again to re display my options on. I Want to choose thes Select All Check box that we displays all of my data so likewise from the state feel I could filter by state are the column labels filter by sales person so again to hide any items? Just de select the check box next to that item on. That hides that item from view. So let's we display our sales people here. Some like Click Select, So let's play that's working this together. So if you're falling along, let's click the drop down arrow next to the state field on that is in Selby to hear from the drop down arrow. The first thing I want to do is uncheck the box next to also that hides everything from view. And now we can choose which states to display. And I only want to display California's. We're gonna click the Box six to California and then click OK, so you can see this high. It's all of the states, except for California. We have three cities here San Francisco, San Diego in Hollywood, So let's click the Filter icon now next to the state field. It's still drinking. Lets us know that a filter is applied to this area. So I clicked the filter Rikon get. I'll check the check boxes to all to re display all of my states. Then click. OK, so let's click the drop down Arrow next to the column. Labels field. I don't do the same thing that we did with The States will click the Select all toe and check it, and I only want to see Dad Baker. We'll click the Tech toxic to Dan Baker and Mark Peterson, so I'll click the check box next to Mark Peterson. There must be Take okay. All of the data is hidden except for those two sales people. So, like the filter icon next to college labels. And then once again click the select all box to re display all over data. Then we'll click. OK, I were right to where we were when we started. So it's going to save icon the quick access tool by to save our changes. 163. Creating Custom Filters: in addition to displaying or hiding specific items like we did. But not clicking the drop down arrows here than in checking the options you want to hide should also create complex criteria using comparison operators to do so. You click the drop down there on the role field column, field or report filter field. So if I clicked on any of these options, you will click the column labels, then point tell able filters to filter tax data or value filters to filter numerical data. And then he slept the design comparison operators and injury criteria. Because he's some of the office is available, we can sit comparison operators such as equals does not equal greater than greater than Nico to less than etcetera. So let's create a custom filter together. So what we're going to do is click on the arrow to the right of role labels on the desire a rate here we're gonna point of value filters, and then we're gonna choose greater than from the menu. So this displays the value filter dialogue. So here we see that I am to which the filter will be applied, which is the S some of purchase amount because it's a value we can see. This is the comparison. Alpert there we chose is greater than I want to view any records whose value is greater than 900 summer type in 900 in the criteria box here and then click OK, and as we can see, our favorite table only displays items whose value is greater than $900 so we can clear the filter a couple of different ways. We can click the clear icon on the actions group of the analyzed ribbon are you think the field do budget and then choose clear filter from city. So let's do that. So choose clear filter from city that removes the filter and restores the rest of our data . Let's cut the same I kind of the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 164. Filtering PivotTable Data Using Timeline: timeline isn't easy to use. Filtering component in Excel that enables you to analyze your data based upon a specific time period. When applying a timeline filter to a pivot table data is displayed. A small floating graphical object, a little box from where you can change the time period upon which your pivot table or pivot chart is displayed. But you can do is take the dropped A list on the top right corner of the box. Then select the date range by which to group your data grouper data by a year's quarters, months or days when you could then direct the bars in the timeline box to filter even further. So the timeline feature is located here in the contextual analyzed group of the ribbon of its looking on the Filters Group. Now I know that in order to use this feature, you have to have a date fields within your pivot table. If period chuck otherwise, because they are message when you try to a concert a timeline. This did, since we can create a timeline because it doesn't have a field for a minute as a date. So what we're going to do is create a new paper table and then play around with the timeline feature a bit so they're falling along. You want to take the sales receipts tab here in the bottom of the worksheet? Wind up, we're gonna take and sell a one. Next, you want to take the insert tab in the ribbon on their look think pivot table, and that's the first icon on the incident ribbon under the tables Group of the River. And so I think Pivot Table will make sure that our range is a one B 347. I'll be also want to ensure that the new worksheet radio button is selected, but then I'll click. OK, so we've created a new pivot table, sonority down to feels to a pivot table. Some except the check box next to date and then next to sales total. So as we can see this out of the date feels to a pivot table as well as the sum of sales total. So next we want to click the contents to analyze tab of the ribbon. We want to click the Insert Timeline icon, and that's located on the filter group of the river near so click insert timeline, and then we collect the check box next to date. So this selects the feel upon which to base our timeline, and we only have one field here, which is the date field that will pick. OK, so here is our little tab line window so we could change how our data is grouped by clicking the little filter by. Drop down a row here, then choose the option by which we wish to group. Group it in years. Quarters butts for days. So let's choose quarters from the list. These groups are data by quarters, so now let's click Q one here in a little timeline window. What this does is displays data on Lee for the first quarter of 2012. We can see here it hit all of the other data from our sheet, but I want to display quarter one and Quarter two from the clicking quarter one on the drink of the right to select Q one and Q two they released, my mom responded. We can see that a pivot table now displays data for both quarter one and quarter two. So that's changes Doctor months. I'm not drop down Arrow again. I'm gonna choose months from the list. Let's check the bar for May. That's 2012. And it can see I have Excel hides all of the data except for the month of May in 2012. So last say this, click the clear filter button here, which clears air filter displays, all of data in our pivot table. So now you want to make sure that the toman is selected So, buddy, don't click the border of the timeline, the tap delete key on your keyboard and that deletes the timeline window from your worksheet and the last you will take the same. I can't just save our changes. 165. Creating a PivotChart: a pivot chart is Justus flexible as a pivot table and could be arranged to organise your data in any manner you wish. Additionally, the same filtering options that exist for pivot tables are available for paper charts. Also, you can format your pivot chart, such as the charge type and charter options, just as you would a standard Excel chart. And the best part is that you can generate a pivot chart with a couple of easy steps. So if you're falling along, you want to take the sheet. What work? She town here on the bottom of the window. This displays are the pivot table that we created an earlier video. I'm to click in Cell 86. This just activates the pivot table by clicking anywhere within it. We're gonna click the contextual analyzed tab of the ribbon. If you want to take the clear about it on, then choose clear filters from the list. This removes any filters they may have added to the pivot table. So now let's create our pivot chart. And to do so, we click the paper turn icon dislocated Over here. The tools group of the ribbon on this displays the familiar in search chart dialogue. So we want to insert a clustered column chart. So you want to ensure that the first selection in the column group is selected, and then we'll think. OK, so here we have our pivot off floating pivot charts here in our window on by silver screen . We have the pivot chart. Feels pain. So now let's click the stage dropped a list here in our favorite chart. Thats on the upper left corner of the chart and they were gonna click the all check box to uncheck it. Let's filter our chart for the state of California. So I clicked the box next to see a here, Then click OK, we could see both are pivot chart on pivot table all the display data for the state of California. So I think that we're done with this workbook, So I don't think the file tap of the menu, Then click close from backstage view to close the workbook. I will save our changes when prompted 166. Adding Subtotals to a List: in the next several videos, we're gonna be working with a summarising data. For that, we're gonna be working with the lesson 20 workbook file and that's located the lesson files on your desktop. So if you're falling along, you want to open that workbook and again, that's the lesson. 20. So let's start by looking at sub totals, and you can sub total lists of data in Excel using Excel Sub total feature, and that's located on the data top of the ribbon. So we think the data town here, the sub total, is way over here on the outline group of the data ribbon front. Activating reflect the subtitle icon to display the sub total dialogue. So here you have the option of choosing from a variety of some functions for the sub total . If you take the drop down list here, the use function, we can see that we have various aggregate functions that we can use. Know that his field must be for about it as a numerical field, not a label otherwise excel enough be able to perform any functions on the data, so other options include a specifying a location off the sub total whether you wanted above or below the data you placing now the current sub totals in the sheet on even the option to insert a page break between each change in a group Now, no to that. Before you apply a sub total, your list must be sorted in the order by which you want to apply the sub totals. For instance, if you wanted at a sub total for each sales person and then a sum total of each category feel for each sales person, you first need to sort your list by sales person and then by category. If you want to add more than one sub total toe a list, which is called nesting sub totals, you'll want to ensure that the replace scourged some totals. Box is unchecked. Ah, one more thing to note. If you've converted your data range to a table, you'll first need to convert the list back to arrange, and you do that from the contextual, not designed tab under table tools. You need to do this before being able to use the sub total feature, so let's work with this a bit. So if you're falling along, what a click and sell a nine, and this defines the first cell of our list. We want to take the data top of the ribbon on every call. We said we need to first sort our data in the order by which we want to apply sub totals. So we're gonna clear the sort icon on this sort and filter group of the ribbon. That's this icon right here. So the first thing I want to do is ensure that the my data has headers, check boxes checked and I want to sort this first by sales person and then by category from the sort of my drop down list. I'm gonna take the arrow and then choose sales person. I want to ensure that a to Z is displayed in the order box. So now we need to add a second level of sorting. So we'll click theon level button here, and this time we want to choose category from the lists will think the drop down arrow and choose category again. We want to ensure that a to Z is selected. That will take okay, so this sort our list by the two feels which is ah, sales person in category to which we're going to add sub totals. So now we're going to click the Sabah Total Icon in the outline group of the ribbon. Now, if you're using a smaller monitor or if you work, she doesn't maximize. Not clear. She would click the outside button and then choose sub total from the menu so we don't think sub total here. So hundreds of that sales person's displayed in the first drop down list here, the at each change in and if it's not doing, take Theo and shoes sales person on the function we're going to use is the some functions in a total of values for each sales person, the sales amount of values. And you also want to ensure that these sales about check boxes checked on. We went to verify that the summary below data check box is checked. This insurers of the sub total role will be placed below the data, so that about does it civil take okay on. If you scroll down to observe a worksheet, you can see this sum total role is inserted on exchange in sales person, so we have Jill Clark's tonal down Baker's Total Scroll Down and then we have Larry knocks his total, so that's a quick way to insert sub totals in New York cell document. Now, of course, you could always do this manually as well, just by inserting a role at each change in sales person and by using the sun function and then selecting the data that you want to sub total. So it's always with Excel. There are several ways off doing things, so we'll finish up. I take it to save I kind of the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 167. Nesting Subtotals: a nested sub total is simply a sub total within a sub total in a data list. Using the example in the previous video, we sub total the sales amount field for each sales person, and you can see that each sales person has a sub total for their sales. About we can then add an additional sub total that sums each category. So, for instance, because some tonal book, music and video for each sales person to accomplish this we need to do is create another sub total following the same steps that we did in the previous video. The only difference is is that we want to ensure that the replace current sub tours check box is unchecked. Otherwise, your original sub totals will be replaced by the new ones. So if you're falling along, you want to click the subtitle icon here on the outline group of the ribbon. Or if your work sheet isn't expanded or using a smaller monitor, you click the outline icon and then choose some total. So for this time we want to insert a sub total at each change in category, so we don't think there job don't list here that shoes category on the government Want to use some from the EU's function? Dropped a list here we want to ensure that the sales amount of check boxes checked on The last thing we want to do is uncheck the box next to we place for in sub totals. If you forget to do this, it will replace those other subtitles And we did in the previous video. So not about done it to look like Okay, so now we can see that for each sales person, we have some totally each changing category. So you have a total for books total for music total for videos, but we still have the total for each sales person. So again, we're grouping first by sales person and then by category. So that is how to insert nested sub totals simply off all the same method, except make sure that replaced crew sub totals is unchecked. So lastly, that's click to see if I kind of the quick isis toolbar to save our changes 168. Applying Advanced Filters: advanced filters allow you to view on Lee those records that meet a specific criteria. I'd like out of filters. We select the data you wish to hide from a drop down list. With advanced filters, you enter the criteria into the worksheet. Now. Well, advanced filters are somewhat cumbersome. The are the only way to accomplish certain tasks, such as defining three or more criteria for a single column. With advanced filters, you can specify much more complex criteria than with auto filters. The advanced filter takes two arguments. The first is list range, which is the range of the actual list where the data you wish to filter is located. On. The second is criteria Rage, which is a range where you have typed in your criteria to use an advanced filter. You should insert several blank rose above your data list, and then you copy the column headings of the data list and then paste them in the first blank row off the worksheet as we can see the screenshot here. Then, under the column headings, we type in the desired criteria. So in this case, on our on our screen, you can see that out of the sales person of Typed in Jill Clark and the State California and the purchase Mount weather than $750. So once you've entered the criteria by wish You which to filter the list, then click the advanced button on the data ribbon, and that's in the sort and filter group of the ribbon here. So from here, you then choose your list range on the criteria range. You also have the option of filter in the list. In its current position, there is to say, behind the roads that do not meet your criteria or copying the filtered records toe another location in the active sheet. So let's see how this works from the council of here. So falling on you want to click the customer sales work? She time here, I noticed I have four blank rows that I've inserted above my data list. So if you were selling this up yourself, you want to make sure that you do that. First. Insert a few Blake rose above your list. So now I want to select the cell rage, a five to G five, which is basically our column headings Ever date a list of the President Control. See keystroke combination clicking So a one and then press control V. This just inserts the headings from our list into the first row here. So next we want to be get entering our criteria. So I'm gonna click in, sell off to for the state. I'm gonna type in California s C a top enter. I want a clique in g two. I'm gonna filter this by purchase Amount on the only one to see data whose purchase about is greater than 750 type of the greater than symbol on the type of 750 Attempt the educated my keyboard. And I think I also want to filter this bar Wisconsin as well. So I'm gonna click Install f free typing w life for Wisconsin on for that again. I want to see values greater this 750 so type in greater than 750 and then top enter. So now let's kick and sell a five. Gotta click in the first cell of our data list. They want to take the data tab in the ribbon, Then click that advanced button. That's again. I'm not sort and filter group of the women. So we want to make sure that in the list rage box, we, uh the cell range reads, sells a five to G 34 which in our case, is correct, but it was not. You can click the collapse dialogue, but you and then select the cell range manually and then think the restore dialogue. So it on the select our criteria range. I'm gonna click the collapse dialogue, but it here and I'm going to select a one and I will select all the way down to G three perfect, expanded dialogue so that includes are hitting well and any criteria that we've entered, we entered in three rows of data. So we select a want to G three and I want to ensure that the radio button next to filter the list in places selected. And then I think OK, so notice that excel hit any records from her A list that did not match the criteria in this cell range. Up here a went to G three. So another way of filtering data in excel a little bit more accomplishing than those methods we've worked with thus far. But it is quite flexible in the criteria that you can enter. So I think I'm doing this. So let's clear this filter. So it looked like the clear but in the sort and filter group with a ribbon and again that's on the down a top of the ribbon. So we'll click clear on that restores our data, finished by taking the save I kind of the quick access toolbar to save our churches. 169. Adding Group and Outline Criteria to Ranges: grouping and outlining your worksheet allows you to display only the rows or columns that provides summaries or totals. Any non summary or non total rose will be hidden from view like the sum total feature. Your data should be in list format and sort is so that the rose to be grouped on located together sub totals should be manually added. For each Gruber rose to be our line, I'm actually inserting sub totals. You could then provide a customized description of each group, so let's see how this works. So for falling along, I want to click the January sales tab here in the bottom of the worksheet window. I'm gonna click it, sell a nine this activates air list by clicking in any cell within the list. So now we want to click the sort I cut in this located on this sort and filter group off the data ribbons. We want to take the data ribbon and then click sort, and we're gonna sort by sales person on then by category. So in the short by dropped a list, I'm gonna choose sales person one. Ensure that that's sorted in us in the order from a to Z and they were at another level. So I'll click. The add level button on this time will choose category for the drop down list I gave me. Want to ensure that a to Z is selected on? You'll also want to make sure that the my data has headers. Check boxes checked so that it looks like Okay, so now we're gonna select the row heading for Road 28. We're gonna insert a manual sub total here. So they were going to right click and then choose insert for the contextual menu. So when I click and sell D 28 then click the formulas tab in the ribbon That wouldn't expect the Ottos of button. I'm going to make sure that the range deducted is de 10 2 d 27 which it is. Soma. Tap the enter key on my keyboard Sanoma. Click in Selby 28 type in Dan Baker. Total and tap. Enter. Now we want to scroll down on bits. Click on the road heading for Rove 41. The game could insert a row above this who were to right, click and then shoes. Insert from the contextual menu with clicking still D 41 click the Ottos of Budget again. Make sure that we have d 92 d 40 selected, which it is. For that, I'll tap the enter key on my keyboard. So then I think it's Selby 41 type Joe car total. The tough the enter key on my keyboard. So I'm going to scroll down to Row 54 1 a sector road heading for over 54 again going to right click and choose in search for contextual menu. You can sell D 54 50 out of the budget on the ribbon. I wanna make sure deep 42 to 53 are selected on the ArcelorMittal. Top the enter key on a keyboard, an uptick in Selby 54 then type in Larry Knocks total and then tap the enter key on my keyboard. So I'm gonna click and sell a nine here again. That activates her list when I think the Deana tab in the ribbon. So So we want to click the arrow on the group icon, then choose out all line from the menu. If you don't see the group, I can you want to click the outline icon, Then click the group of button era and then click out to outline kicked the group hero here on inches. Oh, no, I'm so this creates an outline for active list. So I think on the small number one here that hides all the detailed data displays older, the subtitles. Of course, this is all this because we didn't go all the way down. You see, for the three salespeople for which we enter subtitles through data is hidden in the displays only the sub totals and expect the number to, and it displays all of their data. So this is just a flexible way of adding subtitles to your sheet and displaying Onley some totals when necessary. So I think I'm done with grouping my data. Someone remove this grouping. And to do so, you click the group icon of the outline group of the ribbon and then choose clear online from the menu. Or if your screen wasn't maximized or using a smaller monitor who click the outline Nikon 50 on group icon and then choose clear outline. So let's do that and then removes the outline from our worksheet. Now let's take the same icon of a quick access to a bar 170. Using Data Validation: data validation allow you to control the type and range of data that has entered into cells . For example, you could designate a cell toe, allow Onley numerical entries between 15 and 500. This way, if you control the accuracy of the data that is entered into your worksheet to do so, please the data tab in the ribbon and they want to click the data validation icon over here on the data tools of the ribbon. If you don't see it sometimes if you're not using an altar white monitor like I'm using here, the data validation I can is the bottom icon in the central role here on the Debtor Tools Group of the ribbon Onda Azul. Always you could move about cursor over the icons to receive a little Take telling you what that icon is. Someone Doc semis my screen again. So I think of the data validation icon just displays the data validation dialogue. So some of the options for validation criteria you can choose Ah, whole number so he could limit whole numbers on Lee between a specific range and you enter in the minimum of accident values. There's decimal, which only allows decimal numbers between a specific range list values, which allows list values from a particular cell range. So here you click the claps down like I can't and then Mandiri select your list, which contains the allowable values. And there's date, which allows date values Onley between a particular date range. And here's some other options greater than equal to less than etcetera. Also, there are time values only between a particular timeframe on then text values, which allows ah text only between a specific text length. You can also choose on greater than so text values greater than five characters, for instance, or less than or equal to 15 characters, for instance, so you can see that the validation is quite flexible on the last option. Here is custom in which you can enter in a formula. So after you've chosen what is an acceptable criteria, you can then customize the error message that the user receives when the data if he enter, doesn't meet the criteria, type in 200 here. So if you click on the input message tab here, we could enter it an informational input message that appears when the cell containing the validation rule is activated. So like in typing value must be greater on 200. Now, the earler tabs is allows you to specify an error that the user receives when they violate your data validation rules. So we can you see a couple options your stop warning information, and then you can type in error or whatever. You have the title be the type of your Irma's. It's not just data must be greater than 200 now knows that debt a validation does have some flaws. For instance, users can buy passion validation rules by pasting data using the copy and paste feature. Also, existing data is not checked when you create a validation rule. Now, there is a way to ensure that your data meets the specified criteria. I'm gonna cancel it here to do so. You think the arrow on the data validation icon, then choose circle invalid data this flags any day that doesn't meet your data validation criteria by a placing a circle around it. So any values outside your rules are circled in red, so let's work together with this a little bit, so we want to select the seller Age de 10 2 D 27. So that's all the data for Dad Bakery. And I want to take the dollar delegation icon of the data tools group of the ribbon to display the doubted validation dialogue. So first off, you want to click the settings tab, and I want to choose decimal from the allow. So this chooses decimal as the allowable data type. Because of data does contain a couple of guests. More places I'm gonna choose between from the comparison operators. So we're only going to allow data between 15 on 1500. So the minimum boxing type in 15 the maximum boxwood type in 1500. And I think that about doesn't sit. Next. Let's kick the important message box the tattle box with the type in the sales amount. This person was a title for input message box. So now we want to enter. The message to that is to be displayed to the user when they click in any cells continuing this rule. So when a click of the input message box and I'm gonna type in, enter a number between 50 and 1500 okay, Sonali want to customize our error message that they will receive if they violate our rule . So we'll take the URL urge tab. You want to ensure that the stop peristyle is displayed for title box of Nicole? This data error and the message box and type in only numbers between 15 and 1500 are allowed exclamation point. So that about does its elliptic. Okay, solids quick and sell d 10. No, listen to get a little box. Told the user what they need to enter. Now, If you don't want this box to appear, you click the down of Validation budget and then you can just leave the input message area blank the title of the important message. So that means they wouldn't receive the little yellow tape with the entering A cell contains a rule. So you want to click itself detailed and I'm gonna type in 12 Then tap the enter key on my keyboard. And here we receive our error message telling us that only numbers between 15 and 1500 are allowed to cancel. So now we want to select the cell range de 10 2 d 27 the syringe to which we've applied Ah , validation rule. I want to check to ensure that none of the existing data in here. Violated by data validation rules don't affect the arrow on the data validation icon and choose circle invalid data. We can see that nothing has been circled. So thus none of the values violate my rules. So now I want to remove data validation from from this range of data. Forget him. A select sell de 10 2 d 27. I'm gonna click the data validation. I count here when I click the settings tab and to remove an existing down of elevation rule , you click fee. Clear all buttons. Don't do that. Think that. Okay, this removes the data validation from the selected cell range. So we'll click the essay by counting the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 171. Previewing Data using Quick Analysis: The quick analysis feature allows you to analyze on preview data quickly on the fly before you make a selection. So to use the future, you select the data that you want to include on. Then click the quick analysis icon when it appears that always appears the lower right corner of the data. So a slutty icon. So as I move my most pressure over the different options a data preview display so you can get an idea off what your data would look like if you click that feature and there are several analysis categories to choose from right now, we're looking at the formatting category is also charts. Total's. We can see that it applies those totals to our total row here. Additionally, there's tables they could insert a table or a pivot table on spark lines. She may find his future to be a real time saver if you want to make certain data, stand out from the rest. So it's working this together, so I'm going to escape out of here. Do you want to click the list? Outline work? She tab the butt of the worksheet window, and firstly, we're going to do is your move all of the subtitles from our worksheet. So there is. So you want to click the Delta tab in the ribbon that when we click the subtitle icon on the online group of the ribbon Or if you don't see the sub total icon, you would click the outline icon and then click sub total from the list. So now we want to click The remove all button now removes all some totals from our worksheet. I'm gonna click the maximize icon here. So I want to select all the data that I want to include in my quick analysis select Cell a 10 and then scroll down to D 50. Well, once I released the mosque. But the little quick analysis I can't appears. So let's click that on moving balls printer over the data bars. We could see that Excel displays a preview off the data bars feature seeing with color scale or I can sit. So let's click the charts category on top of the little window here. This displays various chart analysis tools, so not moving. Moss point over the first Clustered column chart icon from the left here that displays a preview of the Clustered column chart. And as you can see, this chart displays the some of the sales amount by state. Let's move about sport. Over the second Clustered column, you can see a chart, which displays a preview off a clustered column. Sure that displays the some of the cells amount by category. The third option displays sales about by sales person. So let's click on the tables. Tab here on top of the quick analysis window, I'm gonna move my mouse pointer over the pivot table icon. Where we have here is a display of a pivot table, which are shows the some of the sales amount by sales person. And I think this is what I want to insert him. And we're sheets or click, click, pivot table like odd. So again, that's the second icon from the left under the Tables group. Here, we'll make paper table on a pivot table is inserted in my workbook. So quite the handy little feature. So I think that we're done with this workbook, so I'm gonna take the file tab in the ribbon, then click close from backstage view and look like the save. I kind deceive our changes 172. Using Goal Seek: So in this video, we're gonna be talking about the goal seek feature on. If you're following along, you want to open the goal Seek workbook, which is located in the lesson files folder on your desktop so you would often choose file open, navigate to the lesson files folder on your desktop and then choose gold seek. That's just workbook right here. So what gold seek does is allows you to resolve a problem when you know the target result by changing a value in the specified cell that directly affects the formula. So suppose you wanted to obtain a home loan but can only afford $800 per month with gold. See, you could determine the maximum whole purchase price that you could afford on the gold stick. Future is located on the data ribbon over here in the forecast area, so it just clicked with the what if analysis icon and then choose gold seek. So, as we can see, you need to provide three parameters for goal. See, the first is a cell that you want to change. So the example of a home long. This would be the loan amount value to which you want to change the target cell. So in the instance again of the home loan, this would be $800. This is the amount to which we wanted change the cell, and then the third option is by changing cell, which is the cell you want to change to achieve the target amount. So again, before for a home loan, this would be the price off the whole. So let's see this in action from a council out of here. So, as you can see, the loan amount is $150,000 of the monthly payment is $997 in 95 cents. But as you mentioned, the only can afford $800 per month. So I want to see how much of a home we can afford for $800 a month payment. So I'm gonna cook and sell h six. So this is a cell's value. We want to change. So next we want to click the data tab in the ribbon. Clinton. What if analysis I cut and then choose goal, seek from the menu. So we want to ensure that the value in the set cell res age six, and if not, they type it in. Or use the collapse Dowling launcher to selective manually. So the two value box I wouldn't touch you gonna type in 800. So this is the value to wish we wanted change the value in age six. That is to say, we want to change your monthly payment to $800 a month. I'm going to do that by changing cell D six, which is the cost of the home thinking that by changing cell box and I'm going to click cell D six in my worksheet on automatically enter is not value in the cell. So again, this is a cell whose value we need to adjust in order to attain our goal oven $800 monthly payment. So look like Okay, so now we can see above. The payment has been changed to $800 on the cost of home that we can afford is 100 $20,000 home. So Okay, so again, you see that the cost of the home adjusted in order to attain our $800 per month monthly payment. So it's good to see my currently quick axes toolbar on, We're going to save this workbook. And then I want to close this workbook, going to click the file tab in the ribbon and then click close. 173. Using Solver: in this video, we're gonna talk about a future and Excel co solver. For that, we're gonna be working with the solver workbooks or if you're falling along, you lied to open that workbook for the lesson files folder on your desktop. Do you think the files happen? The ribbon click open We want to navigate to the desktop. Double click the lesson files folder on the workbook ISS silver. And that's way down here, the 2nd 1 for the bottom in my screen here, so select. Other than click open now you may not see the silver option, and that is because it's not installed. So if you don't see it on the data ribbon here, you'll need to install it. So I have a D I. I haven't hear on mine, but if you don't see that you would choose file options, click the add ins category, the left pane click solver and then take a go to install it. So if you don't have silver showing on the analyzed group of the data ribbon that, do you want to go through this process so you want to pause its video while you would stall silver so solver allows you to resolve problems where you know your target, but tour more variables we made unknown. It's used to help fight an optimal solution to a problem. So, for example, you might want to purchase a hold but could only afford $800 per month. Solver can figure out how the best. Adjust the variables, such as the price of your home down payment interest rate, etcetera, to help you reach your goal. Do you suffer to help you find the optimal solution? You define the formula that you want to change, which is the target, and then tell silver, which sells to adjust in order to reach your goal, and some will then present you with a solution that you can either keep or discard. If you choose to discard the solution, your original values will be restored. So when choosing the cells, you want to adjust In order to reach your target, you have the option of setting constraints which limit the values that silver consent. So the example of all of the home loan being seven constraint of a down payment to be less or equal to $10,000. So let's see this in action. So again, if you're falling along, you want to open the solver workbook and then you want to take the data tab in the ribbon and then click the silver icon way over here on the analyzed group of the ribbon. So the set objective box I'm gonna take in cell 86 I'm gonna move my box of the way so I can see my worksheet. I click and still age six. That value is an added to the set objective box. So in the to box, I'm gonna click the value of radio button and then I'm gonna type 850. So what this will do is set my monthly payment to a value of $850. So now I need to choose which sells I can change. Toe obtained my goal. I'm not thinking the by changing variable cells box, I'm gonna hold on the control key and select cell D six, which is the cost of a home Onda de nine, which is my down payment. We can see that excel out of those to sell references to the box. If you prefer, you can also typing the values or use the collapse dialogue. I continent selective Ilyas mentally. So I think I would add some constraints is well to this. So I'm gonna click in the subject to the constraints box, then click add. So from, Iike, a strange boxing type in cell D nine, this selects the down payment cell. Just so right here is a value that we want to constrain. So I cannot afford a down payment over $10,500. So in the comparison operator box, we want to ensure that less than or equal to is selected. I'm gonna type in 10,500 in the constraint box, so I'm gonna take okay, So I think I'm ready to ah, solve my problem here. So we'll click the solve button on the part of the window. We can see the results of silver. So silver adjusted the caution. The home 238,000. That's with the $10,500 loan in order to achieve our goal off $850. So here I have the option of either keeping the silver solution or restoring my original values. But I think I'm happy with this solution, so I'm gonna ensure that the Keep Solver solution Radio button is checked. There were Click OK so we could see that our down payment has been changed to $10,500. The cost of our home changed $238,261 on a monthly payment 8 50 So I think I'm done with the silver workbook here, some to click the file tab of the ribbon and then click close, and we'll save our changes. 174. Creating and Displaying Scenarios: scenarios allow you to create and save several versions of your worksheet on enable you to see how changing one or more of your worksheets values affects the other values in the worksheet. So, using our example of purchasing a home, we could create several different scenarios to see how changing the interest rates and down payment would affect the value of a monthly payment. A scenario option is located on the data ribbon, and you would click the A what if analysis icon and then choose scenario manager from the menu, Then click add to create a new scenario. So once you've chosen this cells whose data you wish to change and save your scenario for later review, you can easily display and or print the scenario when needed. You also have the option of printing a summary report to view your current values on your scenarios side by side. So I'm gonna cancel here, So if you're falling along, you want to open the Scenarios workbook that's located in the lesson files folder on your desktop. So getting you choose file open, navigate to the lesson files folder on your desktop. He took the broads budge in Messed up in the left pane. Double click. The lesson files Fuller and the scenarios workbook is away. On the bottom is 1/3 option for the bottom in my window. So but selected, then click open. So then we want to take the data tab of the ribbon and then click the what if analysis icon here, That's again. That's located the forecast. A group of the ribbon They went you scenario manager so look like add to open the at scenario dialogue. So the first thing we need to do is provide a name for a scenario from the name this 6% kama 10,000 down. So this is going to be my snow our with a 6% interest rate with $10,000 down. So in the changing south boxwood delete on the existing values in them and I'm a select the cell range D 82 d 93 can just click directly on our worksheet and select d eight to deny or if you prefer, you could typing the values directly into the changing cells box here. So now I'm gonna click. OK, so this displays a scenario values dialogue, allowing us to enter the valleys for this cells, we wish to change. So in the interest rate box, which is sell d eight, I'm gonna type in 0.6 on the down payment boxing type in 10,000. So we set the interest rate for cell D H 26% in the down payment for Cell D 9 to 10,000. That looked like OK, so now let's kick the show. But in here, on the bottom of this scenario manager window, this applies a scenario to our worksheet. So you can see the D eight has been changed to 6% interest rate down payment of 10,000 which brings a monthly payment to $839.37. So I'm gonna close. But in this narrow Najib and I decided I really don't want these values human a press control Z to revert back to my original values. Let's do another scenario instead. So let's take the what if analysis I come again. Click Scenario manager on our previous Sadako is still here, so you could apply that back at any time if we so choose. But I want to add a new scenarios from the 60 ad about it here, and I'm gonna name this 7% comma. 8000 down on again. I want to ensure that D eight and D nine are in the changing cells values. And if they're not, you can select that man restore D eight and D nine and then look like Okay, so the interest rate boxwood a type in 0.7 the down payment box. I'm gonna type in 1000 and that's kick. Okay, so now it's quick the close button. What I wanted to do now is create a summary park. So once you've created your scenarios, you can create side by side summer reports to compare your different scenarios. Two types of summer reports are available. The scenario summary and the summary pivot table report that you can not arrange it to your liking. Some reports are a good way to quickly see the results of several scenarios together. The Snorre summer report displays the current developers for the cells affected by the change and the scenario values. So let's see how this works on a tick. The what if analysis. I kind of get in the down a ribbon and shoes scenario manager. We have our two scenarios here, So it's a generator report. We want to click the summary button. So first we choose what type of report we want. Here we see her two options scenarios Summary or scenario. Pima Table report. I want the scenarios summary. So choose that. And now we want to choose the value that we want to change based upon our scenario. So I'm gonna choose us. Sell age six if you want to click and sail age sex if it's not already out it in the box. So we take okay and we see that Excel created a summer report for us. So here we see our original values on the scenario values and then could see how our monthly payment changes based on these different scenarios. So here we have 7%. 8000 down will give us a $944 prove month payment. 6% interest rate with 10,000 down will give us an $839 monthly payment. And then we have our current values in the column, dear. So that is using scenarios in excel. So let's close this workbook. Somebody click the file tab in the ribbon and then click close from the backstage view. Looks like I saved to save our changes. 175. Using Data Tables: gather tables, allowing you to see how changing certain values in your formalist affects the results. So data table is a range of cells that displays the results of substituting different values on you can create a one variable or to variable data table, depending on the number of variables that you want to test with the one input table, as we have right here, you enter the values in a row or column format for one variable to see how it affects your formulas with the two input table, you add to the value for two variables because he example of that on our screen here. So let's see how data tables works. Super falling along. You want to open the data table workbook, and that's located in the lesson files folder on your desktop. So if we take a look of the cell, arrange I six tie 18 we can see that we've created a data table that we're going to use for a substitute down payment values. We want to see how different down payment values well effect the monthly payment value. So now I want to click in Cell J five type of equal H sex in the top, the educational keyboard. So now I want to select this cell rage I five to J 18. I want to make sure we include that value that we entered in J five. So next looks like the data tab of the ribbon. I'll click the what if analysis icon is located over here in the forecast group of the ribbon. We'll click that and then choose dinner table. So now we want to click in the column into parts. Sell a box type in d nine. This enters a cell reference for the down payment cell, which is where we went a test for, and then we click. OK, and this displays the formula results based upon the down payment values that we entered here in our data table so we can see what a monthly payment would be for all of these different down payments. So that's using data tables. I think it come in handy if you want to test for using many different variables. So I think we're done with this would take the foul tab in the ribbon, I think the clothes and then we'll click the save button to save our changes. 176. Forecasting Future Values: in this video, we're gonna look at how to forecast future values. For that, we're gonna be using the sales by month workbook. So we're falling all you want to click the file tab in the ribbon click open. You want to navigate to the lesson files falling on our desktop, which is just top in the left pane lesson files. Fuller through Ourselves by Monster will school all the way down and then shoes sales by month and then click open. So forecasting refers to the process of predicting future values based on historical values . For instance, you might want to predict this year's sales based upon the past two years when providing financials for a company, it's pretty much standard to include actual data, which is called actuals and predicted data, which is called forecast with of the forecast shoot featured excelled. You can quickly create a visual financial, forecast off your sales data or view trends in any time based data, such as inventory or number of customers. The forecast shoot feature is located on the forecast group of the data ribbon. So we click the data tab in the ribbon, and here is the forecast Sheen option right over here. I want you click creating cell inserts. A new worksheet continue the table and a chart which contain actual values and forecasted values. So let's see how this works. So we're falling along about a select the salary age A three to be 17. That's all of the data here in sheet one. You want to take the data tab of the ribbon and then we'll take the forecast sheet icon over here in the forecast A group of the ribbon. So now we want to take the word options over here on the lower left. Carter, off your of the window. And what this does is it displays additional settings that you can apply for instead. Ricketts positive are the number of months for which to apply a forecast. But we're gonna leave the default values as the art, and they're gonna click create. So Excel creates a new worksheet containing a table on the chart. Here we see we have actual values on, then forecasted values. So that is how to create a quick forecast in excel. So I want to get the file tab of the ribbon and they will choose clothes from backstage view and then look at the same button to save our changes. 177. Locking and Unlocking Cells in a Worksheet: in the next several videos, we're going to be working with workgroup collaboration. For that, we're going to be working in the Lesson 22 workbook. So we're falling along. You want open now to work, Brooke. It is located in the lesson files folder on your desktop. So when sure workbooks with others, you may in certain instances need to protect particular areas of your work sheets from edits. For example, you may want to lock in the cells containing formulas to prevent accidental changes. Once work, she protection is in place. The locked data in a cell or sell ridge cannot be changed or deleted. It hard to protect. A seller celebrates from Diana changes. You will first need to ensure that any cells in which you want to allow changes are in an unlocked state. By default, all cells are locked. And why don't you protect a worksheet? Locked cells are no longer eligible, so once the cells that you want users to be able to access are unlocked, then you can apply protection to the desired area either the active work shoot or the entire workbook. So if followed long, you want to take the home tab on the ribbon. We're gonna select the cell range D 62 d 11. That's right here. This is a cell range that we want to unlock. So unlocking with the law users to make changes to the donna after protection is in place. So that's where to click the format. Iconic. That's over here. The cells group of the ribbon. No stuff to your little icon dips. Toe lock cell is lit that lets us know that the cells in this case are locked. So to unlock them I wanted to do is click the lock's sell option. The menu on the cells are now unlocked and will be edible. Bio users. What's We apply protection. And in the next video, we'll look at how to protect ah worksheet. 178. Protecting a Worksheet: Once you unlocked any cell that you want the user to be able to add it, your now many toe apply protection to your worksheet. Once protection is in place, you will not be able to make any changes toe locked cells without first turning off protection. However, when applying protection to a worksheet, you can set a certain options, such as allowing users toe format, insert or delete cells, columns and rows sorting data etcetera. Additionally, you can send a password for the protected sheet. This is an optional but recommended setting that allows anyone who knows the password to turn off sheet protection. Note that if no password is set, anyone will be able to un protect your worksheet. So if you're falling on you want to click the review tab on the ribbon on the option to protect work. Shades is located over here on the protected group of the ribbon because, see, we have options to protect the sheet or protect the entire workbook. But we want to just protect this particular worksheet, so we detect the protect sheet icon. This opens the protection to dialogue, so the first thing we want to do is enter in a password. This will allow anyone who desires to unprotected a sheet to do so. So type in thunder for a password about take. Okay, tape it again to verify it. Okay, remember that in the last video we stuck to this cell rage D 62 d 11 so I can click in cell D six. Thank you. Taking a formal of our add Modify the values if I so choose. And that's because D six is unlocked. But now we're to try to think until age six we can see that I am unable to. So basically, the only cells that I could add it are these cells that we unlocked in the past video. Everything else is locked. So now let's unprotected is worksheet. So to do so we click the UN protect sheet icon. And again, that's on the protected group of the review ribbon. So you think the review tab in the ribbon and un protect sheet on? Now we need to entering the password that we set for this worksheet. That was a nuisance tape that in thanks like okay. And the work shoot is now unprotected. So now we can click and sell 86 as well as any other cell in this worksheet 179. Showing or Hiding Formulas: for security reasons, you may be toe Haider formless from view in unprotected cells. To do so, you need to display the format cells dialogue on. Then under the protection tab clicks a hidden check box to hydra formulas. Once you've hit in your form large, you will then need to protect your worksheet. So let's see how this works. So if you're falling along, you want to take the home tab in the ribbon on getting working with that lesson 22 workbook , We're gonna select the cell range D 62 d 10. So that's his cell range right here. I'm going to click the format. I count over here this sells group of the ribbon. We're gonna choose format cells from the menu again. He could always are right. Click on the slept it sells and choose for about cells from the context menu as well. So now we want to click the protection tab on the form itself dialogue. So now we want to take the check box next to hidden on. This specifies that the formless off the selected cells will be headed with the worksheet is protected. So then we click. OK, so now Let's take the review tab in the ribbon. Remember what you out of the option to hide formulas. You then need to protect the worksheet. So I think the protection die. Cut over here. The protected group of the ribbon on will enter and thunder as their passport again. Thanks. Like Okay. Did you enter it again to confirm it? That's like, Okay, so know that we can select cell D six because this sellers don't locked. However no. Is that if you look in the formula bar, no, for bliss are displayed. That's because of for months for this cell rage are hidden from view. And over here, we cannot ticket to sell age six because these cells are locked. So let's un project their work sheet again. So I think the unprotected I come over here to protect group of the ribbon. Well, type in thunder. Thanks. Okay. In our formulas are once again displayed on will finish by taking the same icon on the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 180. Protecting a Workbook: we have seen there. With worksheet protection, you can prevent cells from being intended or deleted. You can also protect the structure of your entire workbook from being altered by applying a workbook protection, for example, you could prevent users from adding hiding, deleting, renaming on hiding, moving are copying worksheets. Additionally, you can set an option that locks the window size and location of the worksheet so that it cannot be altered by users. So let's protect this workbook. So if you're following along, you want to click the review tab in the ribbon to display the review women and then we want to click the protected workbook. I count over here the protected group of the ribbon. We want to ensure that the check box next to structure is checked. What this does is prevents the insertion, deletion, moving or renaming of worksheets. So now lender are password to, uh, protect it from the get go type in thunder. The password there we used previously that will take okay, that we need to type it again to confirm it. Thanks. Okay, so now that's right. Click on the immunization table worksheet tab. Notice that the options to insert delete to rename over copy sent the tab colors as well as high and on hide are all great out, in other words, were unable to make any structural changes to our workbook. 181. Encrypting a Workbook: workbook. Encryption restricts access toe. Only those people who know the password Encryption is intended to keep unauthorized users from accessing your workbooks and from viewing and or changing your data, you can assign passwords toe any workbook requiring users to enter in the correct passport it order toe open the workbook. If you weren't book a cent for shirt access, you'll first need to remove shared access before being able to set a workbook password. So if you're falling along, you want to click the file tab of the ribbon on the app into encrypt. A workbook is located under the Protect Workbook icon. So we click of the Protect Workbook icon. We can see several options here. The one that we want is a crypt with password. So we'll click that. And now we need to enter in a password of the user must enter in order to open the book so we'll type in thunder. Okay, What type of thunder again to confirm it. Okay. Okay. So now we wanted to see where workbooks look like save over here. The left pane on that workbook has saved. So let's test this out. So we'll close and reopen it. So I think the file tab in the ribbon, then click close. People choose file under the recent workbooks will choose Lesson 22 on Excel displays the password. Dialogues. Who? Enduring thunder. I don't think OK of the workbook opens. Have you wanted to remove encryption from a workbook again? Which is to file, protect workbook and then click the crypt with passport option. Now, I'm gonna were gonna leave this as it is for the time being. So they escape out of there. I would like to see my counting the quick access to a bar to save our changes. 182. 2206 Marking a Workbook as Final: another way to prevent changes to a workbook is by marketing the workbook file as final. This sets the file to read only and especially Yellow banner on top of the page. Then they use you know, that this is the final version of the workbook and it shouldn't be edited. That doesn't mean that they can edit it. However, there is an edit anyway button that allows the user to make changes once the edit anyway button is clicked, you will then have to repeat the steps to set The file is final, so let's do that. So I think the file time in the ribbon I'm going to click in for the left pane here on, but we're going to do now is remove the encryption from this workbook. So take the protect workbook icon, then choose encrypt with password. Now we need to do to remove the encryption is to delete the passport in the password box. So selected on tough into need to key on my keyboard looks like Okay, so now we want to set our workbook on his final so we'll take the protect workbook. I can't again on the option to market has finally is the last option list here, so we'll click that they receive a message box informing us of the document will be marked . His final animal then be saved. So we'll take. Okay, So now Excel displays a message informing us of the document has been Barker's final, which indicates that editing on this workbook is complete. So look, think. OK, so notice the yellow banner on top of her screen here with the words marked as final. So it tells us that unauthorized mark this work because final to discourage entity. So as we mentioned, people can add it anyway, if they want to, by clicking the add it anyway. But And so let's do that. So I'll take to get the win. And this removes the final status of the workbook and allows us to continue editing it if we so choose. So I think we're done with this workbooks. We're gonna take the file type of the ribbon, then click close. It looks like save to save our changes 183. Inspecting Workbooks: in this video, we're gonna look at inspecting the workbooks. For that. We're gonna open the orders. One workbook and that's located in the lesson files folder on your desktop. So I think the file tab of the ribbon you for following along and take open, I think browsing the center pain desktop in the left pane double click the lesson files full of the right pain and we want to the orders. Once it was all the way down. This is the workbook that we want here. Think open. So as you make changes to your workbook, Excel records a variety of personal and hidden data. This can include author of the Document Commons and revision marks, documents, server properties, document meta data. Another details the boat your company that you may not wish to share publicly that you may wish to remove this hidden information before sharing your workbook with others. The document inspector can remove hidden data on personal information from your excel files . Note, however, that want to remove this information, you might not be able to retrieve it again, so you should make a backup copy of the original workbook before removing the information you also need to remove shared access before running the document, Inspector. So let's inspect this document here. So we're gonna think the file tab in the ribbon going to make sure that the info option is selected in the left pane. Then we want to check the check for issues about in. And the inspector document feature is the first item in the menu. You're so look like that This displays a document inspector dialogue. So from here to exclude any items for being inspected, you remove the check mark next to the appropriate item. So if I didn't want to down a model to be inspected, for instance, I could uncheck the box next to that. So now that's Detective Inspector Button. This inspects our document for hidden or personally information so we can see here the documents, properties of personal information area inspector found document properties author name under the absolute path to the workbook. So now we'll click remove off from this area and the document properties information is now removed from the workbook. So they look like the close button here to close that dialogue and then quickly closing left painter to close the workbook. Well, think save when asked to see our changes so that personal information is now removed 184. Checking Document Accessibility: accessibility refers to making your documents accessible to everyone, including people with disabilities. This means that people with disabilities should be able to navigate, understand and interact with your document off cars. Your workbook should be flexible enough to meet various user needs and situations, whether or not they have disabilities. One way to make your documents accessible is to add alternative text, also referred to as Ault. Text descriptions to the tables, charts and graphics in your documents. Alternative taxes read aloud by audible screen leaders making your page accessible by persons who, for whatever reason, are unable to physically view of your documents. So he sell 2019 comes with an accessibility checker on again that's located on the check for issues I can hear in backstage view on the info pain. Additionally, the accessibility chucker will check for unnamed worksheets. Blank table cells, repeated white space on other issues, which may render content difficult to read When you activate the feature, the accessibility paid will display on the right side of her screen on will offer information how to fix any issues that the checker deep inaccessible. So again, if you're following along, you want to take the file tab in the ribbon. Sure that the info plane is the active pain. I would click the check for issues I can. I want to take the second item here. The check accessibility option. We can see the accessibility checker displays on the right side of our screen. So if I click the disclosure triangle next to missing alternative text, you see that the diagram in sheet one is the object that does not have any old text. So let's add some always text to this object. So I'm gonna click anywhere in the abject activated. I'm gonna right click on the border of the S Smart art object here and then shoes edit all texts from the contempt Stroh menu. So this despise the Multex pain, allowing us to enter in alternative tense for object. So I'm gonna click in the box here. I'm gonna type in new management or culture, which enters in a description of her object. So then looks like the close button and the all tax paying here Dylex. So now there's only one error remaining and it's his default sheet names. Sheet one. So I sell wants us to provide our sheet with a more meaningful name. So I'm gonna right click the word sheet one here, choose rename, and I'm gonna type in or a job. Little tap the enter key On my keyboard we could see that accessibility. Checker Doubt tells us that no additional accessibility issues were found. So I think we're done with this workbook. Here's for making fall tab in the ribbon. I think the clothes and I don't think the c MYC out here to see if our changes 185. Sharing & Co Authoring an Excel Workbook: Excel now allows you and your colleagues toe open and work on this same Excel workbook. This is called Coal Offering, which replaces excels, legacy sharing feature. When you co author, you can see each other's changes in a matter of seconds. But note, however, that co author is Onley available to those who have an office 3 65 subscription, and you also need to have the latest version of office 3 65 installed. Also, don't that before you can begin sharing a workbook, it needs to be stored on one Dr One Drive for business or a SharePoint online library hosted by Microsoft. So to begin sharing a document, you click the share icon on the Slocan on the top of any rebutted itself. That's his icon right here. So I think that that displays a sharp pain in the right set of her screen so that clicking the invite people box and type in the email address for those with whom he wished to share a file. If you're sure with more than one person who was separate each address with a semicolon, you can also choose people from your personal address book, clicking the people icon here and that displays all the people in your address book. Someone invite our will. Invite Rodney from Rodney's video to view our file. So entering Rodney at Ronnie's video dot com, this email address of the person with whom I want to share my workbook. They also want to ensure that the account at an option is displayed in the box here. This allows the person with whom your co author of the document to be able to make changes to it if you only want them to be able to view the document and not energetic that you want to choose can view from the list. And lastly, you could type in an optional message the message box here on, uh, and the information that you want to provide your user on. Then you would click share what you do. An email message containing a link to the file will then be sent to each recipient. Alternatively, you can simply obtain a link to a file on then sure, that linked by whatever means you want, whether it be email text or even a Web page to do so, you want to click the get assuring link option here on the bottom of the window. And here you have two options to get an add a link, which again allows anybody with a link to be able to make changes to the document or to get a view on Lee Link. In this case, the people will only be able to view your document, not edit it. But I'm on exit via back, but to move to the previous screen. Sure, now it showed with Roddy around these video dot com. So once you've shared your workbook, a list of everyone with whom you have shared it appears in the Shar Pei here. If you want to remove the user from sharing, you would right click the user's name and then shoes. Remove user from the contextual menu. As we could see, we could also change their permission to can edit. So let's remove around. Here's somebody right click and then choose remove user. That removes Rodney from our shared list. So that is how to share and co author on Excel Workbook 186. Conclusion and Thank You!: Oh, right you did. It's a minute to the end of Microsoft. Excel up to speed. Congratulations on this is the final video in this course, and I truly hope that you enjoyed this class and found it useful. Now you've learned a lot of this course on the whole thing and met your expectations. I also hope that you might have had a little bit of fun going through it. You now have an impressive set of skills to help you tackle and stay on top of you with the largest spreadsheet projects, usually one of the most powerful spreadsheet management applications available today. Now it would really help me out if you leave a review of his course wherever you're watching it as it helps students to this kind of class again, Thank you so much for taking this course, and perhaps we'll be seeing each other again in future courses.